2013 Undergraduate Prospectus

“I know it’s going to

be competitive after I

graduate but I’ve been

involved in a lot of

extracurricular activities

and that should really help

me in interviews.”

“As an international

student I am having a

fantastic experience as

I’ve never lived away from

home before.”

“The University of Chester

has really friendly and

approachable tutors.”

“Volunteering was great

for me. It helped me put

everything I was learning

into practice and get some

real-life experience.”

“I would describe the

University of Chester in

three words as ‘home from

home’!”

“Work based learning can

give you the opportunity

to work abroad. I went to

Barcelona and completed

a placement for three

months.”

“I came to Chester on an

Applicant Day and fell

in love with it. The rest is

history!”

“An experience that has

opened my eyes to what’s

‘out there’ as well as

developing knowledge,

confi dence and friendships.”

“Chester is a beautiful

place to live in and

there’s so much to do!

You’ll never fi nd yourself

bored.”

COME AND MEET US AT OUR MAY AND OCTOBER OPEN DAYS

COME AND MEET US AT OUR

www.chester.ac.uk/opendaybook

FOR DETAILS – AND TO CHOOSE YOUR OPEN DAY – VISIT:

www.chester.ac.uk/opendaybook

t: 01244 512471 e: [email protected]

www.chester.ac.uk

Our programmes take place at the following campuses/sites:

Look out for the above symbols in our Courses section – page 50 onwards.

C

R

Chester Campus Kingsway Buildings

Riverside Campus Warrington Campus

K

W

OPEN DAYSOPEN DAYSABOUT US 6

THE CHESTER DIFFERENCE 22

SUPPORTING YOU ALL THE WAY 32

YOUR APPLICATION 40

COURSES 50

MORE STUDY OPTIONS 204

USEFUL INFORMATION 210

WELCOMEWELCOME TO THE TO THE UNIVERSITY OF UNIVERSITY OF YOUYOU

OPEN DAYS

Welcome from the Vice-Chancellor 4

Key Dates 5

ABOUT US ABOUT US 66The University of Chester 8

In and Around Chester 10

In and Around Warrington 12

The Campuses and Sites 14

Accommodation 18

THE CHESTER DIFFERENCE THE CHESTER DIFFERENCE 2222Careers and Employability 24

Learning and Information Services 26

Work Based Learning 27

Study Abroad 28

Sport and Recreation 30

Chester Students’ Union 31

SUPPORTING YOU ALL THE WAY SUPPORTING YOU ALL THE WAY 3232Money Matters 34

Student Support and Guidance 38

The Chaplaincy 39

YOUR APPLICATION YOUR APPLICATION 4040What Can I Study? 42

Understanding Your Off er 43

Applying for a Place 44

International Applicants 48

COURSES COURSES 5050Chester Campus

Kingsway Buildings

Riverside Campus

Warrington Campus

MORE STUDY OPTIONS MORE STUDY OPTIONS 204204Foundation Degrees 206

Part-time Study 207

Associate Colleges 208

USEFUL INFORMATION USEFUL INFORMATION 210210Notes For Applicants 212

Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups 214

Index 215

How To Find Us 218

Useful Contacts 222

CONTENTS

KC

WR

WELCOME TO THE UNIVERSITY OF YOU

WELCOME FROM THE

VICE-CHANCELLOR

Canon Professor Timothy Wheeler

DL, BA (Hons), PhD, FE Teachers Cert, CPsychol, CSci,

AFBPsS, FSS, FRSA, MIPR, MIOSH, MIIRSM

The University of Chester is committed to maintaining

high academic standards and preparing its students to

secure rewarding employment on graduation. At the

same time, we believe that Chester students should

develop as individuals, gaining in self-confi dence and

developing a sense of enterprise. You will fi nd that the

University of Chester is a lively learning community on a

human scale, in which it is still possible to foster a sense

of individuality and personal development. We will

encourage you to contribute towards that community as

well as ensuring that you benefi t from it.

It is particularly important that you make the right choice

when selecting your academic subjects and programmes

of study. Thus, most of this prospectus describes the main

features of all our undergraduate and professional training

programmes. Do read this information carefully, noting in

particular the various options that are open to you, both

in combining subjects and in the choices off ered within

the programmes themselves.

Our attractive Chester campuses have had nearly

£50 million invested in them in the last fi ve years, and

are located close to the heart of this famous and historic

city and all the attractions and facilities that it off ers. Our

campus at Warrington, which has benefi ted from

£12 million of new buildings and facilities in the last

seven years, is host to the North West Media Centre. It

also provides high-quality teaching, leisure and residential

facilities that are close to Manchester and Liverpool.

Should you decide to apply to the University of Chester,

do take advantage of one of our Open Days. We look

forward to welcoming you.

WW

Ca

DL

AF

The

hig

sec

ssam

ddev

dedev

UUn

hhu

of i

enc

WELCOME

4

WELCOME FROM THE

VICE-CHANCELLOR

26TH MAY 201226TH MAY 2012Chester Campus, Riverside Campus

and Kingsway Buildings Open Day

1ST SEPTEMBER 20121ST SEPTEMBER 2012Processing of applications by UCAS begins

6TH OCTOBER 20126TH OCTOBER 2012Chester Campus and Kingsway Buildings Open Day

13TH OCTOBER 201213TH OCTOBER 2012Warrington Campus Open Day

13TH OCTOBER 201213TH OCTOBER 2012Riverside Campus Open Day

MID-NOVEMBER 2012MID-NOVEMBER 2012Interview and Applicant Days begin

15TH JANUARY 201315TH JANUARY 2013Closing date for applications to be received by UCAS

from UK and EU students. Applications received after

this date will be classed as POST-15 Jan.

MID-FEBRUARY 2013MID-FEBRUARY 2013Applicants may refer their application through UCAS

Extra

END MARCH 2013END MARCH 2013Decisions to be sent by institutions to UCAS on

applications received by 15th January 2013 at UCAS

MID-APRIL 2013MID-APRIL 2013Interview and Applicant Days end

EARLY JUNE 2013EARLY JUNE 2013Information for New Students and Accommodation

details sent to all applicants who are ‘Firm’ or ‘Insurance’

choice

MID-JUNE 2013MID-JUNE 2013Publication of Access results

30TH JUNE 201330TH JUNE 2013Last date for receipt of POST-15 Jan applications at

UCAS

EARLY JULY 2013EARLY JULY 2013Last chance for applicants to refer their application

through Extra

MID-JULY 2013MID-JULY 2013Publication of BTEC and International Baccalaureate

results

EARLY AUGUST 2013EARLY AUGUST 2013Publication of SQA results

MID-AUGUST 2013MID-AUGUST 2013Publication of GCE A Levels, AS Levels and Advanced

Diploma results. Eligible applicants may refer

themselves through the Adjustment process.

MID-AUGUST 2013MID-AUGUST 2013Publication of Irish Leaving Certifi cate results

END AUGUST 2013END AUGUST 2013Induction information sent to all students

MID-SEPTEMBER 2013MID-SEPTEMBER 2013Last chance for applications to be submitted to UCAS

for September 2013 entry

END SEPTEMBER 2013END SEPTEMBER 2013Autumn term for new students begins

5

KEYKEYDATESDATES

“Studying at the University

of Chester has been both

challenging and extremely

rewarding. I have enjoyed my

time here and have benefi ted

from excellent support.”

Chris Nisbet

Health and Social Care

ABOUT US

6

See my video at:

www.chester.ac.uk/chrisn

“As part of my course I get to do

work based learning and gain

experience in the career I am

interested in.”

Chelsea Oxendale

Sport and Exercise Sciences

ABOUT USABOUT US

7

See my video at:

www.chester.ac.uk/chelseao

Who we are

The University of Chester is

one of the oldest providers

of higher education in the

country, with our academic

roots stretching back to the

early 19th century. Founded in

1839 by a group of prominent

local fi gures, including Britain’s

greatest 19th-century Prime

Minister, William Gladstone,

we pre-date all but a handful

of other English higher

education providers.

Throughout our 174-year history,

we have always been proud of our

traditions, and of our concern for the

individual, as well as our ability to keep

pace with the demands of a constantly

changing world. We believe that open-

mindedness and expansive thinking

is the best way to confront the future’s

extraordinary challenges, and this

belief underpins our commitment

to our students, as well as our

welcoming, supportive community.

We are committed to providing you

with an excellent and unforgettable

experience during your time with us.

Our highly accomplished academic

and support staff will welcome

you into a caring and supportive

community dedicated to fostering a

society that is engaged in learning,

nurtured by diversity, strengthened by

tradition, and sustained by innovation.

What we offerOur fundamental mission of off ering

a fi rst-rate education to our students

continues to evolve and develop, and

we have established a broad range of

degree choices, which off er you a high-

quality experience in modern lecture

theatres, studios, laboratories and

libraries, within a safe and supportive

environment.

The University has two main

campuses, set approximately 25 miles

apart and connected by a free shuttle

bus service. Our main Chester Campus

(see page 14) is the primary location

of undergraduate teaching for a broad

range of courses in the Humanities,

Social Sciences, Applied Sciences,

Business, Management and Law. Our

Warrington Campus (see page 17) is

the main site for the thriving courses

that address the need for well-trained

graduates in the Creative Industries

and the Public Services.

Home to the North West Media Centre,

Warrington is a leading provider

of innovative creative industries

courses such as Television and Radio

Production, Commercial Music

Production, Film Studies, Digital

Photography and Advertising. It is also

the base for a number of key courses

for public services such as Social Work,

Youth Work and Sport Development.

Some courses, such as Nursing,

Early Childhood Studies and Events

Management, are available on both

campuses. Use the A-Z course listings

in this prospectus to help you choose

which campus appeals to you.

In Chester, the Faculty of Arts and

Media is located in a specially

developed facility – the Kingsway

Buildings (see page 15) – a 20-minute

walk from the main campus, while the

Faculties of Health and Social Care,

and Education and Children’s Services

are housed in specialist facilities 20

minutes from the Chester Campus at

the University’s city centre Riverside

Campus (see page 16).

Some of our degrees are based on

single, traditional disciplines, such as

English, Geography, Theology and

Mathematics, while others have been

designed to support the practical

and vocational demands of today’s

professions, including Business,

Law, and Health and Social Care. For

students who prefer to maintain

a broader focus at degree level,

many subjects may be combined

– such as History and Archaeology,

Forensic Biology and Criminology, or

Advertising and Media Studies – so

that students have the opportunity to

study combinations of subjects that

interest them and that can lead to a

variety of exciting career opportunities.

Th e University of Chester

THE UNIVERSITY OF CHESTER

9

Join our community:

www.facebook.com/uochester www.twitter.com/uochester www.youtube.com/uochester

What we value Our values refl ect a rich spectrum of

commitments to creativity, enquiry,

exploration, individuality, social well-

being and charitable works, in which

our staff and students all have an

important part to play.

In recent years, the University has

celebrated these values by awarding

honorary degrees to individuals

who personify them and whose

actions/activities refl ect our long and

continuing legacy. These include:

• Tony Robinson, who was awarded

a Doctor of Science in recognition

of his outstanding contribution to

fostering the public understanding

of archaeology and national

heritage.

• Professor Edward Gregson,

who received a Doctor of Music

in recognition of his outstanding

contribution both in composing

and the leadership of one of

England’s foremost conservatoires.

• Ken Dodd OBE, who was awarded

a Doctor of Letters in recognition

of his outstanding contribution as

an entertainer and for his charitable

works in the region.

• Tim Firth, who received a Doctor

of Letters for his stage, TV and fi lm

work, which included his award-

winning fi lm Calendar Girls, which

has raised nearly £200,000 for

Leukaemia Research.

The University also off ers high-quality

teaching, which is combined with

practical and work-based experience.

We put employability at the heart

of our delivery to ensure that our

students are well-equipped to benefi t

from future career development

opportunities. The University’s

Careers and Employability Service

(see page 24) was declared ‘world

class’ after being awarded the

maximum fi ve stars in a rigorous

assessment by one of Europe’s

leading quality management

organisations.

Finally, and perhaps most importantly,

we value our student-friendly

environment. Student Support and

Guidance are here to help, support

and encourage you every step of

the way during your time with us

(see page 38). From welfare or money

matters to counselling or mentoring,

there is always someone there to

listen to you and give you advice.

Our student-centred communityIn choosing the University of Chester,

you will be selecting an institution

with a strong learning tradition that

will challenge you to give the best of

yourself in your academic work, sport

and recreation, and your contribution

to our student community. In return,

we will give you one of the best

experiences of your life.

IN AND AROUND CHESTER

Chester is an international city, known for its beauty,

history and culture. The city centre is a colourful collection of cafés,

pubs, shops and historic buildings, providing an exceptional social,

cultural and intellectual backdrop against which students can achieve

their best. Chester has more than enough to off er to you and

your visitors, time and time again.

IN AND AROUND CHESTER

11

HERITAGEThe City of Chester has a rich and

fascinating history, from its beginnings as

a Roman fortress 2,000 years ago to the

vibrant modern city it is today. The city

enjoys an international reputation for its

wealth of architectural and archaeological

features. At Chester’s heart is the famous

cross – the meeting point of four ancient

streets which, with their unique two-decker

‘rows’, form the core of the historic city.

Surrounding this centre are the famous city

walls, a two-mile pedestrian walkway from

which you can descend at various points

to sample Chester’s many attractions –

including its splendid gothic cathedral, the

lovely River Dee, the Roman amphitheatre

and the famous Eastgate Clock.

But Chester is not all about the past. It is

also a 21st-century city that continues to

evolve and develop as part of the forward-

thinking Chester Renaissance project.

OUT AND ABOUTChester is situated less than 40 minutes’

drive away from Liverpool and Manchester,

meaning you will be able to easily access

the cultural and entertainment amenities of

the North West’s two biggest cities.

But if the beauty of the natural landscape

is more up your street, then you are ideally

placed to visit the spectacular Snowdonia

National Park or the Isle of Anglesey, which

is surrounded by 125 miles of coastline

and is home to some of North Wales’ fi nest

beaches. Also, Cheshire boasts a number

of natural and urban geological heritage

sites. The world-famous Chester Zoo, with

its 110 acres of gardens and over 7,000

animals – including some of the world’s

most endangered species – is a great day

out for everyone.

CULTUREChester’s heritage is showcased across

a number of local museums, including

the Grosvenor Museum, the Dewa Roman

Experience and the Cheshire Military

Museum.

There is a thriving arts scene, including

theatre and performing arts productions

staged by Chester Performs, Forum Studio

Theatre and Chester Little Theatre, as well

as a proposed new £43 million theatre

close to the centre of town. Live music is

on off er at a number of venues across the

city, including the ever popular Telford’s

Warehouse and Alexander’s Jazz Theatre,

where there is also a weekly comedy club.

The Laugh Inn comedy club also showcases

some of the biggest names in stand-up

comedy.

Chester is known as a city of festivals, and

every year students can enjoy the Summer

Music Festival, the Literature Festival, the

International Film Festival and the Food

and Drink Festival, among others. Chester

Performs and Up The Wall stage indoor

and outdoor music, art and performance

events, while the Chestival and Chester

Rocks events bring outdoor theatre, cinema

and music to the city.

NIGHTLIFEChester is a vibrant city for nightlife.

There are a host of clubs, pubs, bars and

restaurants and the Students’ Union has

links with nightclubs in the city centre,

which host exclusive student nights with

prices to match.

There are pubs and bars to suit all tastes,

from Chester’s oldest surviving public

house, dating from 1643, to the modern,

bustling late-night bars across the city.

There is also a vibrant and diverse selection

of cafés and restaurants in Chester,

including Italian, Thai, Brazilian and

Japanese cuisine.

SPORTThe City of Chester is ideally placed for

anyone interested in sport. If you like to

watch live sport then you can choose from

the high-fl ying Cheshire Jets basketball

team, the spectacular Chester Races or the

resurgent ‘phoenix club’ Chester FC – all

on the University’s doorstep. Also easily

accessible are a host of premiership football

and rugby league clubs.

If getting actively involved is more your

thing, then you could be sailing or

canoeing on the River Dee or taking part in

the city’s annual marathon, half marathon

or triathlon events.

The city is one of a handful of designated

‘cycling cities’, meaning the use of bikes

is positively encouraged and resourced –

ideal for students!

For more information, visit:

www.chester.ac.uk/student-life/chester-

campus/about-chester

IN AND AROUND WARRINGTON

Warrington is the largest town in Cheshire and has grown

into a thriving venue for the arts, sport, and business innovation. Whether

you come from around the corner or across the country, you will fi nd

many opportunities open to you, both on and off campus.

IN AND AROUND WARRINGTON

HERITAGEFamous for ‘fi rsts’, Warrington has a history

of implementing innovative ideas, from

medieval times to the present day. From

building Britain’s fi rst canal to opening the

country’s fi rst public library, Warrington

has a history of being at the forefront of

creative technological thinking – and this

tradition continues.

OUT AND ABOUTWarrington is ideally situated for getting

out and about and making the most of

England’s north west. Chester is less than

half an hour away, while the thriving cities

of Liverpool and Manchester are also on

our doorstep. Manchester is 16 minutes

from Warrington by train and Liverpool

is under half an hour away. For students,

these famous cities are home to some of

the best shopping, arts and music scenes,

and nightlife in the UK.

For outdoor types, Warrington is perfectly

situated for trips to three of England’s fi nest

national parks – the Lake District, the Peak

District and Snowdonia.

CULTUREWarrington’s cultural quarter is based

around the Queen’s Gardens in Palmyra

Square. It includes Pyramid and Parr Hall,

Warrington’s premier live entertainment

venues, which play host to a range of live

entertainment, including concerts, comedy,

theatre and variety shows. Renovated in

late 2010, Pyramid and Parr Hall are popular

with students for their great variety of

events as well as for hosting Warrington’s

annual Octoberfest beer festival!

Nearby is Warrington Museum & Art Gallery

– one of the oldest municipal museums

in the country, and home to permanent

displays as well as ever-changing social

history exhibits and art. Recent shows have

included works by Banksy, Tracey Emin and

Sam Taylor-Wood.

The Warrington Campus is a 20-minute

drive from Media City at Salford Quays – the

home for the BBC in the North and national

hub for developments in the media

industries.

NIGHTLIFEAt Warrington, the newly re-designed and

renovated Bar 2010 and Club 2010 are the

focus for on-campus nightlife, off ering a

range of entertainment including gigs and

theme nights.

Off campus, Warrington off ers a variety

of pubs, bars and clubs to suit all tastes.

Warrington’s oldest pub – The Barley Mow –

opened its doors in 1561, while the Bridge

Street area off ers a selection of modern and

stylish bars and pubs.

Warrington also has a good selection of

cafés, bistros and restaurants to suit all

tastes and budgets, and Pyramid and

Parr Hall off er an excellent mix of theatre,

comedy, music and art.

SPORTThe Warrington area boasts an array of

successful sports teams, fantastic modern

stadia and venues. The Halliwell-Jones

Stadium is home to the Warrington Wolves

Rugby League Club – the seven-time

winners of the Challenge Cup and winners

of the 2011 Super League Leaders Shield.

The Wolves are one of the premier teams

in the Engage Super League, with over a

century of top-fl ight history attached to

the club. The relationship between the club

and the University of Chester has been

cemented by the University’s sponsorship

deal and with the Wolves’ construction of

an ultra-modern high-impact training area

on our Warrington Campus. The Wolves

players are an everyday sight on campus

as they train here, and students are able

to take advantage of cheap match tickets

through the Students’ Union.

While rugby league is the local favourite

(the grounds of St Helens, Widnes, Wigan,

Warrington and Salford are all nearby),

Premiership rugby union is also nearby at

Sale Sharks.

But it’s not all about rugby – other nearby

sporting venues include the Old Traff ord

cricket ground, the Velodrome and the

homes of almost half of the Premier

League’s football clubs.


www.chester.ac.uk/student-life/

warrington-campus/about-warrington

13

THE CAMPUSES AND SITES

CHESTER CAMPUSOne of the great advantages of our main Chester Campus is

that it is situated only a short walk from the lively city centre.

This modern campus creates a friendly, secure and supportive

environment for living and studying and sits at the heart of the

thriving ‘University Area’ of Chester.

On-campus facilities include a Learning Resource Centre

(combining library services with IT and multimedia), a fully

equipped sports hall, gym, swimming pool, squash and tennis

courts, sprint track, fl oodlit 3G multi-use pitch and fl oodlit

astroturf pitch, state-of-the-art lecture theatres, open-access

computer facilities, modern science/skills/language laboratories,

a range of catering outlets, purpose-built accommodation, 24-

hour porters, the Students’ Union centre and bar/club, bookshop,

chapel and faith space, cashpoint and launderette.

Because university life is not just about getting a degree, social

and leisure activities are an important and long established part

of campus life. The £2 million Chester Students’ Union (CSU)

centre was built to cater more eff ectively for the University’s

growing student population and is at the heart of the campus,

along with facilities for social activities and sport (see page 31).

The CSU bar, CH1, is a contemporary student bar, including a

club venue for big events. With a regular mix of resident and big-

named DJs playing under the SU Friday brand, CH1 is the place

to be on a Friday night. For the rest of the week, CH1 plays host

to comedy nights, karaoke, quiz nights, live music and big-screen

sports, as well as serving food throughout the day.

The on-campus Students’ Union shop sells everyday essentials

such as food, newspapers and stationery, as well as University of

Chester clothing and memorabilia.

The oldest part of the Chester Campus is home to the beautiful

Victorian chapel – built by some of Chester’s fi rst students.

Close by are Senate House (the main administration centre for

the campus) and many of the sports facilities, including the

squash and tennis courts, fi tness and leisure centre, swimming

pool, sprint track and 3G multi-use pitch. Most of our student

accommodation is also on or near campus. There is a range of

accommodation, from self-catered to fully catered options, and

more details can be found on page 18.

Our students say that the Chester Campus is a great place in

which to live and study. With an abundance of green space

and beautifully kept gardens, the campus will provide you with

an exciting and friendly community atmosphere with modern

learning and leisure facilities just a stone’s throw from the city

centre.

C14

For courses off ered at the Chester Campus,

look for this icon on the course pages

15

KINGSWAY BUILDINGSThe Kingsway Buildings are the home for the Faculty of Arts

and Media and are the teaching and study base for students of

the following courses:

A 20-minute walk from the Chester Campus main site, the

Kingsway Buildings off er 6,920 square metres of fl oor space

including a 200-seat lecture theatre, a virtual library with DVD

viewing screens, 11 state-of-the-art IT labs, an art gallery, an

outdoor courtyard performance space, and two catering

outlets. This wonderfully creative environment also has lots of

seminar rooms and lecture rooms, all of which have iMacs, data

projectors and interactive white boards.

Students of Dance and Drama and Theatre Studies enjoy

four large rehearsal and performance studios, all with extensive

lighting rigs and projection facilities. Three have permanent

sprung fl oors. One of these spaces is also a multi-purpose

performance venue.

Facilities for students of Fine Art include dedicated fi ne art

studios, printmaking workshops, sculpture and 3D workshops

and foundry, a textiles workshop, printmaking facilities, a hot

room for castings, digital and time-based facilities, a fi ne art

gallery and exhibition space.

Graphic Design students can take advantage of graphic

design studio space, two graphic design computer laboratories

with specialist printing facilities, sound and video editing

suites, a photographic studio with processing and dark rooms,

and a reprographics room.

For Journalism students, the philosophy behind the teaching

is to simulate, where possible, a multimedia editorial working

environment. To achieve this, teaching takes place in three

high-quality interactive journalism newsrooms.

Photography students benefi t from analogue and digital

workshop areas alongside lighting studios and seminar/studio

spaces. Specialist resources are dedicated to the making and

production of the photographic artist’s books and moving

image editing. The BA Photography Store loans students a

large range of cameras and associated equipment.

Popular Music Performance students have access to

substantial amounts of music equipment, instruments, amps

and PA gear, as well as professional-standard recording and

computer facilities. Our rehearsal space includes several

soundproof rehearsal studios, one of which is currently the

largest of its kind in the world!

• Dance

• Drama and Theatre Studies

• Fine Art

• Graphic Design

• Journalism

• Photography

• Popular Music Performance


K For courses off ered at the Kingsway Buildings,


1212


RIVERSIDE CAMPUSThe University’s Riverside Campus provides in excess of

100,000 square feet of library, study, and specialist teaching

facilities for most students in the Chester-based Faculties of

Education and Children’s Services, and Health and Social Care.

The Riverside Campus is the base for students of the following

Chester-based undergraduate courses:

Please note that some Faculty of Education and Children’s

Services, and Health and Social Care courses are based at the

Chester and Warrington campuses. Please check the Course

Facts sections on the course listing pages.

The University took ownership of the former County Hall in

Chester in 2010. This iconic building in the centre of Chester

is just a 20-minute walk (or shuttle bus ride) from the main

Chester Campus and has been transformed into exceptionally

high quality and state-of-the-art facilities for its two resident

faculties. The site provides an impressive location for students

with extensive, refurbished general teaching space and

specialist-subject-specifi c facilities such as health skills

laboratories, science laboratories, and music and art studios.

Riverside houses the library collections for Education and

Children’s Services and Health and Social Care students along

with several IT laboratories for ‘open access’ and teaching

use. All of the teaching spaces are equipped with high-grade

audiovisual technology and provide an excellent learning

experience.

There are some impressive spaces at Riverside – for example,

the County’s former Council Chamber has been redeveloped

into a 192-seat lecture theatre with raked seating. This

excellent facility combines the historic grandeur of the former

Council Chamber with state-of-the-art AV teaching technology

and a widescreen capable of showing Blu-ray and HD fi lms.

Beneath the main lecture theatre is the stylish Dining@Dee,

Riverside’s own café and coff ee shop. Open throughout the

day and serving hot and cold drinks, snacks and delicious

meals, Dining@Dee is the social hub for Riverside students.

Developed in discussion with the Students’ Union and

overlooking the glorious River Dee, Riverside’s Student Space

also provides social, group work and discussion space for

students. There are hot and cold drinks vending machines and

snack machines, and students are able to eat their own food

here.

• Early Childhood Studies

• Health and Social Care

• Midwifery

• Nursing

• Teacher Education

R For courses off ered at the Riverside Campus,


16


WARRINGTON CAMPUSHome to the North West Media Centre, our Warrington Campus

combines the best of long-established university traditions with

up-to-date modern developments, such as a stylish student

bar, newly built learning resource and business buildings, and

a fl oodlit all-weather pitch. The University’s close relationship

with the winners of the 2011 Rugby League Leaders Shield

Warrington Wolves has been further strengthened by the

construction, by the Wolves, of an ultra-modern high-impact

training area on campus.

Our self-contained, 35-acre campus also provides a vibrant and

energetic setting for students eager to acquire the knowledge

and skills essential for a successful personal and professional life.

Catering outlets for all students include The Garden Dining Room

and Terrace Café Bar. General shopping facilities are available

within walking distance of the campus. Bar and Club Twenty10

is a self-contained 500-capacity venue and, as the hub for the

campus community, hosts events from small club nights and

society fundraisers to large-scale balls. Many big-name acts

and DJs perform at the Club venue, often alongside our own

students. The Bar is open seven days a week, is licensed until

2am, and off ers comedy, quizzes, live music, karaoke, big-screen

sport and more!

At Warrington, the University provides innovative, forward-

looking courses, and has major strengths in Media, Business,

Education, Nursing, Social Work, Sport and the Public Services,

as well as excellent teaching, social and recreational facilities.

The Warrington Campus has strong links with the media world,

and provides a variety of amenities, from TV and music studios

and a range of media production facilities and computer labs,

to graphic design and journalism suites. As a result, students

are often able to combine two subject areas that correspond

more closely to their career ambitions – such as Advertising

and Business Management, Television Production and Sport

Development, or Journalism and Film Studies. Cat 1251 AM,

Warrington Campus’s own 24-hour radio station, is presented,

produced and run by students and broadcasts locally as well as

over the internet.

The student community is close-knit and welcoming, which

creates a lively and dynamic campus feeling, where diverse

personalities and interests thrive – both inside and outside the

classroom. Many of our students come from right across the

country, and are housed in one of the eight centrally located

halls of residence. Others are from the nearby North West, or

live within commuting distance of the campus. But, whether

you come from around the corner or around the globe, you

will make friends for life and have a student experience second

to none.

W For courses off ered at the Warrington Campus,


17

EDS FU

SECTOR WARRIN

ATION SELFCATERED ACCOMM

RD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACC

GTON CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL

CATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR CHESTER CAMPUS

ATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION

TUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOM

ODATION PRIVATE SECTOR CHESTER CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOAR

MICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR WARR

TH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION S

VATE SECTOR CHESTER CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMO

MODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR WARRINGTON CAMPUS S

FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOM

TER CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICAT

ELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR WARRINGTON CAMPUS STUDENTS WIT

CCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION

MPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED AC

MMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR WARRINGTON CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS F

SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR C

WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION

PRIVATE SECTOR WARRINGTON CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD A

OMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR CHESTER CAMPUS ST

LL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMM

WARRINGTON CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION

SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR CHESTER CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH S

OMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIV

MPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED A

COMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR CHESTER CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FU

N SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR

ENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODAT

ON PRIVATE SECTOR CHESTER CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD AC

ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR WARRINGTON CAM

FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCO

TER CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATE

ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR WARRINGTON CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC N

TION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECT

DENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMOD

ATION PRIVATE SECTOR WARRINGTON CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BO

D ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR CHESTER CAMP

EDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED AC

TOR WARRINGTON CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODA

DATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR CHESTER CAMPUS STUDENTS

D ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATIO

ON CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICAT

RED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR CHESTER CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEE

ODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE S

STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOM

ODATION PRIVATE SECTOR CHESTER CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOA

TERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR WARRINGT

NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERE

CHESTER CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEM

ATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR WARRINGTON CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPEC

MODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVAT

US STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCO

MMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR WARRINGTON CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS F

CATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR CHESTER

FIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATE

OR WARRINGTON CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOM

CATERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR CHESTER CAMPUS STU

MI CATERED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED ACCOMMO

C NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION SE

ER CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH SPECI

D ACCOMMODATION PR

MI CATERED A

ACCOMMODATION ACCOMMODATION CHESTER CAMPUS CHESTER CAMPUS (INCLUDING RIVERSIDE AND (INCLUDING RIVERSIDE AND KINGSWAY-BASED COURSES) KINGSWAY-BASED COURSES)

WARRINGTON CAMPUSWARRINGTON CAMPUS

ODATION S

ENTS WITH SPECIFIC

OMMODATION PRIVAT

N SEMICATERED ACCOM

SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOA

TOR WARRINGT

ON SELFCATERE

ODATION SEM

S STUDENTS WITH SPEC

OMMODATION PRIVAT

SEMICATERED ACC

SPECIFIC NEED

W

NREER

SON

AMCATERED

OMMODATIO

UDENTS WITH SPE

DATION PRIVATE SE

D ACCOMMODATION

OARD ACCOMM

PUS STUD

OMMO

ATEODATIO

ACCOMM

ST

WITH S

PRIVAT

COMMRD

ATMMODAT

ENTS WON

COMMODATION

ATION SEMICATERED

DENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEED

ON PRIVATE SECTOR CHEST

ACCOMMODATION SELFCA

C NEEDS FULL BOARD ACCO

CTOR CHESTER C

N SE

MMODATION SELFC

BOARD ACCOMMODATION

ON CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH

CATERED

MMOD

S

ODATION

STUDENTS WITH

ODATION PRIVATE S

ATERED ACCOMMODATI

H SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL B

RIVATE SECTOR CHESTER

MODATION SELFCATERE

FULL BOARD ACCOMMOD

ER CAMPUS STUDENTS

MM

NTOR

N SEL

OARD A

MPUS

PRIV

COMM

EEDS

OMOARD

WARRINGTON

N SELFCATERED

MMODATION

S STUDENTS

COMMODATION

CATERED

WITH SPECIFIC

ON PRIVATE

D ACCOMMODATION

DS FULL BOARD

R CHESTER

TION SELFCATERED

RD ACCOMMODATION

STUDENTS WITH

OMMODATION

ON SEMICATERED

TH SPECIFIC NEEDS

PRIVATE SECTOR

ED ACCOMMODATION

FULL BOARD

TOR WARRINGTON

ODATION SELFCATERED

D ACCOMMODATION

CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH

ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE

CATERED ACCOMMODATION

C NEEDS FULL BOARD

SECTOR CHESTER

MODATION SELFCATERED

LL BOARD ACCOMMODATION

AMPUS STUDENTS WITH

D ACCOMMODATION

ODATION SEMICATERED

NTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS

TION PRIVATE SECTOR


NEEDS FULL BOARD

ATE SECTOR WARRINGTON

COMMODATION SELFCATERED

BOARD ACCOMMODATION

NGTON CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH

TERED ACCOMMODATION PRIVATE

SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION

SPECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD

RIVATE SECTOR CHESTER

CCOMMODATION SELFCATERED

DS FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATION

STER CAMPUS STUDENTS WITH


COMMODATION SEMICATERED

STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDS

MMODATION PRIVATE SECTOR

SEMICATERED ACCOMMODATION

PECIFIC NEEDS FULL BOARD

PRIVATE SECTOR WARRINGTON

ED ACCOMMODATION SELFCATERED

LL BOARD ACCOMMODATION

ATCOMBOA

NGTO

TEREDSEMPECVAT

CC

Our aim at the University of Chester is to help all fi rst-year undergraduates fi nd suitable

accommodation either in University-owned residences or in the private rented sector.

FULL INFORMATION ABOUT ACCOMMODATION AND THE APPLICATION PROCESS IS SENT TO STUDENTS HOLDING FIRM OR INSURANCE OFFERS BY JUNE OF THE YEAR IN WHICH THEY INTEND TO START WITH US.

FOR FULL AND UP-TO-DATE DETAILS AND FOR THE CRITERIA SET OUT BY THE ACCOMMODATION OFFICE FOR THE ALLOCATION OF ON-CAMPUS ACCOMMODATION FOR NEW STUDENTS, PLEASE VISIT: WWW.CHESTER.AC.UK/STUDENT-LIFE/ACCOMMODATION

For some, coming to study with us will mean living away from home for the

fi rst time. We know that fi nding the right place to live is important, and this

is why our Accommodation Offi ce is here to off er you help and advice about

our full board, semi-catered, self-catered and private sector accommodation.

Our accommodation ranges from rooms in converted Victorian houses to

modern purpose-built units. On Open Days and Applicant Days, you will have

the opportunity to see a typical student room, and fi nd out what it is like to live

on campus. If you are allocated a place in accommodation, you will be met by a

House Warden, who will help you to settle in and enjoy residential life to the full.

Special consideration is given to students with specifi c needs and to international

students.

STUDENTS WITH SPECIFIC NEEDSSome rooms in our halls of residence have been adapted for students with specifi c

needs or disabilities. Please see the University website for more details.

19

FULL BOARD ACCOMMODATIONOn our Chester Campus, full board accommodation is mainly on campus, and includes breakfast, lunch and dinner every day.

SEMI-CATERED ACCOMMODATIONThis accommodation ranges from standard to en-suite rooms in large houses. A 5-10 minute walk from the campus, lunch and evening meals are included from Monday to Friday during term time. Students cater for themselves at the weekend, and for daily breakfasts.

SELF-CATERED ACCOMMODATIONA number of places are available in our self-catering houses on, or in close proximity to, the campus. The University has a number of properties located closer to Riverside that are specifi cally used for Education and Nursing students. Students can enter into one of our three meal schemes, which off er substantial savings that help students to budget and ensure regular healthy meals. The schemes operate on the basis of two equal instalments, one paid at the beginning of the autumn term and one in the spring term.

All the above accommodation includes a free managed web browser facility.

PRIVATE SECTOROur Accommodation Offi ce maintains a register of private sector fl ats, houses and registered lodgings throughout the city. Many of these are registered and accredited by the local council. Most second- and third-year students live in the popular Garden Quarter, adjacent to the campus.

FURTHER INFORMATIONUsually, the most popular fi rst-choice accommodation for students who are new to Chester is University-owned accommodation. Unfortunately, demand for these places often exceeds supply, so it is important to remember that we cannot always guarantee that a place will be available. For those students to whom we are not able to provide accommodation, the Accommodation Offi ce will help by providing an extensive list of private sector housing. If you prefer, you can make your

own arrangements to fi nd suitable accommodation.

CHESTER CHESTER CAMPUS CAMPUS

Style of Accommodation

Full board en-suite

Full board standard

Semi-catered

Self-catered en-suite

Self-catered standard

Private Sector (self-catered)

No. of Weeks

35 weeks *

35 weeks *

41 weeks **

41 weeks

41 weeks

Rent 11/12 (subject to change)

£129.50

£105.70 - £112.35

£70.70 - £113.75

£94.85 - £99.75

£63.35 - £80.50

£55.00 - £95.00

Places

221

134

139

69

381

2,500

(These fi gures are for guidance only and will be subject to change for 2013 entry)

* Includes 3 meals per day ** Includes 2 meals per day (Mon-Fri during term time).

CH

ES

TE

R C

AM

PU

S

AC

CO

MM

OD

ATIO

N C

HA

RGES

20

The Warrington Campus is fortunate to have purpose-built on-campus

halls of residence a short walk from lecture rooms and the library. Here,

everything is on your doorstep. Prices for accommodation include

heating, hot water, lighting and cleaning. The halls of residence also

include free unlimited internet access.

We guarantee accommodation to all fi rst-year students who live 20

miles or more outside the Warrington boundary, and choose us as their

fi rm choice.

HALLS OF RESIDENCEWe have eight halls of residence on the Warrington Campus. Each hall is

a four-storey construction. Newton Hall has 44 en-suite study bedrooms

and off ers a semi-catered package. Each of the other seven halls is

equipped with lifts, bath and shower facilities on each fl oor. All halls of

residence are mixed, but with individual fl oors dedicated to a single sex.

We appreciate how important security is to students and their parents,

so every hall of residence is allocated a House Warden and security

cover is provided 24 hours a day. House Wardens are usually fi nal-year

students, who will be available to help you settle in and enjoy residential

life. Aiken Hall is currently designated as a quiet hall, dedicated to

fi rst-year students. On campus, there is a newly built and equipped

launderette open until midnight.

Students may enter one of our three meal schemes. Each scheme

off ers substantial savings that help students to budget and ensure

regular healthy meals. The schemes operate on the basis of two equal

instalments, one paid at the beginning of the autumn term and one in

the spring term.

OFF-CAMPUS ACCOMMODATIONIf you prefer, you may live off campus in your fi rst year. The

Accommodation Offi ce keeps a database of local houses and will help

you fi nd suitable accommodation in the immediate area.

WARRINGTON WARRINGTON CAMPUSCAMPUS

WA

RR

ING

TON

CA

MP

US

A

CC

OM

MO

DAT

ION

CH

ARG

ES Style of Accommodation

Hall of Residence, en-suite semi-catered*

Halls of residence, self-catered (standard single room)

Self-catered houses on-site (standard single)

No. of Weeks

41 weeks

41 weeks

41 weeks

Rent 11/12 (subject to change)

£113.75

£63.35 - £80.50

£80.50

Places

44

199

20

(These fi gures are for guidance only and will be subject to change for 2013 entry) * Includes 2 meals per day (Mon-Fri during term time).

21

“After I graduate I plan to become

a probation offi cer using my

Criminology degree.”

Chelsea Barratt

Criminology

22

See my video at:

www.chester.ac.uk/chelseab

“The University’s support

departments and lecturers have

helped me so much and they

are always there to help anyone

who needs it.”

Daniel Holton

Criminology

THE CHESTER THE CHESTER DIFFERENCEDIFFERENCE

23

See my video at:

www.chester.ac.uk/danielh

24

At the University of Chester we attach the utmost importance to securing excellent employment prospects for our graduates. You will be provided with a superb range of opportunities to help you to gain the experience, skills and knowledge that you need to succeed during your time at university and beyond. This is supported by information, advice and guidance services which have been nationally commended.

AtAtAt tthhe University of Chester we attach the utmost importance to s iemploy t

“The Careers and Employability team can off er so much more; they don’t

begin and end with CVs. They have exclusive information on positions and

opportunities that are not available to the average person surfi ng the internet.

Graduate schemes, overseas placements during vacation, industry contact

numbers and other helpful websites are all available in just one trip.”

Final-year Media student

Our commitment to providing excellent employability prospects is demonstrated by the outstanding success of our graduates. The Government’s annual employability survey shows that our graduates are consistently outperforming both regional and national average fi gures. In 2010, for example, according to Unistats fi gures the percentage of our full-time graduates in employment, securing professional or managerial jobs straight after graduation was an outstanding 81%. This impressive performance makes us the highest-ranked university in the North West and signifi cantly above the national average.

Recognising the importance of developing employability skills, we operate two very well equipped and user-friendly Careers and Employability Centres, and regularly visit all the University’s sites. The Careers and Employability team was shortlisted for two national excellence awards in 2011, from the British Quality Foundation and the Times Higher Education Supplement, and has achieved accreditation three times under the national MATRIX standard for Information, Advice and Guidance, most recently in February 2010.

Services on off er include:

• expert staff who can off er face-to- face help and e-guidance support

• up-to-date information about employers, jobs and postgraduate study

• UniJob – an opportunity to undertake well-paid work opportunities on the University’s campuses

• Work Shadowing – off ering fi rst- hand experience of a wide range of work places

• cutting-edge Enhance Your Employability workshops delivered by business leaders, career consultants and Human Resource professionals

• an online vacancy service, including part-time jobs available while you study

• subject-specifi c Careers Fairs and employer visits

• online and hard copy resources to help with CVs, applications and preparing for interviews

• up-to-date career-planning software

• detailed information about the career paths of University of Chester students and graduates

• all-year-round, all-day opening hours with late-evening opening during term time

• continued FREE careers support for three years after graduation.

Our Careers and Employability team also works in close partnership with all academic courses to deliver course-based sessions and special events, such as sector-specifi c jobs fairs, to inform you of all the opportunities available to you, so as to enhance your career prospects and to inform you of the latest developments in the graduate labour market. The team also works in close partnership with the University’s Work Based Learning and Student Skills Development (volunteering) programmes to help you access employability-enhancing opportunities.

You can fi nd more information about the services on off er at:

www.chester.ac.uk/careers

or you can visit us on Facebook:

www.facebook.com/ChesterCareers

If you would like to discuss the career implications of your chosen programme of study, we are always on hand on Open Days and Applicant Days.

Chester Campus: Careers and Employability Centre, Primary Base Telephone: 01244 513066 Email: [email protected]

Open all year:

Monday – Thursday 9.00am – 5.00pm

Friday 9.00 am – 4.30pm

Term-time late opening:Every Tuesday until 7.30pm

Warrington Campus: Careers and Employability Centre, Martin Building Telephone: 01925 534235Email: [email protected]

Open all year:

Monday – Thursday 9.00am – 5.00pm

Friday 9.00am – 4.00pm

OOur commititme tnt tto provididiing

Excellent Employability Record

RRecogniisiing hthe iimportance off

Expert Advice and Guidance

Our Careers and Employability team

Course Partnerships

IfIf you wouldld llikike tto ddiiscuss tthehe

Thinking of coming to Chester?

ChChestter CCampus: CCareers andnd

Where to fi nd us:

25

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

he

ebook.com/Careers

www.chester.ac.uk/careers

SharePointCentral to our work is the University’s internal intranet, SharePoint, where you can access your student and programme details, course materials, resources, information about support, and all other features of University life. Wherever you are based, we can provide you with the computer resources, books, journals and electronic information that you will need for your course.

LibrariesAs well as printed books and journals, our libraries have extensive collections of e-books and e-journals, which you can access 24/7 via the internet.

Our modern, attractive and friendly libraries are signifi cant hubs of activity on each campus. Select your preferred study environment from a range of options, including bookable rooms for group work or practising presentations, computer suites, and quiet study areas. There are also refreshment areas within the Chester, Warrington and Riverside libraries.

HelpdeskHelpdesk staff in each library can assist with any computer-related or library enquiries. The Helpdesk is a one-stop shop for all queries about LIS services.

Library catalogueThe library catalogue, available over the internet, lists everything, printed and electronic, in all our libraries. We will deliver items to our library nearest to you for collection, and you can reserve items and renew your loans via the internet.

You can also use the national inter-library loan service to borrow books from elsewhere, and the Helpdesk staff can arrange for you to use other university libraries for reference.

Distance Learning ServiceThe LIS Distance Learning Service helps students who are based away from the University to access our resources, whether these are print, photocopies or electronic.

ResNet serviceAlmost all University-owned accommodation has free high-speed managed web browsing provided through either a wired or wireless connection to your own computer – this is our ResNet service. LIS Helpdesk staff provide continuing support for the ResNet service.

For more information, visit: www.chester.ac.uk/about/learningresources

26

LEARNING AND INFORMATION SERVICESLearning and Information Services (LIS) manage the computer and library services for the University of Chester. We provide attractive environments for study with an excellent range of resources, as well as a high level of friendly customer support and a professional and technical service framework.

WATCH OUR VIDEO

Watch our video on the University website at www.chester.ac.uk/about/

learningresources to see the newly refurbished library at Chester Campus.

We have a national reputation for our innovative WBL modules, which form an integral part of our undergraduate courses. Most students take the WBL module during Year 2 (Level 5) of their degree programme, which involves spending fi ve weeks working for an organisation followed by submission of an analytical report.

Students value Work Based Learning, which they say:

• provides them with opportunities to experience a possible future career

• allows them to gain expertise in a particular role or occupation

• enables them to apply academic subject knowledge in a work setting

• helps them develop practical, work-related skills such as project management, decision-making, negotiating and team-working skills

• provides them with opportunities to explore graduate employment options and enhance their employability.

You may choose to attend a placement within the North West, the UK or overseas. We have links with a wide variety of organisations that off er a broad range of interesting placement opportunities, and Work Based Learning could give you the chance to work with some of the most prestigious and innovative practitioners in your chosen vocational fi eld.

Students fi nd the placement very rewarding; feedback comments include:

“I really enjoyed my time at the placement. I found it most rewarding and really believe that the WBL module is eff ective and helps towards making a decision in a student’s career choice, as it did with mine. Thanks!”

“I loved my placement. It was enjoyable and worthwhile to the last minute. I would defi nitely recommend it to all Level 5 students.”

“To be given the opportunity to apply my knowledge in a cutting-edge fi eld has given me a great career insight.”

“The placement enabled me to gain knowledge and the confi dence to teach. It has confi rmed that this is the career path I want to take.”

Organisations also endorse Work Based Learning:

“The Work Based Learning placements are a win-win situation. The organisation is able to undertake valuable projects that are otherwise diffi cult to action and the students gain experiences that only placements can provide. A highlight of the year for everyone!”Warrington Community Safety Partnership

“We really enjoyed having [a University of Chester student] with us. She fi tted in to the team very well; she showed initiative and perseverance and was very capable. All her work was a huge help to us. Thank you!”National Trust, Hadrian’s Wall Country Properties

“If future WBL students are anywhere near the levels of ability and adaptability that [this student] displayed, I would be happy to consider taking students for placements every year.”MB Advertising and Marketing Ltd

“Our fi rst experience of the student placement scheme this year has proved to be successful and trouble free throughout with an excellent candidate – certainly mutually benefi cial! We would defi nitely consider future placements.”Empire Publications

FOR MORE INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT:Work Based LearningCentre for Work Related StudiesTelephone: 01244 512100Email: [email protected]: www.chester.ac.uk/wblu

27

WORK BASED LEARNING

The University of Chester takes its responsibility for preparing students for employment very seriously by off ering you a unique

opportunity to develop skills and competencies in the workplace through our Work Based Learning (WBL) modules.

STUDY

ABROAD

ABROAD

Studying abroad is a great way to broaden your horizons. There are two exciting and unique opportunities for you to add international study to your degree at the University of Chester: you can participate in an international exchange or in a European exchange.

• YEAR TWO ON INTERNATIONAL

EXCHANGE

The University of Chester has exchange

arrangements with universities/

colleges in France, the United States

and Australia.

We are also a member of the

International Student Exchange

Programme (ISEP). ISEP is a worldwide network for international education consisting of 300 member institutions in the United States and 27 other countries. Since 1979, ISEP has made it possible for more than 37,000 students to study in another country. You will also have access to

universities in Asia, Canada, Europe and

Latin America.

ISEP off ers a diverse range of sites and programmes that combine opportunities for academic and personal growth with immersion in another culture.

Study on a reciprocal exchange can be extremely cost-eff ective. You will have access to aff ordable, high-quality study-abroad programmes as an integral part of your education.

The programme is designed so that students on exchange pay their tuition to their home institution and, if on an ISEP exchange, will

also pay their room and board to Chester.

USA UNIVERSITY/COLLEGE PARTNERS

• The University of North Carolina at Asheville

• Alverno College, Milwaukee

• State University of New York, Plattsburgh

• Cardinal Stritch University, Milwaukee

• Wichita State University

AUSTRALIA

• Charles Sturt University, New South Wales

• University of Ballarat, Victoria

• YEAR TWO OVERSEAS

PLACEMENTS

Learning in the Wider World

You will also have the opportunity to pursue an experiential placement overseas during the work-based learning period in Year 2

(Level 5).

This module off ers two options:

• Self-arranged placement abroad, or

• A placement with an organisation that has provided suitable overseas

placements in previous years.

Experiential learning occurs when you are placed in a situation where you think, interact, and learn in and from a real-world environment, often in a culture that is not your own.

Learning in the Wider World involves active participation by you in the development and execution of learning activities, and is shaped by the problems and from a real-

world situation.

Placements have included:

• learning about the language and culture of Central America

• working in youth development at Bola pra Frente in Brazil

• ecotourism in the Atlantic Rainforest

• helping children ‘Learn to Read’ in South Africa

• creating magic at Disney World Florida

• teaching in Kenya, Uganda, Australia,

New Zealand, Ghana.

HOW DO I DO THIS?

sssssssssssssssssssiiiiiiitttttyyyyyyyyyyyy nnngggggeeee ooorrrrr iinnn aaaa

EUROPEAN OPPORTUNITIES

The University, via its European Exchange Offi ce, and within the context of the Socrates-Erasmus programmes, provides a range of study and work-based

learning opportunities in continental Europe, including year-long

placements.

Placements in France and francophone countries, Germany and German-speaking countries and Spain and Hispanic countries are usually for students of Modern Languages. However, there are also opportunities for shorter and year-

long periods of study and/or work for other subjects with a number of partner institutions, for example in Scandinavia and Ireland, where knowledge

of another language is not a requirement. For study or work placements in other European countries, the European Exchange Offi ce will provide information and discuss arrangements and feasibility with our partner institutions there. European grants in support of these exchanges are awarded as part of

the EU Socrates-Erasmus programme. Our university links currently are:

Austria

Pedagogical University of Vienna

Belgium

University of Saint-Louis, Brussels

Estonia

University of Tartu Viljandi Culture Academy

Finland

Helsinki Metropolitan University of Applied SciencesUniversity of Art and Design HelsinkiUniversity of JyväskyläUniversity of TurkuCentral Ostrobothnia University of Applied Sciences

France

University of AvignonUniversity of BordeauxUniversity of Picardie Jules VernesUniversity of NantesIDRAC LyonParis Descartes UniversityGroup Sup de Co La Rochelle

Germany

University of BayreuthMagdeburg PolytechnicUniversity of BraunschweigTechnical University of MunichZeppelin UniversityUniversity of Duisburg-EssenHochschule Pforzheim University

Greece

Aristotle University of Thessaloniki

Ireland

Mary Immaculate College, University of Limerick

Italy

University of Padova

Lithuania

Vilnius College of Higher Education

Norway

Hedmark University CollegeNorwegian School of Sport Sciences

Poland

Akademia Pedagogiczna w Krakowie

Portugal

Technical University of LisbonUniversity of Tras-os-Montes and Alto Douro

Slovakia

Comenius University in Bratislava

Spain

University of Castilla-La Mancha (Albacete)University of GranadaUniversity of MurciaUniversity of ValenciaUniversity of ZaragozaUniversitat Autonoma de BarcelonaUniversity of HuelvaESIC Business and Marketing School, MadridUniversity of VigoEuropean University Miguel de Cervantes, ValladolidUniversity Miguel Hernandez de Elche

Sweden

Stockholm UniversityLinköping University

Turkey

Hacettepe University, AnkaraBaskent University, AnkaraAnkara University


www.chester.ac.uk/study-with-us/study-abroad

29

CHESTER CAMPUS

Our Chester Campus boasts a wide variety of both on-campus and off -campus sports facilities, including a sports hall, a gymnasium/dance studio and fi tness suite, a 25-metre swimming pool, a fl oodlit 3G hockey pitch, four Association Football pitches, two rugby pitches, a fl oodlit MUGA (Multi-Use Games Area) pitch, two fl oodlit outdoor tennis courts, a 100m running track, and two glass-backed squash courts.

The sports hall is a modern, fully equipped venue housing all indoor sports activities. It is home to the netball, basketball, volleyball, badminton and trampoline teams.

The gymnasium provides a high-quality dance/aerobic area with a mirrored wall and sprung fl oor. Exercise classes, fencing, boxercise, Jitsu and Judo are held here.

The modern fi tness centre is run by experienced staff and includes cardiovascular equipment, resistance equipment and free weights (Cybex). The centre is also wheelchair accessible. Every user receives an induction and is entitled to free personal training.

The swimming pool provides an excellent venue for the swimming and water polo teams as well as swimming teacher and lifeguard courses and recreational swimming.

The 3G hockey pitch hosts the University hockey teams, while the MUGA pitch hosts football/rugby matches and is the training base for the majority of outdoor sports teams.

WARRINGTON CAMPUS

Our Warrington Campus has many sports facilities, including a large sports hall, sports psychology and physiology laboratories, an all-weather pitch, a grass football pitch, a dual-use grass rugby/football pitch, an athletics track and a fi tness centre.

The sports hall is used for a variety of activities, including badminton, martial arts, netball and basketball. We also hold disability events such as boccia games, indoor sports events, and a regular Varsity competition.

The two-lane 350-metre athletics track caters for runners at all levels of ability. We also have a regular running club.

The fi tness centre is fully equipped with a wide range of equipment to suit all users. There are free and heavy weights as well as running and cycling machines, and professional fi tness instructors on hand to give advice.

The fl oodlit all-weather pitch is the training ground for the hockey, football and rugby teams. The facility is also used by Warrington Wolves Rugby League team.

Our facilities also include disabled changing facilities and a fi rst aid room.

For more information, visit: www.chester.ac.uk/student-life/chester-campus/sport-and-recreation and www.chester.ac.uk/student-life/warrington-campus/sport-and-recreation

SPORT AND RECREATIONYou will have plenty of opportunities to get involved

in sports and recreation at the Univeristy of Chester.

We provide a diverse range of recreation facilities and leisure

activities, and all of these are FREE – with the exception of the

fi tness centre and squash/tennis courts (£10 deposit required

for equipment and key hire).

30

Chester Students’ Union (CSU) represents every student at the University of Chester. With offi ces on both the Chester and Warrington Campuses, CSU is the focal point for many students during their time at the University. We work to enhance your student experience through social, sporting and non-sporting activities. Also, our welfare services are here if you ever require help in your hour of need.

Our Union President and Vice Presidents are full-time, paid sabbatical offi cers, while our council members are all students who work voluntarily for the Students’ Union. There are plenty of opportunities to get involved, as every post is fi lled at the annual elections.

Student Representation and Communication

Our most important function is to ensure that the opinions of students are heard on all matters aff ecting the University. We are here to voice your concerns and to continue to improve the experience of students at the University of Chester.

Our links with the National Union of Students (NUS) allow you to benefi t from a range of discounts off ered on both campuses, locally and nationally. Your CSU card also acts as a discount card in conjunction with shops in the local area.

Advice and Support

The Student Advice Centre is open to all students, providing free, impartial, confi dential advice and guidance to students on a range of issues, such as accommodation, health, budgeting, academic studies or anything else that you may face during your time at university. We off er drop-in and confi dential services.

We can also help out if you are looking for a part-time job. CSU maintains a database of part-time paid work on both campuses and in the surrounding area, as well as employing student staff to work in the bars and shops on campus.

Entertainment

There are student bars on both the Chester and the Warrington campuses. For more details, see pages 14 and 17.

Retail

CSU operates two main shops as well as an online service through the Union website. With a main shop on the Chester Campus, which includes a designated clothing store, we sell everything from hot food, cold drinks, snacks and stationery to offi cial University clothing and memorabilia. We also have a shop on the Warrington Campus off ering snacks, hot and cold drinks and Warrington Campus clothing.

Clubs and Societies

We off er over 80 clubs and societies with over 2,000 members and a wide range of interests to suit all needs and abilities. If there is not a club or society for you, don’t worry – we’ll help you set one up!

Our sports teams compete successfully at a regional and national level in the British Universities and Colleges Sports (BUCS) and various other leagues. Cultural activities are also well catered for by a range of societies. See our website for more details.

For more information about Chester Students’ Union, visit

www.chestersu.com or www.facebook.com/ChesterStudentsUnion

Chester Students’ Union

31

“If you want a course that

stimulates you, rewards you,

and makes you wake up each

morning before the alarm clock

goes off , then this is the place for

you!”

Darrell Ellsworth


See my video at:

www.chester.ac.uk/darrelle

32

“I found that Freshers’ Week and

Induction Week were very helpful

in helping me to settle into life at

Chester!”

Pie Jie Yeong

Early Childhood Studies

SUPPORTING YOUSUPPORTING YOUALL THE WAYALL THE WAY

See my video at:

www.chester.ac.uk/piejie

34

TUITION FEESFollowing the Browne Review (an independent cross-party review of higher education funding and student fi nance in England) in October 2010, and a subsequent vote in both the House of Commons and the House of Lords in December 2010, tuition fees changed for new entrants in 2012. The tuition fees for 2012 entrants were £8,000 per year for full-time undergraduate programmes and £7,000 for foundation degree programmes.

Before you submit your UCAS application for entry to us in autumn 2013, please go to the University of Chester website at www.chester.ac.uk/student-life/fi nance for up-to-date information on tuition fees.

Tuition Fee LoansIf you are eligible for a tuition fee loan, you will not have to fi nd the money for fees before you come to university or while you are studying. Instead, you will be able to apply for a tuition fee loan, which will be supplied by the Government and paid direct to the University, to cover the fee costs. This means that you can study fi rst and pay back when you are earning.

You will not have to make any loan repayments until the April after you have left university, and then only if you are earning at least £21,000 per year. Your monthly payment rate will be based on how much you earn, not how much you borrowed. So, for example, if your salary is £25,000 per year, you will pay 9% of £4,000 (see table opposite), which works out as £6.92 per week.

Should you withdraw from study during the academic year, a proportionate charge will be made which is linked to the date of your withdrawal.

FINANCIAL SUPPORTMaintenance Grants

Grant amounts had yet to be determined for 2013 at the time of going to press. For entrants in 2012, full-time students from families with annual incomes of up to £25,000 were entitled to a grant of up to £3,250, and those

from families with incomes of up to £42,000 were entitled to a partial grant.

Grants are payable in three instalments, one at the start of each term, and you will not have to repay these.

Although students and their families are aware of the many advantages of investing in higher education, many applicants are worried about the increased cost of undertaking an undergraduate programme. However, completion of a higher education programme can contribute to brighter employment prospects, as well as helping students to gain the confi dence and transferable skills needed for today’s world of work. Today’s students often supplement their income through student loans, prizes and awards, and part-time employment. If you are not sure how best to supplement your income while you are a student, we will be able to give you the advice that you need to invest in your future.

All full-time students who receive an off er of a place from the University of Chester will receive a copy of our fees and funding booklet, which will contain up-to-date information about fees, loans and bursaries for 2013.

MONEY MATTERS

35

Maintenance LoansThere is Government help for all eligible full-time students with living costs in the form of maintenance loans.

The Government will off er maintenance loans to all students irrespective of income. The amount you will be eligible for depends on where you study. The maximum loan in 2011/12 for students living away from home and not in London was £5,500 (65%, i.e. £3,575, is non means tested).

The loan is repayable only after you leave your course and start earning at least £21,000 per year.

Loan RepaymentsFrom the April you are due to start repaying, if you are earning £21,000 or less, you will not need to make repayments and interest will be applied at the rate of infl ation. If you are earning between £21,000 and around £41,000, interest will be charged, on a sliding scale, reaching a maximum of the Retail Price Index (RPI) plus 3%. Above earnings of £41,000, graduates will repay interest at the full rate of RPI plus 3%.

The repayment process is simple: payments are normally deducted automatically from your pay packet through the tax system.

The table below shows some salaries and typical repayment amounts:

Salary Amount of salary Monthly from which 9% will repayment be deducted £25,000 £4,000 £30.00

£30,000 £9,000 £67.50

£35,000 £14,000 £105.00

£40,000 £19,000 £142.50

£45,000 £24,000 £180.00

£50,000 £29,000 £217.50

£55,000 £34,000 £255.00

£60,000 £39,000 £292.50

Note that if for any reason your income falls below £21,000, your repayments will automatically be suspended.

The £21,000 threshold will increase in line with earnings from 2016 onwards.

If you have not paid your full loan back after 30 years, any outstanding repayments will be written off .

You can fi nd the latest information on maintenance grants, maintenance loans and tuition fee loans on the following websites:

England – www.studentfi nance.direct.gov.uk

Wales – www.studentfi nancewales.co.uk

Scotland – www.saas.gov.uk

Northern Ireland – www.studentfi nanceni.co.uk

£25,000 £4,000 £30.00

£30,000 £9,000 £67.50

£35,000 £14,000 £105.00

£40,000 £19,000 £142.50

£45,000 £24,000 £180.00

£50,000 £29,000 £217.50

255.00£34,000 £55,000

292.50£39,000 £60,000

A f b

l b

£2

Mre

£3

£6

£1

£1

£1

£2

£2

36

National Scholarship Scheme and University

of Chester Fee WaiversFor up-to-date information on the National Scholarship Scheme and University of Chester Fee Waivers, please go to the University of Chester website at: www.chester.ac.uk/student-life/fi nance/nsp

Part-time StudentsFrom 2012, loans for tuition were extended to eligible part-time fi rst-degree students who complete a minimum of 25% of the full-time course load per year. Part-time students are not eligible for maintenance loans or grants.

Part-time course fees for the University of Chester vary, but for self-fi nancing students, fees are normally pro rata to the full-time fee.

ALTERNATIVE SOURCES OF FUNDINGAccess to Learning FundsIf you get into fi nancial diffi culty, or fi nd yourself unable to cover costs while completing your course, you may be eligible for fi nancial help from our Access to Learning funds. Further information will be available to you from the Students’ Union or from Student Support and Guidance. The money does not usually have to be repaid.

Sponsorship and Charitable TrustsBursaries are often awarded to cover course expenses such as books, travel and fi eld trips, so check with your local careers service, or contact the Educational Grants Advisory Service (EGAS), which provides information and advice on sources of funding through their Directory.

Council Tax Certifi catesWe provide all full-time students with a Council Tax Certifi cate, which may exempt you from paying local council taxes. Your local authority will be able to tell you whether you can claim this exemption.

Job ShopThere are a wide range of part-time job opportunities for students while they are studying in higher education. Recruitment agencies also ensure a steady fl ow of jobs for students. Some jobs are available on campus and others are available in the private sector. More information about these opportunities can be obtained from our Student Support and Guidance service.

FINANCE FOR NHS AND SOCIAL WORK STUDENTSIf you are studying for a career in social work, you will be entitled to a maintenance grant (non means tested) and you may be entitled to receive a Means Tested Bursary. This is paid by the General Social Care Council (GSCC), and is available to students studying an approved degree course in social work. You can apply for this bursary whether or not you can access the standard student fi nance package. Further information can be found on the GSCC website at: www.gscc.org.uk

Students accepted on to an NHS-funded degree course will receive a maintenance grant (non means tested) and may be entitled to an NHS Means Tested Bursary. You may also be entitled to apply for a student loan. Further information on the NHS Bursary Scheme can be found on the NHS Student Grants Unit website at: www.nhsbsa.nhs.uk/816.aspx

MONEY MATTERS

WATCH OUR VIDEO

www.chester.ac.uk/student-life/finance

37

MONEY MATTERS

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTSStudents whose permanent residence is outside the UK or European Union are liable to pay the full cost of their fees. They are not eligible to receive help in the form of a student loan or assistance from hardship funds.

European Union students are eligible for help with the cost of their tuition fees. They should contact the EU Team at Darlington on 0141 243 3570 or alternatively email them at [email protected] or visit their website at www.direct.gov.uk/studentfi nance-eu

FINANCIAL ADVICEIf you fi nd yourself in fi nancial diffi culties, please do not ignore the problem. Seek professional advice or, alternatively, talk to someone who has the required skills to help.

For more information on Money Matters, go to

www.direct.gov.uk/studentfi nance

STUDENT SUPPORTSTUDENT SUPPORT AND GUIDANCEAND GUIDANCE

Our Student Support and Guidance Department has been recognised as an outstanding department by the British Quality Foundation and, along with our Careers and Employability Department, was shortlisted for a UK Excellence Award in 2011. The Student Support and Guidance Department exists to enhance your student experience and provides a wide range of opportunities and support through a number of sections. For more information about each section please see the Support for Students pages under the Student Life tab on the University website (www.chester.ac.uk).

STUDENT WELFAREProvides information, advice and guidance on a range of issues including childcare, homesickness, advice about University procedures, and funding for students in fi nancial hardship. This section also administers the Access to Learning Funds and student bursaries and can provide further information about these schemes.

STUDENT COUNSELLING SERVICEProvides one-to-one counselling on a one-off and ongoing basis, including brief consultations and group work.

DISABILITY SUPPORTProvides information, advice and guidance to disabled students, students with specifi c learning diffi culties and students with mental health diffi culties. This includes developing an Inclusion Plan documenting any reasonable adjustments that may be needed to your programme of study, applying for Disabled Students’ Allowance and arranging support workers such as notetakers, or mentors. We also off er specialist study support for students with specifi c learning diffi culties (such as dyslexia or dyspraxia).

STUDENT SKILLS DEVELOPMENTOff ers support with developing transferrable study skills and employability skills through Study Skills and Volunteering initiatives. Individual Study Skills support is available through daily drop-ins and appointments. There are also specialist study skills sessions for students whose fi rst language is not English. Opportunities to develop employability skills include over 300 volunteering opportunities – from working with community groups and schools, to environmental projects and our outstanding mentoring programmes in schools and in academic departments. Volunteers can work towards awards, which give them tangible evidence of their contribution and the skills they have developed. Student Skills Development helps volunteers to refl ect actively on the skills and experience they develop, so that they can stand out from the crowd when applying for graduate jobs.

PROCTOR’S OFFICECoordinates an out-of-hours pastoral team, made up of Duty Tutors, Senior Residential Tutors and Hall Wardens to provide support for residential students. The Proctor also works to promote student safety on and off campus.

CONTACT USIf you would like any further information about any of our services please contact us.

Chester Campus:

Telephone: 01244 511550Email: [email protected]

Warrington Campus:

Telephone: 01925 534282Email: [email protected]

38

THETHECHAPLAINCYCHAPLAINCY

HELPING students develop in their spiritual growth, discipleship and

ability to serve is a key role for the Chaplains and Chaplaincy Team. We

are here for the personal and spiritual support of all. We do this in a

variety of ways, the most obvious of which is by off ering opportunities

for prayer and worship, which celebrate the diversity of the Christian

traditions.

Together we PROCLAIM and celebrate individuals and groups

exploring and living out faith – all faiths. We pray for each other and

for the University; we encourage participation in activities that have

a positive eff ect on local and global issues; and we engage with and

support other faith communities on campus and in the community,

seeking dialogue, understanding and shared action.

We LIVE OUT OUR FAITH as human beings, and welcome all to

join us to whatever extent they feel capable. We endeavour to further

the love within our respective faiths by showing solidarity with those in

need.

Day-to-Day and Year-by-Year

The EXPRESSION of our faith and the University’s Christian ethos

happen in a variety of ways at all levels of the University, and which

ensure all people of faith are supported: we honour faith in all its

richness.

Our WORSHIP is welcoming, ecumenical and inclusive with daily

and weekly services in the Chester Chapel, and a weekly service in the

Warrington Chapel. Communion is celebrated regularly and services

range from the traditional to the alternative. All campuses and sites have

dedicated FAITH SPACES for use by groups and individuals of any

religion or none, for prayer, meditation or refl ection.

We EXPLORE the meaning of life and faith through discussion

groups, taught programmes, retreats, social events and more. We also

off er Spiritual Mentoring to accompany students as they develop and

grow in faith. We are supported by the University Choir for concerts and

University services.

The CHAPLAINS and Faith Advisors are available to see any member

of the University confi dentially on any matter.

Through WORD, ACTION and EXAMPLE, we foster and

support the University’s Church foundation, identity and ethos.

Further information can be found at:

www.chester.ac.uk/student-life/religion-and-faith

39

40

“My course has many interesting

and rewarding aspects, which

include detailed fi eld trips

alongside the more conventional

lectures that reinforce and add to

the knowledge gained while out

in the fi eld.”

Mat Crossly

Wildlife Conservation and Ecology

See my video at:

www.chester.ac.uk/matc

40

41

“It’s a once in a lifetime

opportunity. Just enjoy it!”

Sahar Toor

Tourism and Events Management

YOUR YOUR APPLICATIONAPPLICATION

See my video at:

www.chester.ac.uk/sahart

41

42

WHAT CAN WHAT CAN I STUDY?

The University of Chester off ers a range of undergraduate programmes leading to the qualifi cations of Bachelor of Arts (BA), Bachelor of Science (BSc), Bachelor of Arts with Qualifi ed Teacher Status (BA with QTS), Bachelor of Laws (LLB) and Foundation Degree (FD). The BA with QTS and LLB degrees are courses in initial teacher training and law respectively, while BA and BSc are the titles of awards given for a wider range of degree programmes.

This range comprises four main kinds of qualifi cation:

• BA, BSc or LLB Single Honours• BA or BSc Combined Honours• BA with QTS• Two-year Foundation Degree (see page 206)

Our programmes are all made up of ‘modules’. Modules are combined and built up to make single honours and combined honours degree programmes. Our BA/BSc degrees and Foundation Degrees, though diff erent from each other in scope and focus, form part of an overall structure which permits a number of very attractive features:

• A modular system, which makes it possible to spread your assessment over a number of modules of study

• Flexibility within the overall structure, which allows you to switch from a single honours to a combined honours degree, and, in approved cases, vice versa

• The option, in most cases, of gaining academic credit for Work Based Learning and achievement

• The option to top up a Foundation Degree programme to a BA or BSc Honours degree

WHAT TYPE OF WHAT TYPE OF DEGREE SHOULD DEGREE SHOULD

I CHOOSE?I CHOOSE?Many of our applicants are already sure about which area they want to specialise in. For example, you may already know that you want to be a lawyer, teacher, forensic biologist, dietician, nurse, journalist or media technician. These kinds of professions require in-depth study in the form of specially designed courses. Others may want to specialise in one subject simply because they enjoy it so much. In both of these instances, the SINGLE HONOURS degree is the most appropriate.

Among the single honours degrees, we off er a signifi cant number of courses aimed at particular professional or vocational destinations. These frequently combine academic study with forms of practical experience relevant to the professions and occupations, such as social work, nursing, nutrition and dietetics, media production or animal welfare.

Other applicants may want to undertake study in more than one subject, either because a broader basis to their studies may suit their career aspirations or, quite simply, because they wish to keep their options open for future development. For these students the COMBINED HONOURS degree, with its wide range of subject combinations, is often the preferred choice.

Some BA and BSc subjects may be taken either as a SINGLE HONOURS or as part of a COMBINED HONOURS degree. Others may be taken only as part of a combined honours or single honours programme. The Course Facts on each course page in this prospectus give details of whether the course you are interested in is available as a single honours or a combined honours route. For up-to-date information about which courses you are able to combine, go to www.chester.ac.uk/course-fi nder/undergraduate and click on the course you are interested in.

UNDERSTANDING UNDERSTANDING YOUR OFFERYOUR OFFER

When we make you the off er of a place, it will be either Unconditional (if you have already achieved the necessary conditions/qualifi cations for the course) or Conditional (if you have not yet completed your qualifi cations). Conditional off ers will mostly be made in terms of tariff points and/or grades. Although we will send an off er letter directly to you, your offi cial off er letter will come from UCAS, and will tell you what tariff points and/or grades (and other conditions depending on the course applied for) we expect you to achieve in order to be able to take up your place with us. Some qualifi cations – such as Access to HE Diplomas – are not included in the UCAS tariff . In such cases, our off er will tell you explicitly what we would like you to achieve.

If you are still not clear about what our off er means, then we are happy to explain it to you on an individual basis. Please contact us by email on [email protected] if you would like further clarifi cation of your off er. The UCAS tariff can be downloaded from the UCAS website at www.ucas.com

If you completed your qualifi cations some time ago and are not sure whether they are appropriate for your chosen subject(s) of study, please contact Undergraduate Admissions (see Useful Contacts on page 222), and they will talk through your options with you.

43

WHAT CAN I STUDY?

ACCEPTING ACCEPTING YOUR OFFERYOUR OFFER

Once you receive decisions on all of your choices, UCAS will require you to choose one of your off ers as your fi rm choice, one as your insurance choice, and decline all others. You will be given an individual deadline set by UCAS in which to reply to your off ers. It is important that you respond by the deadline, otherwise your off ers will be automatically declined by UCAS. Further information about replying to off ers can be found on the UCAS website at www.ucas.com

wcoUUyyobaw

APPLYING FOR A PLACEHow do I apply?

Applications to all full-time undergraduate programmes (i.e. BA, BSc, BA with QTS, LLB, and Foundation Degrees) should be made through the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS). All schools and colleges in the UK are registered with UCAS. If you are currently in school or college, you will be able to submit an application to UCAS via the online application system, Apply. If you are not at school or college you will be able to apply online through the UCAS website (www.ucas.com). A paper application form is available from UCAS for those that do not have access to the internet. See page 222 for their contact details.

Applications should be submitted to UCAS between 1st September 2012 and 15th January 2013. Applications sent to UCAS after the 15th January 2013 deadline may be considered by the University, depending upon the availability of places. If you apply after the end of June, you will automatically go into Clearing.

It is possible to apply for up to fi ve courses (choices) on your UCAS form. The fee for applying through UCAS is £22.00 for multiple choices or £11.00 for a single choice. If you apply after 30th June, the application fee will be £22.00. Once UCAS has processed your application, you will receive a Personal ID number. Along with your username and password, you can use this to track the progress of your application via UCAS Track.

If you have applied through UCAS and are not holding any off ers, or you have changed your mind about the course you have applied for, you may fi nd UCAS Extra useful. This service allows you to apply for courses with vacancies from the end of February until early July.

Our institutional UCAS code is CHSTR C55. Details of our course codes may be found in the UCAS Directory or on the UCAS website at www.ucas.com. If you wish to apply for a course based at our Warrington Campus, or at one of our Associate Colleges, please ensure that you enter the correct campus code in the ‘Choices’ section of the online application form.

Applicants for part-time courses should apply directly to us. Forms may be obtained from:

Undergraduate AdmissionsUniversity of ChesterParkgate RoadChester CH1 4BJTelephone: 01244 511000Email: [email protected]

For more information, visit: www.chester.ac.uk/apply

44

What qualifi cations do I need to get in?

Precise entry requirements vary slightly from year to year, according to the course and subjects chosen for study. If you have already completed your qualifi cations and achieved the entry requirements for your chosen course, you may receive an unconditional off er of a place from us. Conditional off ers are made to applicants who are studying for qualifi cations for which the results are not yet known. When you receive a conditional off er from us, it will be made in either tariff points, grades, or a mixture of both.

Our general policy for all applicants is to look for a good level of literacy and numeracy (GCSE grade C or above in Maths and English Language or suitable equivalent), together with experience or interest relevant to the course(s) for which you have applied. We welcome applications from candidates mixing their modes of study (e.g. mixes of A Level, BTEC and OCR qualifi cations), and will accept points achieved in AS Levels as contributing to our overall points off er. Points are also recognised from grades achieved in A Level General Studies and a pass in the Welsh Baccalaureate (core).

Each course has its own entry requirements, which are shown throughout the prospectus on the relevant course pages. For full details of the entry requirements for each course, visit the course pages of our website at www.chester.ac.uk

Interviews and Auditions

All suitably qualifi ed Teacher Education, Youth Work, Nutrition and Dietetics, Social Work, and Nursing and Midwifery applicants must attend an interview to assess their suitability before an off er of a place can be made. If you are selected for interview for one of the above courses, we will do our best to interview you as soon as possible after receiving your UCAS form. Interview guidance notes will be sent to you along with your invitation to interview.

All applicants for Single Honours Dance and Single Honours Popular Music Performance will be required to attend an audition before an off er is made. Applicants for Single Honours Fine Art and Graphic Design courses will be required to attend a portfolio interview before an off er can be made. Guidance notes will be sent to you along with your invitation to audition/interview.

Wherever possible, Dance and Popular Music Performance auditions, Fine Art and Graphic Design portfolio interviews, Youth Work interviews, Social Work interviews and Nutrition and Dietetics interviews will be held on an undergraduate Applicant Day.

APPLYING FOR A PLACE

45


Taking a Gap Year

We are happy to make deferred off ers to students wishing to take a gap year prior to starting a degree programme. However, deferrals may be made for a one-year period only. UCAS regulations dictate that those wishing to defer for two or more years must re-apply through the UCAS system.

Do we cater for Mature Students?

If you are over the age of 21 on 1st September of the year you hope to start your course, you will be classed as a mature student. There is no upper age limit. We welcome applications from mature students and value their enthusiasm, commitment and experience. To refl ect this, our entry requirements may be more fl exible. However, we do expect some evidence of study at an advanced level within the fi ve years prior to your application. This could include an appropriate qualifi cation, such as A Levels, Advanced GNVQ, a BTEC or CACHE qualifi cation, or the completion of an Access programme. In some cases, experience obtained in a work setting may be considered in place of formal educational qualifi cations.

If you are not sure whether you hold appropriate qualifi cations, we do provide an advisory service for all applicants, and an adviser will be happy to discuss your options with you. Your fi rst step is to send the details of your qualifi cations and experience to our Widening Participation Offi cer, outlining which programme(s) you are interested in. They will be able to help you to choose the right programme, as well as explaining which course of preliminary study might be needed before you can enter higher education. You may also be given details of accreditation of prior learning (APEL/APCL), and any advice about general issues about which you may be concerned. Sometimes, an option for part-time study might also be accommodated.

For our advisory service, and for any other queries about admissions procedures and non-standard qualifi cations, please contact the Widening Participation Offi cer, Outreach Offi ce, University of Chester, Parkgate Road, Chester, CH1 4BJ Tel: 01244 511000. Email queries should be sent to: [email protected]

42


46

Open Days, Applicant Days and Interview Days

Open Days are held three times a year and give you a chance to visit our campuses, talk to staff in subject departments, and look at our facilities. You will be able to fi nd out more details about our courses and your subject choices, as well as having the opportunity to view residential accommodation. We encourage you to bring your parents, spouse, partner or friends with you to share the day. Most students agree that attending a University of Chester Open Day helped them to make

an informed choice.

Applicant Days are held for all applicants who have received an off er of a place from us. They have been designed to meet your needs, by giving you the opportunity to fi nd out everything you need to know about the campus and your chosen subject area(s). You will be able to spend quality time in your chosen subject department(s), where you can ask the many questions that you may have about your course. Student-led tours of the campus and fi nance and accommodation sessions also form part of the day. Admissions staff are available to off er advice on any queries you may have about your off er and your course

change options.

Dedicated Interview Days are arranged for applicants

for teacher training courses. You will also be able to

talk to members of academic staff and be able to take

advantage of student-led tours of the campus.

For Nursing and Midwifery applicants, interviews will take place at either the Riverside or Warrington campuses, or at the hospital trust site at which you may

be based.

Some Arts and Media subjects also require an interview or audition, including Dance, Drama and Theatre Studies, Fine Art, Graphic Design, and Popular Music Performance. These all take place at our centre for Arts and Media, the

Kingsway Buildings.

Other courses requiring an interview include Nutrition

and Dietetics, and Youth Work.

If you are unable to attend an Open Day or Applicant Day, please contact our Marketing and Recruitment Section, who will be able to arrange a campus tour for you at a convenient time. Please contact: Marketing and Recruitment, University of Chester, Parkgate Road, Chester, CH1 4BJ, Telephone 01244 512471, Email: [email protected]. Up-to-date information about Open Days and Applicant Days can be found on our

website at www.chester.ac.uk/visit

View our Applicant Day video:

www.chester.ac.uk/applicantdays

Information for Disabled Students

As part of our award-winning Student Support and Guidance Department, the Disability Support team off ers advice, support and information to disabled students, students with specifi c learning diffi culties and students with mental health diffi culties. We can off er support and advice on a range of issues, such as specialist equipment, support workers or dyslexia screening.

Simply follow these three easy steps to fi nd out if the University of Chester is the right place for you:

Step 1: Speak to Disability Support

The best way to fi nd out more information is to call one of our knowledgeable Disability Support Offi cers to discuss your needs.

We recognise every student is diff erent and some applicants may require specifi c reasonable adjustments. Our Disability Support team will work with you to identify any reasonable adjustments that can be made to enable you to achieve your potential on your chosen programme of study. This is also an opportunity to discuss any funding you will be applying for, such as the Disabled Students’ Allowance (DSA). You will receive information about DSA when you apply for Student Finance, and we advise you to apply as early as possible as this process can take some time.

Step 2: Visit the University

We encourage you to visit us at the University and discuss your requirements. This way you can see the wide array of facilities and the excellent support we can off er. The University of Chester has a range of accessible accommodation and we strongly encourage you to visit the accommodation before choosing the University of Chester. We know we off er great support and we want you to have all the facts needed to make an informed choice.

Step 3: Choose the University of Chester

The University is committed to ensuring equality of educational opportunity for all applicants and welcomes applications from disabled people. All applications are considered on the same academic criteria. The University is committed to a continuous improvement programme to ensure access to both the physical campus and the learning environment, wherever possible.

Further information

To fi nd out more information, please contact Disability Support on 01244 511059 at Chester Campus or 01925 534282 at Warrington Campus, or email us on [email protected]. We look forward to hearing from you soon.


47

48

The University of Chester welcomes international

students from over 70 countries. We know that

your decision to study in the UK is an important

one and we will make every eff ort to assist you

from the moment we receive your enquiry,

through application process, enrolment and in

your life as a student on campus.

We hope that the International section of the

website, www.chester.ac.uk/international, will answer your questions about our degree

programmes, fi nance and bursary awards, and

about life at the University of Chester.

TUITION FEES AND COST OF LIVING

Annual tuition fees for international students undertaking full-time undergraduate degree programmes in 2012-13 were £9,060. Please note that fees will be subject to change for 2013 entry. Tuition fees can be paid in two instalments.

The cost of living in Chester or Warrington is fairly cheap, compared with other parts of the UK. In fact, our University has been ranked among the top 3 most aff ordable universities to live at in the UK (Sunday Times 2011). We recommend that international students allow at least £600 per month (for outside London) for living expenses, which includes accommodation, books, food, local transport and day-to-day living costs.

INTERNATIONAL APPLICANTS

ACCOMMODATION COSTS

We off er accommodation on both the Chester and Warrington campuses, or very close by, which is guaranteed for international students whose accommodation application forms and bonds of £250 are received by the deadline date specifi ed in the International Student Experience Guide. The current cost of accommodation is £78 - £90 per week, and is subject to change for 2013 entry.

For students who prefer to rent in the private sector, we will give you every assistance to fi nd suitable accommodation.

DEPOSIT PAYMENTS

In some countries, including India, Pakistan and most of Africa, it is more diffi cult to get entry clearance into the UK as a student. Paying a deposit increases your chances of getting a student visa. Therefore, a tuition fee deposit will be charged to all Non-EU students who fi rmly accept a place with us. A deposit may be refunded in exceptional circumstances. You will be asked to produce evidence, e.g. visa refusal letter or other, to prove your case. Please note: £150 of your tuition fee deposit will be non-refundable.

BURSARIES FOR

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTSFull-time, international (Non-EU) undergraduate degree students who have met our entry requirements and pay full tuition fees in advance of enrolment may be off ered a bursary. This bursary is awarded in the form of a discount. You will receive more information about this with your off er letter.

If you are sponsored you will not be eligible for the bursary.

STUDY ABROAD, EXCHANGE,

AND VISITING STUDENT

OPPORTUNITIES

The University of Chester welcomes students, from any country, who wish to spend some time at the University of Chester. We off er a number of short-term study opportunities.

International students can study at Chester through single-year exchange or for a semester through the International Student Exchange Programme. We also have exchange links with universities in the European Union as part of the EU Socrates-Erasmus programme.

For ‘Visiting Students’, arrangements can be made with your own institution to ensure that academic credit will be awarded for the modules studied and assessments successfully completed with us.

STUDENT SUPPORT AND

GUIDANCE

Our International Student Welfare Offi cer will provide support for you throughout your stay with us, whether you are based at the Chester Sites or the Warrington Campus. The International Welfare Offi cer issues a Welcome Handbook to you on arrival, as well as organising a series of information and social events during induction week. Our Student Support and Guidance Services can provide you with information, advice and support on personal, social, academic and fi nancial issues during your time with us.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE

REQUIREMENTS

All international students must be able to provide evidence of English language profi ciency. The University recognises many diff erent qualifi cations; the three most commonly used are:

• GCSE or IGCSE English Language: minimum grade C

• IELTS (The International English Language Testing Service): an overall score of not less than 6.0 and no less than 5.5 in any band

• TOEFL (Testing of English as a Foreign Language): IBT with an overall score of 78 or above with no less than 17 points in Listening, 18 points in Reading, 20 points in Speaking and 17 points in Writing.

For further details of the University approved tests, please contact the International Offi ce at [email protected]

In addition, English Language courses are available (pre-sessional or in-sessional) through English in Chester. We also off er supplementary English Language classes free of charge. The International Learning Support Offi cer off ers one-to-one help with essay writing, grammar and other presentation or discussion skills.

FURTHER INFORMATION

If you would like to receive more information about studying at the University of Chester, please contact:

International Offi ceUniversity of ChesterParkgate RoadChesterCH1 4BJTel: +44 1244 512465Fax: +44 1244 511260Email: [email protected]

www.chester.ac.uk/international

INTERNATIONAL APPLICANTS

49

Accounting and Finance

Advertising

Animal Behaviour

Animal Behaviour and Welfare

Animal Management

Archaeology

Biology

Biomedical Science

Business Management

Business Management and Entrepreneurship

Business Studies / Business

Commercial Music Production

Computer Science

Counselling Skills

Creative Writing

Criminology

Dance

Digital Photography

Drama and Theatre Studies

Early Childhood Studies

Education Studies

English

English Language

English Language and Literature

Events Management (Chester)

Events Management (Warrington)

Film and Television

Film Studies

Fine Art

Forensic Biology

French

Games Development

Geography

German

Graphic Design

Health and Social Care

History

Human Nutrition

Information Systems Management

Interactive Digital Media

International Business

International Development Studies

Journalism (Kingsway Buildings Chester)

Journalism (Warrington)

Law (Combined)

Law (LLB)

Marketing

Marketing and Public Relations

Mathematics

Media Studies

Midwifery

Modern Languages

Natural Hazard Management

Nursing

Nutrition and Dietetics

Photography

Politics

Popular Music Performance

Psychology

Radio / Radio Production

Religious Studies

Social Work

Sociology

Spanish


Sport Development

Sports Coaching

Sports Journalism

Teacher Education: BA Primary Teacher Education (QTS)

Television Production

Theology

Theology and Religious Studies

Tourism Management / Tourism


Youth Work

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

L

M

N

P

R

S

T

W

COURSE LIST

Y

FULL-TIME COURSES: FULL-TIME COURSES: A – ZA – Z

“The course itself is very interesting and

the topics covered are really up to date.

I rarely feel classroom bound as we are

given lots of opportunities to visit places

off campus to carry out research and

data collection.”

Eliza Waldron


See my video at:

www.chester.ac.uk/elizaw

DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

52

Why study Accounting

and Finance with us?

Our programme is wide ranging

and practical, off ering you the

opportunity on completion of the

degree to apply for exemptions from

several professional accountancy

bodies, including the Association

of Chartered Certifi ed Accountants

(ACCA), the Chartered Institute of

Management Accountants (CIMA)

and the Chartered Institute of Public

Finance Accountants (CIPFA).

We off er a three- or four-year

programme – the latter with a

one-year work placement in Year

3. This placement year off ers you

the opportunity to develop work-

based skills and gain a deeper

understanding of theory in practice

before returning for your fi nal year

of study.

What will I learn?

BSc (Hons) Accounting and

Finance – Three years full time

This is an academic and vocationally

orientated programme that will

enhance your employability in a

rapidly growing yet competitive

fi eld.

• In Year 1 (Level 4), you will

build and consolidate your

knowledge and understanding

of the fundamental principles of

accounting and fi nance in the UK

business environment. The

specialist accounting subjects

of Financial and Management

Accounting are particularly

important. Other modules include

Quantitative Methods for Finance,

Law and Ethics, Economics and

The Management of People and

Organisations. Year 1 also exposes

you to accounting packages and

provides you with an introduction

to IT spreadsheets.

• Year 2 (Level 5) builds upon the

Year 1 foundation and

consolidates areas you studied

by expanding the Accounting

Elements of Financial Accounting

The fi nancial challenges facing organisations require analytical individuals. Our Accounting and Finance programme is a highly focused, specialist degree that you will be ideally suited to if you are interested in a career in the accounting profession or wish to develop the expertise to analyse business activities from a fi nancial perspective. The course off ers a combination of theory and practice, and can lead to a career in fi nancial services or management, or other areas of the business community.

C

DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

53

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BSc Single Honours

Typical Entry Requirements:

240-280 UCAS points from GCE A

Levels or equivalent (such as BTEC

National/OCR Diploma)

Specifi c subjects required:

GCSE grade C in Mathematics

Other:

Access to HE Diploma

International Baccalaureate (26 points)

Course content enquiries:

Helen Hayes

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 511800

Email: [email protected]

For admissions enquiries:

Undergraduate Admissions

Telephone: 01244 511000


Theory and Management

Accounting themes. Other

modules in Year 2 include

Organisational Management

and Information Systems,

Human Resource Management

and Marketing. A module on Work

Based Learning also off ers you the

opportunity to transfer theoretical

ideas into a practical situation.

• In Year 3 (Level 6) of the three-

year course and Year 4 of the

four-year course, we focus on

the development of fi nancial

and management accounting in

core modules. These core modules

incorporate the analysis,

evaluation and synthesis of

knowledge and its application

to decision making in accounting

and fi nance. Also available to you

is Strategic Management. Optional

modules will allow you to explore

specialist areas such as Auditing,

Corporate Finance, Business Law,

individual project study and a

Dissertation.

Four years full time – including a

one-year, professional, paid work

placement

Years 1 and 2 of this degree are

identical to that of the three-

year Accounting and Finance

degree. The major diff erence

is the work placement with a

business organisation in Year 3.

Many students fi nd that a year’s

placement enhances their academic

performance in Year 4, and increases

their employability.

During your placement, you will be

supported by a Placement Tutor

from the Department, who will

visit you and your employer to help

and advise you both. You will be

given support and advice from the

University to help you research and

secure a suitable placement.

In Year 4 of your programme, you

will follow the same content as

students on Year 3 of the three-year

degree.

For more information, please see

our website at: www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/accounting-and-

fi nance

The Learning Experience

You will learn via a mixture of

lectures, seminars, tutorials and

workshops (which are specifi cally

designed to aid your skills

development), both within the

Chester Business School and in

other locations around the Chester

Campus.

We use a mixture of assessment

methods, including examinations,

essays, reports and case study

analyses. The majority of assessment

is by assignment or examination;

in most modules your grade will

be based on 30% coursework and

70% examination. This follows

the requirements of professional

accounting bodies.

When you gain your degree, not

only will you be a part-qualifi ed

accountant, you will also have

been taught by fully qualifi ed

accountants who will have given

you highly valuable insights into the

accounting world.

Career Opportunities

Our degree in Accounting and

Finance will prepare you for a

range of careers in accountancy,

in the wider world of fi nance or

in other areas within the business

community, in both the private and

public sectors.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

ADVERTISING

54

Why study Advertising

with us?

By developing high-level strategic

and creative skills, a degree in

advertising from the University of

Chester will enable you to become:

• a competent communications

professional, with the transferable

skills necessary for an intellectually

challenging, professionally

rewarding, self-directed career;

• an informed and engaged

member of society who

understands how advertising

shapes our personal and social

narratives; and

• a refl ective, self-aware individual,

capable of – and committed to –

lifelong learning.

Most advertising programmes teach

the subject as either a sub-discipline

of marketing or as a specialised

application of graphic design. In

place of this ‘either/or’ approach, to

provide you with the skills you will

need, our programme is designed

around three integrated themes:

• Advertising as corporate

communications,

• Advertising as visual and digital

design, and

• Advertising as social narrative.

As a result of our unique approach,

the programme has attracted the

active involvement of Creative

Directors of leading advertising and

branding agencies:

“Success in the advertising and

branding industries depends

on ‘creatives’ able to develop

powerful narratives, but too

few programmes adequately

address this. The Advertising

programme at Chester is

unique in its commitment to

enable students to develop

these skills. I would not be

surprised if their model was

copied by other courses.”

(Creative Director of Uniform)

Advertising is one of the most powerful infl uences in contemporary society. The visual storytelling techniques used by the advertising industry have profoundly shaped the way we look at everything around us – including products, politics and social priorities.

W

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

55

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Combined Honours





Other:



For a list of combinations, please visit

www.chester.ac.uk and go to the

course page or visit the UCAS website

at www.ucas.com


Rutherford

Programme Leader


Telephone: 01925 534394



Telephone: 01244 511000


What will I learn?

A signifi cant feature of the

programme is our emphasis on

practical work experience gained

through numerous ‘live’ briefs

for real clients, who then use the

materials you have produced.

• In Year 1 (Level 4), you will learn to

apply the theories and techniques

of eff ective communication by

developing an advertising

campaign and creative materials

for ‘live’ clients. Year 1 will also

provide you with the opportunity

to develop the study, research

and writing skills you will need

throughout the programme.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), you will expand

your understanding of Brand

Image, including how it shapes

our perceptions of products,

corporations and individuals.

You will also further enhance

your design skills for the web.

Additionally, you will undertake a

Work Based or Experiential Learning

placement.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), you will design

a major Advertising project and/

or produce a professional creative

portfolio under the supervision

of the Creative Directors of major

advertising and branding

agencies. If you are a major

honours student, you will also

have the opportunity to prepare

a formal academic Dissertation on

a topic of your choice.

Throughout the programme, you

will also have the opportunity to

gain experience – and get paid

– by working on projects for real

clients via The Hot Room (www.

thehotroom.co.uk).

You can view more details about

specifi c modules on the University

website at: www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/advertising


Our programme provides you with a

dedicated studio and photographic

space, Macintosh computer labs

equipped with advanced software

packages (sound and video editing

and stop frame animation software),

digital SLR and video cameras, and

specialist printing facilities.

“I was particularly impressed

with the programme’s vision

and enterprise in developing

such a unique and highly

viable Advertising programme.

Its emphasis on narratives

distinguishes it from other

programmes and clearly

appeals to the industry.”

(External Examiners’ report)


Career opportunities for graduates

include:

• Creative or strategic advertising

• Branding and brand development

• Digital media designers

• Account management

• Corporate communications for the

private, public or non-profi t

sectors

• Marketing

• Public relations

Right: Student Richard Pay - winner of ‘Best Advertising’ at the DNA show, June 2010.

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR

56

Why study Animal

Behaviour with us?

Our programme off ers you an ideal

opportunity to explore the study

of animal behaviour practically and

theoretically. Staff research interests

encompass a range of species,

including primates, amphibians,

rhinos, wild cats, birds and fi sh.

One key strength of this programme

is that it is fi rmly rooted in the

biological sciences and adopts a

rigorous scientifi c approach to the

study of the behaviour and welfare

of animals.

What will I learn?

Single Honours

• Your studies in Year 1 (Level 4)

will provide you with a theoretical

base in animal behaviour, as well

as giving you practical experience

in laboratory work and the

handling and care of animals.

Our modules include: Ecology and

Habitats Studies, Animal

Physiology, Data Handling,

Genetics and Evolution, and

Animal Handling and Care.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), you will take a

core module in Research Methods

to help prepare you for your

Year 3 Research Project. You will

also explore the following themes:

Adaptations to the Environment,

Field Ecology, Behavioural Ecology,

and Health and Disease of

Animals. In addition, you will

have the opportunity to undertake

modules in either Work Based

Learning or Experiential Learning.


undertake an independent

Research Project with tutorial

support. There is also plenty of

choice at this level, and you will be

able to construct your programme

from a suite of modules. These

modules vary from year to year

and refl ect the research interests

and specialisms of the staff .

The study of how and why animals behave as they do is a fascinating subject, and in recent years there have been enormous practical and theoretical advances in this fi eld. There is also an increasing realisation that humans have a special responsibility towards the conservation and welfare of other animals.

C


57

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BSc Single or BSc/BA Combined Honours






Science at A2 Level (Biology,

Chemistry, Human Biology, Applied

Science) or BTEC Animal Care/

Management

Other:

Access to HE Diploma (Science)

International Baccalaureate (26 points,

inc. Biology at 5 or above)




at www.ucas.com


John Cartwright

Senior Lecturer

Telephone: 01244 511000




Telephone: 01244 511000


Combined Honours

Animal Behaviour may be combined

with Biology or Psychology, and

makes an excellent package with

either of these subjects.

• In Year 1 (Level 4), you will study

three modules on animal

behaviour: Approaches to Animal

Behaviour, Data Handling and

Research Project, and Genetics and

Evolution.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), you will take

two or three modules on animal

behaviour and three or two

modules on your other subject

respectively. You will also have

the opportunity to undertake

Work Based Learning or Experiential

Learning.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), you may take

two or four taught modules

tackling the same themes as listed

for Year 3 of the single honours

degree. You may also carry out a

Dissertation in animal behaviour,

but this is not compulsory.



undergraduate/animal-behaviour


Practical experience is essential in

this discipline, and we have superb

facilities for the practical study of

livestock and exotic and indigenous

species at Reaseheath College,

where – if you are a single honours

student – some of your modules will

be taught.

Chester Zoo, one of the UK’s

foremost zoos in terms of

conservation, is located only two

miles from the Chester Campus, and

several modules involve zoo visits.

We will also give you a free zoo pass.

Field trips are an integral part of

this programme and feature in

Years 1 and 2. Teaching is varied

and interesting and encompasses

lectures, practical sessions, seminars

and tutorials.


The Work Based Learning programme

in Year 2 has been invaluable in

enabling students to make links

with employers and sample real jobs

in their areas of interest.

Previous students have gained

employment in veterinary nursing,

animal husbandry, conservation

work, animal welfare organisations,

animal health enforcement, animal

care assistance, guide dog training,

the RSPCA, zoos, and research using

captive animals. Our course will

also give you the skills required for

postgraduate study and research

into animal behaviour.

Since the programme is fi rmly

science based, you will also gain

a whole set of transferable skills –

including IT, numeracy, teamwork,

and oral and written communication

– that will make you desirable to a

wide range of employers.


ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR AND WELFARE

58

Why study Animal

Behaviour and Welfare

with us?

Our programme provides a unique

combination of rigorous academic

study and hands-on training and

experience. You will have the

opportunity to have daily contact

with animals during Year 1, which

is based at Reaseheath College. The

College has its own zoo containing

a very large collection of domestic

animals and zoo animals, which will

give you the opportunity to learn

about the handling and care not

only of domestic mammals and

birds, but also reptiles, amphibians,

birds of prey, and exotic species

including a colony of meerkats and a

troop of ring-tailed lemurs. There are

also trips to the college farm and to

Chester Zoo.

The rest of your course is based at

the University of Chester, where

there is a shift in emphasis to more

academic and research-informed

subjects.

What will I learn?

• In Year 1 (Level 4), you will be

based at Reaseheath College and

will develop your essential skills

in the care and welfare of a wide

range of animal species. We put

a particular emphasis on practical

experience. You will learn the core

principles of biological science

and more specialist principles

in animal behaviour and welfare,

and have weekly visits to use the

facilities on the Chester Campus

(we provide transport to Chester).

Animals are an important part of all of our lives; for example, millions of pets share our daily lives. Animals are kept in zoos, on farms and in research labs, and we also have a huge eff ect on many animals in the wild.

There is an increased public awareness that we have a responsibility towards the world’s animals. In order to understand what is best for animals’ welfare, it is necessary to study the way animals behave, as well as how they function and what eff ect a scientifi c approach has on animal welfare.

C


59

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

and Reaseheath College

Type of degree:

BSc Single Honours









Management

Other:





Juliet Leadbeater

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 513058




Telephone: 01244 511000


You will also have an opportunity

to take part in an optional fi eld

trip to Africa.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), you will move to

the University’s campus at Chester,

which off ers all the research

facilities you will need. The

curriculum at Chester is

informed by research and off ers

a challenging yet supportive

academic environment at the

cutting edge of knowledge. You

will study animal behaviour at

a higher level, and develop your

skills in research methodology.

Our applied focus continues with

weekly visits to Reaseheath

College for more advanced study

of captive animal health and

welfare. Also, you will have

the opportunity to do a work

placement, in which you can test

out your skills and knowledge

in an animal-related business or

concern.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), you will have

a good deal of choice in shaping

the fi nal stages of your degree.

You will also have an opportunity

to do a research project in animal

behaviour or animal welfare with

individual help from a tutor.

Projects are done in a variety

of locations, including Chester

Zoo, dog kennels, in the wild (for

example studying endangered

animals) or even abroad.

You can view more information

about our modules at: www.

chester.ac.uk/undergraduate/

animal-behaviour-and-welfare


During your studies, you will

experience a number of diff erent

learning and teaching environments

depending upon the subject

material. These will include

lectures, seminars, demonstrations,

workshops, laboratory practical

sessions, fi eldwork in groups, and

independent project work. You will

also develop animal-handling skills

working with the extensive number

of species at Reaseheath College. We

have excellent lab facilities, which

are well equipped with microscopes

to view both prepared slides and

small living animals.

Chester Zoo is world famous, and we

go to observe in particular the large

troop of chimpanzees, the giraff es,

the elephants and the aquarium.

Assessment will be through a

combination of end-of-module

exams and coursework assignments.

You will write essays and reports

and give oral presentations to

ensure you develop good all-round

communication skills. You will also

learn how to use the full range of

presentation software, advanced

electronic search engines, specialist

subject software and academic

literature. All learning and teaching

is supported by the University’s

well-developed intranet, which you

can access at any time and from

anywhere that is connected to the

internet.


Our degree will equip you to

work in a variety of animal-related

businesses or concerns such as

zoos, wildlife parks and reserves and

animal laboratories. The higher-level

skills in problem solving, numeracy

and communication that you have

acquired throughout your degree

will equip you to enter the wider

graduate jobs market.

You may also go on to undertake

postgraduate training or research.


ANIMAL MANAGEMENT

60

Why study Animal

Management with us?

The captive animal management

industry is rapidly developing

from a largely manual sector into

a service industry meeting the

broad demands of the animal-

owning/animal-interested public.

Our programme is designed to

equip you with the skills and

understanding to progress within

this industry and to bring scientifi c

knowledge and principles into this

rapidly modernising sector.

For the Behaviour and Welfare focus,

this course ensures that you gain

an extensive overview of captive

animal management and provides

a combination of academic study

with practical ‘hands-on’ experience.

You will work with a range of

animals, including rare breeds and

farm animals, while developing an

academic understanding of animal

management, behaviour and

welfare.

For the Zoo Management focus,

this course is suitable for students

aiming for a career working with

exotic species in zoos or wildlife

reserves, and provides a unique

combination of academic study

and hands-on training with a

range of exotic species. You will

work with a wide range of exotic

species – mammals, amphibians,

invertebrates, reptiles and birds

of prey – while developing an

academic understanding of zoo

management.

You will have regular contact with

animals at Reaseheath College’s

fully licensed zoo. Reaseheath

College’s animal centre is dedicated

to education, training, conservation

and the welfare of domestic

and exotic species. For further

information on Reaseheath College,

visit: www.reaseheath.ac.uk

What will I learn?


develop essential knowledge

and skills in the management

of a wide range of animal species,

with an emphasis on practical

experience. This level includes:

Applied Ethology, Husbandry and

Handling, Observational Skills and

Data Handling, Animal Welfare

As part of the Foundation Degree in Animal Management, you can choose to specialise in either Behaviour and Welfare or Zoo Management. A Level 6 Top-Up year is available for students wishing to ‘top up’ to a BSc (Honours) degree in Animal Management.

C


61

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

and Reaseheath College

Type of degree:

Foundation Degree and Top-Up









Management

Other:





Angela Craney

Department Administrator

Telephone: 01244 513056




Telephone: 01244 511000


Issues, Applied Learning Theory

(Behaviour and Welfare only),

and Zoos and Conservation (Zoo

Management only). There are

weekly visits to use the facilities at

the Chester Campus.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), there is a shift

in emphasis to more academic

and research-informed subjects,

along with a practical element.

This level includes: Research

Methods and Ethics, Health and

Disease and Behaviour Modifi cation

or Husbandry of Exotics, Animal

Nutrition, Negotiated Work-Based

Learning and Behavioural Ecology,

Zoo Records and Licensing

(optional module).

• Top-Up Year (Level 6): Upon

successful completion of the

Foundation Degree, you may

choose to ‘top up’ to the fi nal-

year BSc Animal Management/Zoo

Management to gain a full

honours degree.

You can view more details about our

modules on the University website

at: www.chester.ac.uk/fd/animal-

management


The course includes the use of ARKS

and Zootrition software.

The unique combination of

academic study with practical

hands-on training and experience

in either Behaviour and Welfare or

Zoo Management will give you the

opportunity to develop an excellent

understanding of the animal world

and industry.

You will be given the opportunity to

undertake international study tours

as part of your studies, as well as off -

site visits to key animal collections

in the UK. Past visits abroad have

included fi eld trips to South Africa,

Namibia and Botswana.

Study is split between Reaseheath

College (www.reaseheath.ac.uk)

and the University of Chester. You

will be based at Reaseheath College

with transport provided for you to

travel to the Chester Campus on

one day per week. This ensures that

students gain the best possible

advantage of the facilities on off er at

both sites.

You will be assessed via a

combination of assignments

(including essays, reports,

presentations and seminars),

practical assessments and

examinations.


Working with animals can be a very

rewarding career. Your qualifi cation

will provide you with an excellent

opportunity to enter the job

market with a range of practical

skills, academic knowledge and

technical expertise that are useful to

employers whose work deals with

animals.

The combination of practical and

academic training you will gain

during your degree will equip

you with the skills required to

enter a graduate career in animal-

related industries, or to undertake

further training or research. Career

opportunities may include:

• Animal/zoo management

• Wildlife management

• Conservation

• Retail management

• Roles within animal charities,

zoological gardens and wildlife

reserves

• Animal welfare

• Scientifi c research

For more information about

Foundation Degrees, please see

page 206.

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND ARCHAEOLOGY

ARCHAEOLOGY

62

Why study Archaeology

with us?

The historic city of Chester is

an internationally important

archaeological site, and our

Archaeology programmes use

Chester and its hinterland as a

model for exploring the archaeology

of Britain. By taking one of our

courses, you will get a broad view of

British archaeology, focusing on the

historic period from the beginning

of the Roman era to the present

day, and you will also be off ered the

chance to study prehistoric Britain

and consider and refl ect on themes

in wider European and world

archaeology.

Our modules embrace a mixture

of theory, method and practice

(including fi eldwork).

The Department of History and

Archaeology has many links with

professional archaeology and

heritage organisations, such as

the Council’s Historic Environment

Team, who contribute to the

teaching. Fieldwork training and

opportunities, including excavation,

are part of our programmes and

off er fi rst-hand experience of the

archaeological process. You can read

all about these in our archaeology

newsletter, The Trowel:

www.chester.ac.uk/departments/

history-archaeology/newsletter

What will I learn?

• In Year 1 (Level 4), many of

the modules are introductory,

as many students embark upon

this programme without having

previously studied archaeology as

Archaeology is a fascinating, rich and rewarding subject that explores many diff erent aspects of humankind and embraces a wide range of skills and experiences. Archaeology is all about discovering and investigating the human past, from human evolution to the present day. By studying archaeology we can fi nd out about how people spent their lives, where they lived, the clothes they wore and the food they ate.

Archaeology can uncover the religions, burial customs and beliefs of past societies. Through artefacts and excavations, archaeologists can investigate extraordinary details of the daily lives of past generations.

C


63

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BA Single or BA/BSc Combined

Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Dr Keith McLay

Head of Department

Telephone: 01244 512160




Telephone: 01244 511000


an academic subject. The modules

outline the archaeology of Britain

and assess the role of the heritage

industry in this fi eld. They also

introduce the theories, methods

and techniques of archaeology,

exploring the skills required of

an archaeologist and

incorporating some practical and

fi eldwork elements.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), you will explore

in more detail the archaeology of

Britain, through studies of

particular periods and themes

in British archaeology. From an

archaeological perspective,

you will consider key themes and

turning points, as well as

examining in theory and

practice the diff erent modes

and explanations in archaeology.

Additional modules will give

you the opportunity to explore

in greater depth the practice

of archaeology and the heritage

industry in Britain.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), the range

of modules available and the

number of modules taken may

vary quite signifi cantly, depending

upon whether you are pursuing

Archaeology as a combined or

single honours degree. Some

modules look at important themes

within archaeology, such as the

archaeology of death and burial

and the place of archaeology in

contemporary society. There

are also opportunities for you to

undertake further study in

the areas of heritage and the

archaeology of buildings, and to

research and write an archaeology

dissertation.

You can view further details about

all of the available modules and

watch our video at:

www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/archaeology

and www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/archaeology-

combined


Our teaching comprises a mixture of

lectures, seminars and workshops.

You will go on regular fi eld visits

and some modules involve a larger

element of practical work in the

fi eld. You will often return from

the fi eld to process fi nds in the

dedicated archeology work room.

Assessment is varied: written work

in the form of essays, reports and

portfolios, oral presentations,

and examinations all feature. Our

assessment develops and enhances

your key employability skills.

The learning experience on the

Archaeology programmes is simply

fi rst rate, say the students. In 2008,

2009, 2010 and 2011, the overall

satisfaction ratings in the National

Student Survey topped 90%.


Archaeology off ers training in

a wide range of practical and

theoretical skills that enhance

employment prospects. Many

Archaeology graduates go on

into IT and surveying, estate

management and conservation, as

well as into museum and heritage

work, and commercial and research

archaeology.

There are opportunities for further

study at postgraduate level in

Archaeology and related disciplines.


BIOLOGY

64

Why study Biology with

us?

Staff on the Biology programme

are undertaking diverse

research activities to ensure

they can enthusiastically deliver

contemporary and relevant course

content. These include methods

to counter the illegal trade in

endangered species and to ensure

the survival of these species using

DNA-based techniques; improved

understanding of disease processes

and their diagnosis; cancer and

stress biology; the sustainability

of the food supply chain; and

nanotechnology. Studying on the

Biology programme provides unique

opportunities to gain experience in

areas at the forefront of knowledge.

We will encourage you to become

a member of relevant professional

societies and participate at

organised events. An institutional

representative of the Society of

Biology works to promote meetings

and facilitate attendance at

networking activities.

You may study Biology as a single

honours or a combined honours

degree. Please see www.chester.

ac.uk/undergraduate/biology for

further details.

What will I learn?Our Biology programme off ers

you the opportunity to have some

choice in the modules you study and

focus on either Animal Behaviour/

Ecology or Human Biology/

Biomedical Science. During the

programme, module choices will

allow you to specialise in subject

areas of your choice.

Single Honours

• In Year 1 (Level 4), we provide a

coherent learning experience

while providing a sound basis for

more advanced study in Year 2.

Core modules include Essential

Physiology, Genetics and Evolution,

Cell Biology and Biochemistry and

Data Handling and Project Design.

You will then choose from options

in the various subject areas, such

as Introductory Microbiology and

Immunology, Introduction to

Animal Behaviour, and Ecology. We

will provide support and guidance

to help you to begin to realise your

full potential.

We off er a range of unique experiences due to our close partnership with organisations such as Chester Zoo and other leading institutes, industries and charities. We supplement classroom learning with opportunities for industrial work placements or fi eldwork with conservation programmes.

C


65

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BSc Single or BSc/BA Combined

Honours







Chemistry, Human Biology) or BTEC

Applied Science

Other:







at www.ucas.com


Graham Bonwick

Professor

Telephone: 01244 513069




Telephone: 01244 511000


• Year 2 (Level 5) provides you with

an opportunity to obtain more

in-depth knowledge and to begin

specialisation in areas that interest

you. The core module in this year

is Research Methods, which

will help to prepare you for

your dissertation in the fi nal

year. The range of possible subject

areas include: Biology of Disease,

Applied Molecular Biology, Applied

Microbiology, Behavioural Ecology,

Adaptations to the Environment

and Field Ecology. You will

also choose between Work

Based Learning and Experiential

Learning to enable you to gain

work experience with external

organisations, or to work with

researchers within the

Department of Biological Sciences.

• Year 3 (Level 6) will off er you a

choice of areas of study in one of

two themes: Human/Biomedical

or Animal Behaviour. Optional

subject areas include: Medical

Microbiology, Immunology and

Haematology, Clinical Biochemistry

and Genetic Analysis, Animal

Behaviour and Conservation,

Animal Cognition and Evolution

and Human Behaviour. You

may also undertake a Research

Dissertation, where you can

undertake work supervised by

leading academics.

Combined Honours

You may combine Biology with a

range of other subjects, as a minor,

equal or major subject.

To fi nd out more about our

programmes, go to: www.


biology and www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/biology-combined


Our enthusiastic staff will teach you

in modern, spacious laboratories

on the Chester Campus. Teaching

and learning includes lectures,

seminars, group discussions and

presentations. Experimental work,

including laboratory practicals and/

or fi eld studies, is also an integral

part of our programmes.

You will have access to extensive

online resources, including videos,

podcasts, sample essays, previous

exam papers, self-assessment

questions and background

materials.

Assessment consists of coursework

and end-of-module examinations,

the balance of which is typically

50:50 in a module. Coursework can

include practical reports, fi eldwork,

extended essays, presentations or

seminars.


There are excellent careers aff orded

by our degree, and we have a very

good reputation for graduate

employment. In 2009, more than

97% of our graduates found

employment or training within six

months of graduating. In 2010, we

had the best record in the North

West for employment of biological

sciences alumni in a graduate job.

Graduates have gone on to

careers in academia, conservation

management, animal welfare,

fi sheries protection, environmental

monitoring, analytical laboratory

and fi eldwork, environmental

consultancy, biomedical

research, food safety, diagnostic

kit development, sales and

promotion, medical equipment and

pharmaceuticals.

Some graduates go on to take

teaching qualifi cations (PGCE),

Masters (MSc and MPhil) or Doctoral

(PhD) studies.


BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE

66

Why study Biomedical

Science with us?

Biomedical scientists carry out

laboratory tests, from screening

cancer to diagnosing infection,

anaemia and leukaemia.

Our vocationally oriented course

leads to a professionally recognised

qualifi cation which is externally

approved by the Health Professions

Council (HPC – www.hpc-uk.org)

and accredited by the Institute of

Biomedical Science (IBMS – www.

ibms.org).

For further reading, please see our

webpage at: www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/biomedical-

science

What will I learn?Our Biomedical Science degree

covers a wide range of scientifi c

subjects, information technology

and all the major disciplines of

biomedical science, including

cellular pathology, clinical

chemistry, haematology and

transfusion medicine, histology,

medical microbiology/virology, and

immunology

The entire course is integrated

through a study of the biology of

disease, including modern concepts

and applications of biomedical

science in research, diagnosis and

treatment of clinical disorders.

• In Year 1 (Level 4), you will spend

time investigating the core

topics of Physiology, Cell Biology

and Biochemistry, Microbiology

and Immunology, Data Handling

and Project Design, and

Introduction to Biomedical Science.

Competency within the laboratory

environment and essential

practical techniques will also be

developed.


the following areas in depth to

develop your basic knowledge

and skills: Research Methods,

Biology of Disease, Human

Metabolism, Applied Molecular

Biology, Applied Microbiology and

Experiential Learning.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), subject-specifi c

modules (Dissertation, Clinical

Medicine and Pharmacology,

Medical Microbiology and

Infection Control, Immunology

and Haematology, and Clinical

Biochemistry and Genetic Analysis)

integrate the key concepts

Biomedical Science involves the study of various biological and medical sciences relevant to our understanding of human health and disease. Biomedical scientists are essential members of the modern healthcare team and, in collaboration with doctors, nurses and other professions allied to medicine, can aid in the diagnosis of disease, evaluate the eff ectiveness of treatment, and research into causes and cures of diseases.

C


67

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BSc Single Honours








Applied Science

Other:





Dr Stephen Fôn Hughes

Senior Lecturer and Programme

Leader

Telephone: 01244 513037




Telephone: 01244 511000


addressed within Years 1 and 2,

and will heighten your awareness

of current advances and practice

in the discipline. Throughout Year

3 you will be encouraged to

develop as an independent,

mature and autonomous learner.


Our enthusiastic academic and

professional staff teach Biomedical

Science in modern lecture theatres

and spacious laboratories housed

on campus.

Teaching and learning involves

a range of methods, including

lectures, seminars, laboratory

practical sessions, clinical work

placements, group discussions

and presentations. You will have

access to extensive online resources,

including videos, podcasts, sample

essays, previous exam papers,

self-assessment questions and

background materials. You will also

have the opportunity to visit local

NHS pathology laboratories and

the NHSBT national blood centres.

Experimental work is an integral part

of the programme.

The academic staff are research

active and continually thrive to

promote research within areas of

biomedical science, where they

regularly publish their research

fi ndings and discuss their work

at national and international

conferences.

Specialist personnel (e.g. Senior

Biomedical Scientists, Pharmacists

and Medical Doctors) contribute to

many aspects of the course.

Throughout the course, there

are both coursework and end-

of-module assessments, which

contribute to your overall marks. The

coursework assessment may focus

on laboratory reports, essays or

data manipulation exercises, while

the end-of-module assessment

is normally by examination (e.g.

multiple choice or essay). The overall

balance between these two forms of

assessment is approximately 50:50.


Biomedical science is a continually

changing, dynamic profession with

diverse long-term career prospects.

Biomedical scientists are in demand

by a wide range of employers in

areas such as the healthcare service

(NHS and NHSBT), medical research,

private sector (e.g. Bupa hospitals),

the pharmaceutical industry,

forensic science, food and public

health, education (teaching), clinical

diagnostics, and organisations

such as the Armed Forces, Health

Protection Agency, Medical

Research Council, and Health and

Safety Executive.

Biomedical scientists can become

involved in voluntary work in

developing countries on behalf of

international bodies such as the

World Health Organisation (WHO) or

Voluntary Service Overseas (VSO).

You may also wish to continue your

education with an MSc (Masters),

PhD (Doctorate), PGCE (Teaching),

Dental or Medical degree.

We also off er an IBMS-accredited

MSc in Biomedical Science for those

students wishing to enhance their

qualifi cation to a postgraduate level:

www.chester.ac.uk/postgraduate/

msc-biomedical-science

Careers and Employability

Conference: This annual event,

hosted by the Department of

Biological Sciences, aims to provide

students with the opportunity to

network with employers relating

to their fi eld of study. Employers

from a variety of backgrounds (e.g.

AstraZeneca, Pro-Lab Diagnostics

and Wrexham Maelor Hospital)

have previously attended the event:

www.chester.ac.uk/careers/

employability-conference

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

68

Why study Business

Management with us?

Our programmes have been

designed to equip you with

employability skills, analytical

abilities, work experience and

subject knowledge, and to develop

your professional and conscientious

approach to work.

The programmes combine

appropriate theory and vocational

experience through a series of

subject areas, including:

• Single Honours: marketing,

human resource management,

general management, fi nance,

information and communication,

and public relations

• Combined Honours:

management, fi nance, and human

resource management.

Integral to each programme is a

period of work placement, which

provides an opportunity for you to

experience the world of work either

locally, nationally or internationally.

Our courses take into account the

latest developments in business, and

will prepare you for a wide range of

careers in fi elds such as marketing,

banking, business management,

human resource management,

project management, public

relations, events management and

retail services.

We have developed our programmes

to allow for maximum fl exibility,

giving you the opportunity to follow

a broad general business course or

to tailor your studies towards your

particular academic interests or

career aspirations.

Studying one of our degrees has

a number of distinct benefi ts,

including the opportunity to:

• learn from contemporary business

and management thinking

• enrich your personal and

academic skills

• attain your goals in a caring and

supportive environment

• take advantage of highly skilled

and work-experienced tutors

• experience a mix of interactive

and modern learning methods

• interact with local businesses

• undertake a signifi cant period of

work placement.

Warrington is a thriving commercial

centre and has attracted many

major organisations – such as

United Utilities, Scottish Power,

Martin Dawes Systems, Norwest

Holst, National Nuclear Laboratory,

Coca Cola Schweppes, Airmiles and

English Partnerships – who have

based their regional or national

headquarters here.

Our Business Management degree recognises that employers today are looking for graduates who have an academic understanding of business, together with a practical knowledge and experience of the world of work.

W


69

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Single or Combined Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Andrea Harper

Programme Manager

Telephone: 01925 534325




Telephone: 01244 511000


What will I learn?

Single/Combined Honours


introduced to the fundamentals

of the key business functions,

including management, fi nance,

marketing, accounting, public

relations, human resources, and

organisational behaviour. These

subject areas will be developed

throughout the three years of

study.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), you will consider

the applied nature of the subject

areas. Many of the modules will

encourage you to investigate and

apply issues within local/national

organisations, developing both

your personal and academic

skills. It is at this level that you will

undertake your work placement

experience.

• Year 3 (Level 6) will enable you to

consolidate and develop key

themes within the course. You

will be able to take advantage of

the fl exibility of the programme

and follow either a broad

business-orientated path or

choose a more specifi c route

through modules in line with your

chosen career. There will also be

the opportunity to undertake a

business dissertation, which will

furnish you with an in-depth study

of your chosen specialist area.

For more detailed information,

please go to: www.chester.

ac.uk/undergraduate/business-

management


Most classes will be held in our

built-for-purpose Business Centre,

where you will have access to

computer labs and bespoke lecture

and seminar rooms. Business tutors

and course administration staff are

located in this centre, where we

maintain an open-door policy for all

business students.

We are particularly keen for you

to experience a wide range of

business situations, and this has

been a key driver in the design

of the programme. Many local

organisations are actively involved

with the Business School and often

come to the campus to give guest

speaker sessions and question and

answer seminars. This gives you the

chance to refi ne and clarify your

understanding of the practical world

of work.

We use a range of assessments,

including business reports, academic

essays, presentations, seminar

contributions and other practical

work, which will prepare you for the

dynamics of organisational life and

the world of work.

In the 2011 National Student

Survey our programmes received

very favourable feedback. Overall

student satisfaction with the quality

of the course was 86%, while 91%

of students surveyed said our staff

are good at explaining things.

Also, crucially, 87% of respondents

said they now had a job or were

undertaking further study.


Our graduates are qualifi ed for a

wide range of career paths, including

accounting, administration,

banking and fi nance, human

resource management, operations

management, retail, marketing,

public relations and events

management.

One of the advantages of having

a Business Management degree is

that it allows you to keep your career

options open, as the degree is an

excellent basis for careers with most

commercial, industrial and public

employers.

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS, STRATEGY AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP

70

Why study Business

Management and

Entrepreneurship with us?

Our exciting and engaging Business

Management and Entrepreneurship

programme provides a unique

opportunity for you to become

familiar with your own potential and

explore new pathways to success in

business management.

On the programme, we won’t

simply present you with a degree

certifi cate on exit: we will equip you

with the skills to make your mark

in the business arena. We off er an

innovative degree incorporating

learning that refl ects today’s issues

and tomorrow’s concerns in relation

to people, planet and profi t.

Staff on the programme are

committed to maintaining

a culture that values and

nurtures innovation, creative

thinking, emotional intelligence,

resourcefulness, persistence and

an entrepreneurial mind-set. Our

educational practitioners are not

merely academics; they possess

the skills, commercial experience

and awareness to nurture visionary

managers, business leaders and

successful entrepreneurs who will

go on to create economic and social

value in society.

Our previous students have

initiated an Enterprise Society

that forms a hub for supporting

and cultivating business ideas and

student venturing. Membership

of the society gives students the

opportunity to put into practice and

refi ne ideas that have been fostered

in lectures, workshops and seminars.

Our degree is about much more

than lectures – it is about exploiting

and creating opportunities; in

essence, behaving and living

entrepreneurially.

You will also be presented with the

opportunity to attain professional

qualifi cations throughout your time

with us.

What will I learn?

The three-year programme

develops and nurtures

entrepreneurial thought and

action essential in your approach

to studying and building a core

understanding of real business

skills. The learning will enable you

to become a creative, successful

entrepreneurial business leader who

possesses the capacity to make a

positive mark.

Key areas include ideas generation

and innovation, new venture

creation, building and servicing

entrepreneurial teams, business

fi nance, leadership, entrepreneurial

marketing, corporate

entrepreneurship, and social

entrepreneurship.

In these times of economic fl ux, graduates have to be comprehensively prepared, not only for job hunting, but job creating. The idea of a ‘job for life’ has long since disappeared. It is imperative that students are equipped with the skills necessary for taking up entrepreneurial opportunities.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIPC


71

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BA Single Honours





Other:




Connie Hancock

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 511986




Telephone: 01244 511000



acquire a fi rm understanding of

the characteristics of

entrepreneurial behaviour. The

learning features a range of hands-

on experiences that are intensive,

group-oriented, and interactive.

Your pitching and presenting

skills, so crucial for business

off erings and management

dynamics, will also be honed.


consolidate and build upon your

learning by developing a depth

of thought and action that is vital

in producing eff ective, effi cient

entrepreneurial business leaders

and managers. Work Based

Learning will foster and encourage

personal and professional

development in a ‘real business’

setting.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), the schedule

includes guest speakers, visits to

companies, business simulations,

and off -campus activities, in

addition to classroom time.

The four-year programme

(including one-year, professional,

paid work placement) contains

identical academic content in Years

1 and 2 as that of the three-year

programme. The major diff erence

is the placement with a business

organisation in Year 3. Research

informs us that the 12-month

placement enhances academic

performance in Year 4.



from the Business School.

In Year 4, you will follow the same

programme as students on Year 3 of

the three-year degree.



undergraduate/bme


As well as featuring academic

staff who practice what they

preach, in the Business School we

incorporate a range of student-

centric learning activities that

are designed to provide you with

access to business leaders, industry

experts, management specialists

and academic mentors. You will be

provided with the opportunity to

fl ex your learning muscles through

application and experimentation in

real business situations. Field trips,

master classes and motivational

business simulations form a vital

role in providing a fully rounded,

engaging and thought-provoking

programme of learning.

The innovative assessment methods

employed on this programme

include elevator pitches, poster

presentations, business reports,

business plans, and critical refl ective

commentaries.


We equip our students with the skills

that business leaders have identifi ed

as enhancing employability. Our

main objective is to produce

creative, eff ective business leaders

and innovative, entrepreneurial job

creators.

Previous graduates have gone on to

steer large organisations to success,

establish businesses of their own,

and refl ect the pioneering approach

to business and management that

has been cultivated at the University

of Chester Business School.


BUSINESS STUDIES / BUSINESS

72

Why study Business

Studies / Business with us?

The City of Chester is a rapidly

developing business centre,

attracting major companies such

as Capital Bank, Marks & Spencer,

Airbus and Bristol-Myers Squibb.

Work placements with these and

other businesses are an integral

part of the programme in Year 2,

enhancing the employability of our

graduates.

Also, the progression to graduate

level employment of our graduates

is one of the highest in the North

West.

What will I learn?Our Business Studies / Business

degree will give you the opportunity

to follow a general business course

or to tailor your studies towards

your particular academic interests or

career aspirations.

Business Studies Single Honours

(3 years full time or 4 years full

time)

The three-year programme covers

the diff erent business disciplines,

supported by the development

of applied business skills and an

understanding of the business

world.

• Year 1 (Level 4) will introduce

you to the main functional areas

of business and help you to

develop key business skills.

• Year 2 (Level 5) concentrates

on the key functional areas of

business at a more advanced level,

developing the research skills you

will need in a business

environment. The Work Based

Learning module incorporates

a business placement, which will

enable you to develop and apply

your knowledge in a real business.

• Year 3 (Level 6) analyses the

study of business as a whole. By

selecting appropriate options

it will be possible for you to focus

your studies on a particular area

of business. You will study

two core subjects – Strategic

Management and The Research

Project (Dissertation) – and you will

also be able to choose three or

four additional modules.

Our programmes take into account the latest developments in business, and will prepare you for a wide range of careers in the fi elds of business, administration, management, marketing, fi nance, retail services, human resource management or manufacturing.

C


73

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Ian McDonald

Business Programmes Leader

Telephone: 01244 511805




Telephone: 01244 511000



(including one-year, professional,

paid work placement) contains

the same academic content in

Years 1 and 2 as that in the three-

year programme. The major

diff erence is the placement with

a business organisation in Year 3.

Many students fi nd this 12-month



You will choose your placement

and enjoy support services from

us, including advice from your

Placement Tutor and the dedicated

Placements Offi ce.




Business Combined Honours (3

years full time)

You can take elements of the

Business programme in combination

with other subjects from another

academic discipline as major, equal

or minor subjects.


Marketing Principles, Finance for

Managers and Managing People

and Organisations.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), Work Based

Learning and Contemporary Issues

in Business and Management

are core subjects. The former

incorporates a business

placement, which will enable

you to develop and apply your

knowledge in a real business. You

will also be able to choose up to

two other options.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), Strategic

Management is a core module.

Your choice of other options then

depends on whether you have

chosen to study Business Studies

as a major, minor or equally

weighted subject.

A four-year version of the

Combined Honours programme

is also available, where students

combining subjects within Chester

Business School are able to

undertake a one-year industrial

work placement at the end of Year 2.


our programmes, see our


undergraduate/business


You will learn via a combination of

formal lectures and seminars. We

also include exercises, case studies,

discussions, presentations, one-to-

one or group tutorials, and online

learning. We place a major emphasis

on the personal development of

higher-level management and

employability skills.

Lectures, seminars and tutorials take

place on the main Chester Campus,

where the Chester Business School

is based.

Subject learning is fully supported

by intranet-based virtual learning,

giving you access to programme

learning materials 24/7.

You will be assessed through a

combination of assignments,

examinations, group projects and

seminar contributions. Individual

projects form a major part of the

fi nal-year assessment.


All organisations need employees

who can contribute eff ectively to

the achievement of the company’s

aims and who have been educated

to master business-related skills

and capabilities so that they can

add value to the business from day

one. Consequently, the range of

employment options open to our

graduates is extensive.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

COMMERCIAL MUSIC PRODUCTION

74

Why study Commercial

Music Production with us?

Among other things, we aim to

provide you with the opportunity to

produce professional-quality music

recordings, using industry-standard

equipment and proven methods

and practice. The types of learning

you will experience throughout

the course will vary widely, and this

will give you a fi rm foundation for

development in this exciting and

fast-moving subject area.

Our studios are open 24 hours a

day, seven days a week (during

term time) to give you as much

fl exibility as possible. We also make a

particular eff ort to ensure that studio

workshop sessions have a very good

staff -to-student ratio.

Our Warrington Campus is well

situated between the musically

and culturally signifi cant cities of

Manchester and Liverpool, which, in

addition to the scene in Warrington,

will provide you with access to a

wide range of music that is closely

linked to programme activity.

We believe that our course should

not just be insular and campus-

based, which is why we make

external recruitment of musicians

key to our modules and regularly get

in guest speakers from the industry.

In recent years we have also put

on an annual music showcase in

Manchester or Liverpool, and heavily

promoted student work is sold

online in a serious attempt to get it

into the UK music charts.

What will I learn?

Your learning will focus on

production and include areas such as

mixing, studio operation, computer

music production and essential

composition skills, microphone

choice and placement, recruiting of

acts, and remixing.

Other areas that are likely to be

covered include some music industry

related content, marketing and

promotion, popular music studies,

and the creation of music and sound

to accompany moving visuals, e.g.

animations. There is also likely to

be the opportunity to undertake

a Dissertation, and there will be a

period of work-based/experiential

learning.

Studying our Commercial Music Production course will give you a good grounding in key aspects of music production and related areas.

W

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

75

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Combined Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Russell Dyson

Senior Lecturer, Commercial Music

Production

Telephone: 01925 534308


Jim Mason

Programme Leader, Commercial Music

Production

Telephone: 01925 534347




Telephone: 01244 511000





undergraduate/commercial-

music-production


All classes are based at the

Warrington Campus, although you

may have some off -site production

activities and a period of work-based

learning.

You will be able to use a range of

equipment in computer-based

music production facilities and three

purpose-built digital recording

studios. The fi rst of these studios

has a large live area that is suitable

for recording an entire band

simultaneously, while the second

is similarly equipped but has a

smaller live-recording area. The third

studio has a much greater range of

processing equipment available and

is dedicated for mixing purposes.

You will have access to industry-

standard recording equipment that

you would be likely to fi nd in other

studios.

We employ a range of learning

strategies, including lectures, guest

lectures, seminars, tutorials, self-

directed study and practical work.

Assessment is designed to develop

and enhance your characteristics

and be of value as you move into

the workplace. Across all of our

programmes we adopt a mixture

of formative and summative

assessment, which means

assignments will range from formal

written exams, through essays,

formal and informal presentations,

to taking part in feedback sessions

with staff and other students. These

take place at various intervals

throughout the course and not

solely at traditional exam periods.

Much of the assessment of practical

production modules is through

coursework, which sometimes

takes place in groups, although the

emphasis is fi rmly on individual

assessment. Some examples of

assessment activities you are likely

to be involved in include mixing,

computer music creation, band

recording and remixing.

Firm emphasis is placed on

assessing group work fairly based on

contributions made towards it, and

our rigorous systems facilitate this.

We will also provide you with

verbal and written formative and

summative feedback on completed

assignments and in-class practical

sessions.


Our graduates acquire key

transferable, analytical,

organisational, personal, writing and

communication skills during the

course, which will always prove to be

of value to employers.

After graduation you may go on to

a position in the music recording

industry, a business-related

position, management, professional

audio, postgraduate study, music

journalism, education, media or

communications.

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS

COMPUTER SCIENCE

76

Why study Computer

Science with us?

Throughout our course you will

explore how computers work, how

computer software is developed,

how computers communicate with

each other, and the ways in which

software manipulates, stores and

processes data.

Organisations are constantly

searching for computer and

information systems to solve their

problems. Our programme covers

all aspects of computer science,

including the underlying principles

and theory.

We provide 24-hour free broadband

internet access in all halls of

residence and through wireless

connectivity across the campus.

We also off er open access in our

Learning Resources Centre and in

designated computer rooms. Course

information and learning materials

are on the University intranet, and

can be easily accessed on and off

campus.

What will I learn?Our course is structured to develop

and build your knowledge,

understanding and skills over Years 1

to 3. You will develop your analytical

and logical skills by tackling

problems and designing solutions

for increasingly complex scenarios.

• In Year 1 (Level 4), you will evaluate

information systems and solve

problems using appropriate

packages, and obtain, evaluate

and share information to persuade

and entertain. We will introduce

you to software and hardware

component interaction, object-

orientated programming and

WWW, and internetworking. You

will also evaluate and apply tools

for digital images, sound and

video.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), your theoretical

knowledge will be developed and

applied to real-world problems.

You will design and analyse

systems and construct and

manage databases, as well as

designing and producing

websites. Your programming

skills will be developed so that

you can produce solutions for

more complex problems. You will

also achieve a critical

understanding and appreciation

of the fundamental building

blocks of networked computer

systems, and explore the software

engineering life cycle.

Studying Computer Science will take you from learning practical IT skills to understanding and developing software solutions for many of the new challenges facing today’s computer-dominated world, such as safe online shopping and artifi cial intelligence.

C


77

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BSc Single Honours





Other:




Janet Thorniley

Department Administrator

Telephone: 01244 513102




Telephone: 01244 511000


• In Year 3 (Level 6), you will extend

your skills and understanding

of at least two of the three core

areas of Programming, Database

and Systems Analysis and Design.

In addition, you will be able to

choose from a range of optional

modules to meet your chosen

career goals. You will undertake

a major individual development

project for your dissertation,

developing a particular aspect

of the programme and applying

it to a specifi c situation. For this,

you will have individual guidance

from a personal supervisor, who

will help you to ensure that your

project achieves its aims.



undergraduate/computer-science


The Department is based at the

Binks Building on Chester Campus.

Open-access computer facilities,

with broadband access to the

internet, are widely available. We

keep computer hardware up-to-date

so that it can fully support the latest

software. The University Library has

an excellent collection of online and

conventional books and journals to

support the programme, and there

is access to information sources via

JANET (Joint Academic Network).

Our modules are varied in their

methods of teaching. To make best

use of available time, theory is often

disseminated in lecture theatres.

Much use is made of the computer

laboratories for the practical

subjects, in groups of about twenty.

Small group discussions, tutorials,

and student-led seminars also fi gure

prominently.

Assessment involves a combination

of assignments, project work and

examinations, varying in balance

from module to module. In line with

the requirements of industry, all of

our modules have been designed

from the ground up to incorporate

assessment of key skills and subject-

related skills.


Computer scientists do many

diff erent types of work, and

fi nd employment in many

diff erent types of businesses and

organisations, including computing

and communications companies,

software houses, management and

computer consultants, Government

departments, the media industry,

banking and education.

There is a buoyant employment

market for good computer scientists.

Employers of our graduates have

commented very favourably on

their broad range of relevant

skills – which is a refl ection of our

commitment to employer liaison

and continual updating of course

content.

The Department is currently seeking

approval for British Computer

Society (BCS) accreditation of the

Computer Science degree, and

students are eligible for student

membership of the BCS during their

studies.

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL STUDIES AND COUNSELLING

COUNSELLING SKILLS

78

Why study Counselling

Skills with us?

While our programme off ers you the

chance to gain highly developed

skills to help others, it will not train

you as a therapeutic counsellor.

However, on completion of the

course you will have developed

the confi dence to work eff ectively

within a team and gained a vital

range of human relationship skills,

which will enable you to respond

professionally to the complexities

of concerns that occur within any

workplace environment.

A dynamic team of experienced

tutors are on hand to guide and

facilitate your learning. Your tutors

are also qualifi ed professional

therapists and/or clinical

psychologists who, between them,

hold a diverse range of professional

expertise.

Chester has a long-established

national reputation for the

provision of professional counsellor

training. As well as the degree in

Counselling Skills, we off er a wide

range of postgraduate professional

counselling courses. The Counselling

Skills programme has been informed

by much of the criteria of these

programmes, together with the

general principles of the British

Association for Counselling &

Psychotherapy (BACP).

What will I learn?You will be facilitated to develop

listening skills in order to become

more eff ective in a wide range of

helping situations. You will also be

encouraged to develop a deeper

level of self-understanding and a

capacity for refl exive learning and

practice.

• Year 1 (Level 4) will introduce you

to the basic principles that

underpin the use of counselling

skills, and you will examine the

ethical issues that may arise in

helping relationships. Working

with others is an important part of

this course, and a variety of

practical workshops will help you

get to know your colleagues and

develop your listening skills.

This programme equips you with the relevant expertise to enhance communication with, and understanding of, others. Studying Counselling Skills will enable you to gain the knowledge, practical skills and ethical awareness demanded in a wide range of people-related employment contexts, where eff ective helping of relationships is essential.

C


79

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BA/BSc Combined Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Barbara Edge

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 512064




Telephone: 01244 511000


• Year 2 (Level 5) encourages you

to develop a professional attitude

when using counselling skills.

Understanding how people

become ‘who they are’ is an

important aspect of the course,

and you will explore various

theories that explain and inform

human development. You will

examine the diffi culties people

encounter in the course of life,

how people may react to these

diffi culties, and how people can be

helped to cope.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), the focus is

on developing ‘eff ective helping

relationships’ in a wide variety

of work contexts. You will have

the opportunity to investigate an

area of work in which you have a

particular interest. Key themes will

be dealing with issues of diversity

and equality, eff ects of trauma,

and the importance of developing

cross-cultural awareness when

using counselling skills.



undergraduate/counselling-skills


We use a variety of teaching and

learning strategies, including

lectures by tutors and visiting

specialists, practical learning

activities, case studies, group

work, and skills practice. Graduates

consistently comment that the

group experience is very useful

in giving them an understanding

of key aspects of the course, and

encourages a supportive learning

environment.

An opportunity to undertake a work

placement is available, enabling

you to gain fi rst-hand experience of

an appropriate workplace setting.

Some of our students have taken

the opportunity to work abroad and

have gained valuable cross-cultural

experience.

There are no exams on this

programme – many students tell us

they prefer to be assessed through

coursework rather than by formal

examinations. Therefore, we use a

range of other assessment methods,

including group presentations,

individual poster presentations, case

studies, written essays, evaluation

of helping sessions with colleagues,

and practical portfolios.


On completion of the programme,

you will have developed a good

level of self-understanding and

gained competence in applying

a range of counselling skills in a

variety of situations. You will have

also developed a sound ethical and

professional attitude that will stand

you in good stead for any people-

orientated career.

Graduates from this programme

have successfully gained

employment, or gone on to further

postgraduate training, in teaching,

learning support, social work,

mental health work, the police force,

youth work, retail management and

NHS Graduate Schemes.

Many of our students have gone on

to successfully complete Masters

Degrees here at the University – in

subjects such as Social Work, Clinical

Counselling, Business, and Human

Resource Management.

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH

CREATIVE WRITING

80

Why study Creative

Writing with us?

Perhaps you have enjoyed studying

literature and have admired the

skills of great writers, past and

present. Well, why not become a

creative writer yourself? Whether

you want to write fi ction, poetry,

drama, biography or travel books,

our course in Creative Writing will

help you develop the skills you need

to become an eff ective writer.

As you practise diff erent kinds

of writing, so you will come to

understand better the fascinating

relationship between form and

subject, between what you want to

say and how you can say it best. The

pleasure and fulfi lment of creating

original works of your own will

stay with you for the rest of your

life. However, we will also give you

guidance on how you can get your

work published so you can share

your success with others.

The Department of English has

many literary experts – teachers

and writers who understand how

and why prose and poetry work in

the ways they do. To be a successful

writer you need to acquire the

techniques and skills that other

writers have used to make sense

of the world around them, and

we have just the people to help

you. We are fortunate to have a

number of very successful published

writers of fi ction and poetry in

the Department, who will be able

to share their insights with you.

The Department’s commitment to

literature now, and its contacts with

other eminent authors, allow us to

place your degree studies in Creative

Writing in an exciting wider context.

If you think of yourself as a creative person and enjoy reading and writing, then a combined honours programme in Creative Writing might be the perfect choice for you.

C


81

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:







A2 Level: English Language, English

Literature or English Combined

(Language and Literature)

Other:Access to HE Diploma (must include English Language or Literature at Level 3)International Baccalaureate (26 points, inc. English at 5 or above)




at www.ucas.com


Jen Mawson

Departmental Administrator

Telephone: 01244 513152




Telephone: 01244 511000


What will I learn?The course will give you an

opportunity to practise writing in a

variety of forms, styles and genres.

Good creative writers can bring

their skills to bear on many kinds of

writing. All writers have to write in

diverse ways: the successful novelist,

for instance, also has to write factual

prose, reviews and criticism. Our

Creative Writing course recognises

how students will later need to

apply their expertise to a range

of employment situations. We

also believe in the importance of

exploring the methods of some of

the greatest authors, learning from

them how to rise to the challenges

of writing well.

The most important part of your

work will be the writing of your own

prose and poetry. You may not know

when you arrive exactly what kinds

of writing you will excel in, but you

will know your particular strengths

by the time you graduate, having

had the pleasure of exploring all the

available opportunities to express

yourself.

For more details about course

content, visit our webpage:

www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/creative-writing


We pride ourselves on our teaching

excellence, and we are committed

to the development of new

approaches, concentrating always

on the nature of your learning

experience. You will fi nd your tutors,

who are available weekly for one-

to-one appointments, accessible,

helpful and ready to support you in

any way they can. We will teach you

in a variety of ways: in seminars and

workshops, in lectures, in individual

tutorials, or through the use of the

Department’s own open-learning

materials.

Assessment varies from module to

module: you will compile portfolios

of creative writing, including

evidence of your drafts; write essays

and other kinds of critical and

factual prose; and also do a range of

other kinds of assessed work. There

are no exams.


Besides continuing to write and

publish their prose and poetry,

graduates in Creative Writing

typically also secure employment

in professions such as teaching,

publishing, the media and

communications, advertising, public

relations, journalism, librarianship,

management and administration,

personnel work, and, of course, any

kind of employment that depends

on creative language skills.


CRIMINOLOGY

82

Why study Criminology

with us?

We off er you a dynamic and diverse

programme. When studying

Criminology with us, you will

explore the relationship between

criminological theories and criminal

justice policies and practices. You

will look at explanations for crime

and antisocial behaviour and how

the police and courts deal with

such matters. You will look behind

the scenes and unpack the myths

and realities in the way crime is

represented. You will also study

the role of punishment and the

secure estate, and investigate

crimes of the powerless and crimes

of the powerful. Additionally, you

will examine the processes of

criminalisation and

decriminalisation within the context

of civil liberties and human rights.

Colleagues with a wide range

of backgrounds and experience

make signifi cant contributions to

the programme. This facilitates

a rich interdisciplinary approach

which enables us to expand your

criminological imagination.

In each year you will also be

provided with sessions on careers

and employability and academic

skills. Also, in Year 2 you will have the

unique opportunity of attending a

free two-and-a-half day conference

in which you will hear and engage

with eminent speakers in the fi eld of

Social Science.

What will I learn?We off er Criminology as a single

honours or combined honours

degree. The single honours degree

will enable you to specialise in

criminology and criminal justice.

The combined honours degree is a

good alternative option if you wish

to combine Criminology with one of

a range of complementary subject

areas, such as Sociology, Politics or

Counselling Skills


study the criminal justice process,

focusing on all branches of the

criminal justice system and on

the experience of both defendants

and victims. You will also explore

criminological theories, the

role of the media, youth justice,

punishment, drugs, and mentally

disordered off enders.

Criminal justice is one of the largest growing areas of employment in the 21st century. Criminology is a way of studying how crime is socially defi ned and how the criminal justice system operates.

C


83

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Dr Karen Corteen

Programme Leader for Criminology

Telephone: 01244 511180




Telephone: 01244 511000


• In Year 2 (Level 5), you will build

on the theories you studied in Year

1. You will evaluate explanations

of crime and the responses of

the criminal justice system. You

can explore theories such as

peace-making criminology or

labelling theory, and you will have

the opportunity to explore

historical and contemporary

approaches to off enders with

mental health problems. In

addition, you will investigate how

the state exercises its power and

examine the abuse of state power

and its implications for civil

liberties and human rights.


have the opportunity to look

at contemporary issues such

as hate crime, domestic violence,

elder abuse, cyber crime, gangs,

knife crime and homelessness. You

may also unpack images of crime,

including representations of

prisons and the death penalty

in drama, fi lm and documentaries.

Finally, you will have the

opportunity to undertake

a dissertation in an area that

particularly interests you, or in

which you want to have a career.

You will be supported throughout

by your dissertation supervisor.



undergraduate/criminology


undergraduate/criminology-

combined


In order to make the Criminology

programme interesting and

engaging, we teach and assess

you in a variety of ways. You will

be involved in lectures, seminars,

individual tutorials and group work.

Guest speakers who specialise in

criminal justice and criminology will

also contribute to your studies.

You will be assessed via case studies,

essays, examinations, group poster

presentations and a dissertation.

Written and oral assessments

will develop your knowledge,

confi dence and preparedness for

post-university life.


Students who graduate with a

Criminology degree have a unique

grounding that prepares them for a

career in a range of spheres, many

of which off er fast-track routes for

graduates.

Our graduating students have joined

the Police Service, the National

Off ender Management Service,

victims’ services, the Prison Service

and the youth justice system. Others

have embarked on a career within

women’s refuges, drug services and

children’s services. Many have also

undertaken postgraduate studies.

Some of our former students are

now lecturers in Criminology, and

have undertaken an MA in Crime

and Justice, or a PhD, with us at the

University of Chester, or have gone

on to postgraduate studies at other

academic institutions.

DEPARTMENT OF PERFORMING ARTS

DANCE

84

Why study Dance with us?

We are passionate about dance at

the University of Chester, which is

why we explore current dance forms

such as Improvisation, Somatic

Practices, Studio Practice, Personal

Artistry, Screen Dance and Curation,

Choreography, Performance, Site-

specifi c Practices, Dance Research,

Dance Studies and Contexts,

Community Dance and Education.

These areas will prepare you for the

dance industries and the current

climate of professional practice.

You will have the opportunity

to perform, create, and research

cutting-edge dance practices and

artists.

Our programme will provide you

with experience and knowledge

which draws upon a range of

performance perspectives, and

we aim to help you appreciate the

diverse nature of dance in the 21st

century.

What will I learn?You will learn from the Dance

Team, who are actively involved in

specialised areas:

Manny Emslie is one of a select

few certifi ed Skinner Releasing

Technique teachers in the UK

and has published articles in

international journals. She is

currently performing and touring

a solo work that emerged from

an auto-ethnographic process of

investigation.

Evelyn Jamieson was one of the

founding members of Wayne

McGregor’s Random Dance and

is currently pursuing a PhD in

Collaborative and Community

Practice.

While dancing at the University of Chester, you will also have the opportunity to work with nationally and internationally renowned artists as well as working as part of a dynamic community of students from other arts disciplines. Recent collaborations with Chester students include artist Hetain Patel, Ludus, Company Chameleon and National Dance Company Wales.

K


85

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Kingsway Buildings Chester

Type of degree:

BA Single Honours





Other:



Additional Requirements:

Audition: 1hr30 Studio Practice

(technique) class, 1hr Creative

Workshop and an opportunity to

see undergraduate work and the

Performing Arts facilities.


Manny Emslie

Senior Lecturer in Dance

Telephone: 01244 515725




Telephone: 01244 511000


Amanda Clarkson has signifi cant

experience in Higher Education and

is established in Community Arts

Practice.

Sarah Spies is a performer and

screen artist who has shown work in

the UK, Europe and Africa and has

recently presented a commissioned

work in Portugal and Greece.

Richard Molony works in the new

media sector of performing arts,

employing interactive software and

video art, and has shown works at

various venues in the UK.

You can see from this diverse team

of tutors that you will be immersed

in creative and performance

explorations that will challenge

and stimulate your learning while

preparing you for a vocation/

profession in performing and/or

dance making, creative practices,

dance fi lm, community and/or

dance education and postgraduate

study. Our course also prepares

you for further Dance training

programmes in the UK and Europe

and PGCE courses in the UK.

For more information, go to: www.


dance


You will benefi t from a range of

methods of teaching, including

studio-based and practical

sessions, lectures, seminars, group

discussions, tutorials, screenings,

visits to live performances and

sessions with visiting professionals

and invited speakers.

You will be taught at the Kingsway

Buildings, which off er a 200-seat

lecture theatre, a virtual library

with DVD screens, 11 state-of-

the-art IT labs, and two catering

outlets. There are also specialised

editing and screening studios and

lots of seminar rooms, all of which

have iMacs, data projectors and

interactive whiteboards.

As well as this, you will spend

time in our four large rehearsal

and performance studios. These

have extensive lighting rigs and

projection facilities, and three have

permanent fully sprung fl oors.

Assessment methods combine

practical dance performance

and choreography, practice-led

research, lecture demonstrations

and presentations, interactive

podcasting and blogging with

rigorous written work. Your written

work will include report writing,

refl ective journals, cultural texts,

autobiographic writing, dance

writing and academic essays and

dissertations.


Our course will provide you with

the opportunity to acquire a

range of skills and knowledge that

may be transferred to a variety of

fi elds, and will encourage you to

operate autonomously within the

dance industries. These include

performance, choreography,

creative practices, community

dance, dance management,

teaching, dance fi lmmaking, dance

administration and postgraduate

study.

A number of recent graduates

now work as dance education

offi cers, dance teachers, community

arts workers, dance fi lmmakers,

dance administrators, performers

and choreographers, and have

undergone MA studies at leading

postgraduate institutions for

performance and choreographic

practices.

Several students every year

are accepted on the nationally

recognised teaching certifi cate

course – the PGCE.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY

86

Why study Digital

Photography with us?

Our unique undergraduate course

focuses specifi cally on the use of

digital technologies within the

photographic industry. If you wish

to pursue a career in photography

and the wider digital-image-using

industries, then our course is for

you. The course will equip you both

practically and critically with the

most up-to-date knowledge and

skills to give you a platform upon

which to build.

Our programme is designed for you

to use practical skills, knowledge

and critical application of digital

photography in direct correlation

with how the image (still and

moving) is currently being created,

shared, distributed, and sold, be it in

a regional, national or international

visual economy. The course aims to

provide you with the ability to enter

this economy, and aims to act as a

site of critical debate around the

issues that this continually evolving

visual market raises.

What will I learn?

• Year 1 (Level 4) lays the

groundwork for you to be

able to work professionally and

independently. It will introduce

you to the essential practical skills

of digital photography, and will

provide you with an understanding

of the fi elds of documentary,

studio, fashion, advertising

photography and multimedia

photojournalism.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), you will develop

the skills and creativity required to

work in the photographic industry.

We will introduce you to core areas

within the global photographic

economy and the issues facing

freelancers in this expanding

market.

• Year 3 (Level 6) will be carried out

in a highly professional working

environment. The aim is to equip

you with the skills and expertise

to enable you to pursue a career

within photography and its

wider creative industries. You

will work on self-initiated and

directed projects in which

you must develop and manage

professional photographic

assignments, understand

the complexity of the creative

Digital photography is one of the most dynamic mediums within the creative industries; it has become one of the dominant forces in shaping and defi ning contemporary society. Demand for the visual is at an optimum and never before has so much power been given to the image within our culture.

W

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

87

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Combined Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Simon Webb

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01925 534678




Telephone: 01244 511000


and photographic economy in

which your work would appear,

and appreciate the need for

comprehensive research, planning

and budgets. You will also have the

opportunity to write a dissertation.

You can view more details at: www.


digital-photo


You will be given the support to

develop a range of skills in digital

photography in order to produce a

portfolio of individual work across a

range of photographic disciplines.

You will be able to hone your skills

and knowledge in lighting, shooting

and post-production, leading to

the production of work that will

evidence your abilities to potential

commissioners in the creative world.

You will have the opportunity to

work in a range of genres, including

multimedia photojournalism,

advertising, fashion and publishing,

and respond to a range of potential

outlets and commissioners such

as advertising agencies, images

agencies, magazines and news

agencies. You will quickly begin to

develop a personal approach to your

work and also begin to explore your

future in terms of work beyond the

classroom.

Our facilities include Mac labs, a

digital darkroom and a studio, which

are available 24/7. You will be able to

work with a range of 35mm DSLRs

and high-end digital-medium-

format equipment.

Alongside the practical aspects of

the programme, you will undertake

a range of critical and contextual

modules, which aim to develop an

informed global perspective on

the industry and your potential to

succeed in it.

We will formally assess you in a

variety of ways throughout the

programme. There is a mixture of

practical and written coursework,

some examinations, seminar

presentations, and a dissertation.

Staff will be available throughout

to give formal and informal

developmental feedback on all your

work.


Our programme combines an

eff ective range of knowledge

and skills, which are designed to

enable you to gain work in the

creative industries, particularly the

photographic industries, and to

commence professional practice.

Our graduates acquire a range of key

specifi c and transferable skills. These

will open up a wealth of opportunity

across the broad range of creative

industries and, more specifi cally,

in the photographic arena.

Opportunities exist in commercial

outlets such as newspapers and

magazines, photo and advertising

agencies, and within studio

photography, photojournalism, and

the publishing world.


DRAMA AND THEATRE STUDIES

88

Why study Drama and

Theatre Studies with us?

Our programme will take you from

theatre and studio-based practice

to site-specifi c performance and

live art: you will learn how to

integrate live performance with

new technology and develop

the appropriate technical skills

to create your own performance

work. The degree will challenge

your perceptions of what might

be considered ‘performance’, and

encourage you to draw on the work

of national and international artists.

We particularly stress the value of

practical work. We will give you

the time to practically explore the

terms and concepts that you will

hear about in formal classes. Our

degree will allow you to engage in

the practice of drama and theorise

about what it is you are doing.

The single and combined honours

degrees in Drama and Theatre

Studies encourage a broader

understanding of performance.

We encourage students to look

beyond the confi nes of ‘conventional

theatre’, and will extend your study

to an examination of the human

condition within a performance

context.

You can fi nd more

information at: www.chester.

ac.uk/undergraduate/

dramaandtheatrestudies

What will I learn?When you fi rst arrive, you will

be guided through the skills you

need to become a student artist/

scholar, and will gradually learn

how to plan, execute and evaluate

your own artistic projects. We

aim to encourage autonomous

learning that is refl ected not only

in the delivery of modules but also

in assessment and attendance

guidelines at all levels of study –

and professionalism is a key factor

throughout this process.

We use a variety of approaches

to deliver the individual modules

within this programme in order

to maximise your experience and

introduce a range of teaching styles

appropriate to content. This varied

As someone interested in a career within the performing arts, you will need a course that can train you to appreciate the diverse nature of Drama and Theatre Studies while encouraging you to develop the skills you need to work in the creative and cultural sector.

K


89

COURSE FACTS

Course location:


Type of degree:


Honours





Specifi c subjects required:A2 Level (or equivalent) in Drama, Drama & Theatre Studies, Performing Arts, Performance Studies, or Theatre Studies

Other:




Single Honours applicants will be

invited to audition which will involve

participation in a group workshop




at www.ucas.com


Jane Loudon

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 515733




Telephone: 01244 511000


mode of delivery also enables staff

and students to benefi t from the

opportunity that interdisciplinarity

– Department and University-wide

– aff ords whenever possible.

• Year 1 (Level 4), we will provide

you with a basic theoretical

vocabulary and practical skills

in the areas of creating and re-

creating theatre and new media

technologies, as well as computer-

aided design.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), the prevailing

focus is the idea of theory into

practice and professional practice.

Projects in the past have included

Prison Theatre, Educational

Drama, Interactive Media,

Directing, Performance Art and

Installations. Towards the end

of Year 2, you may engage

in a production festival as an

actor, designer, devisor,

manager or technician, take up

a work placement in the industry/

community of your choice, or take

part in a drama fi eld trip to Eastern

Europe.


the opportunity to take greater

responsibility for the direction

and style of your learning. If you

are a combined honours student,

you may choose the weighting

between your two subjects and

construct your own programme,

refl ecting your individual interests.

We positively encourage our Year

3 students to work independently

and to follow their own areas of

interest.


about our specifi c modules at: www.


dramaandtheatrestudies


In Years 1 and 2, you will experience

large group lectures, large and

small practical workshops, fi eld

trips, small research seminars

and one-to-one tutorials. By Year

3, you will have developed into

an autonomous learner who can

develop your own experience in

preparation for a variety of career

choices.

You will be taught at the Kingsway

Buildings, which off er a 200-seat

lecture theatre, a virtual library with

DVD screens, 11 state-of-the-art IT

labs, and two catering outlets. There

are also lots of seminar rooms, all of

which have iMacs, data projectors

and interactive whiteboards. You

will also spend time in our four large

rehearsal and performance studios.

These have extensive lighting rigs

and projection facilities, and three

have permanent fully sprung fl oors.

See page 15 for more details.

Assessment combines practical

presentations and performances,

and associated oral assessments.

Written assessment takes the form

of essays rather than examinations.


Graduates have gone on to work

as event managers, Theatre in

Education workers, teachers, youth

arts administrators, directors and

workshop leaders.

Several students every year opt for

postgraduate (MA or PhD) study.

FACULTY OF EDUCATION AND CHILDREN’S SERVICES

EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDIES

90

Why study Early

Childhood Studies with

us?

If you wish to study the

development of children from

birth to eight years, then our

course is for you. A distinguishing

feature of our programme is the

emphasis on placement experience

in a range of early childhood

settings. An understanding of child

development, early childhood

issues, multi-professional and

inter-professional work is vital in

developing knowledgeable and

articulate professionals.

Our degree has elements of

assessed practice in the placement

experience. It is therefore considered

full and relevant for the purposes of

registration and regulation.

Your study will link theory to

practice, building on any previous

experience of working with young

children and families, although prior

work experience in early childhood

settings is not essential for you to

undertake our programme.

What will I learn?We off er a suite of modules,

providing you the opportunity to

explore the ideas that underpin an

understanding of the early stages

of human development and the

social and cultural construction

of childhood. Our programme

features signifi cant aspects of

early childhood, taking a holistic

approach to the study of a child’s

development and learning.

• In Year 1 (Level 4), the theme of

The Developing Child will introduce

you to the fundamental concepts

of this fi eld of study. It places

emphasis on understanding

children, their development and

their learning, health and illness.

Knowledge and understanding

of safeguarding children and their

physical care also features in Year

1. You will explore children’s social,

emotional and moral behaviour,

as well as the role of the adult in

supporting children’s learning and

development in practice.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), the theme

of Children and Families in the

Community will introduce you

to a greater level of analysis

and refl ection, with emphasis

placed on children’s needs in

their earliest years in the context

Early Childhood Studies is a distinctive specialism with its own career pathways. We have developed a stimulating and challenging degree to respond to these changing opportunities. It is an acknowledgement of the importance of the academic study of early childhood and the particular ways this key phase of human development is provided for in our society.

R W


91

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Riverside Campus Chester or

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Single Honours





Specifi c subjects required:GCSE grade C or above in English

Language and Mathematics (or

equivalent) preferred

Other:




Susie Williams

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 512719




Telephone: 01244 511000


of their families, cultures and

communities. Understanding

the concepts of children’s rights,

issues associated with multi-

agency work and in safeguarding

children, equal opportunities

and anti-discriminatory practice

underpins the modules in Year 2.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), the theme

Critical Thinkers will enable

you to examine, analyse and

synthesise knowledge gained

through study and research. You

will be encouraged to evaluate

and develop appropriate

pedagogical approaches to work

with children and families. Year 3

encompasses theories of

leadership and management,

and will help you to develop an

understanding of professions and

professionalism, and the

importance of multi-professional

and multi-agency working.


specifi c modules at: www.chester.

ac.uk/undergraduate/early-

childhood-studies


We off er our programme at the

Riverside Chester and Warrington

campuses. You can choose which

campus to apply for, after which you

will study at your chosen campus

throughout your degree.

Our tutors use a variety of learning

and teaching methods, including a

combination of lectures, seminars,

tutorials, student-led presentations,

directed tasks and independent

study. The programme will provide

you with a range of opportunities

to learn in the workplace through

placement opportunities in Years 1

and 2.

Assessment tasks are chosen to best

suit the intended learning, and are

varied throughout the programme.

Assessment is achieved through

coursework, essays, individual or

group presentations, case studies

or portfolios. Writing a dissertation

in Year 3 will provide you with an

opportunity to conduct an in-depth

critical analysis of issues that have

particular personal interest and

career relevance.

There are no examinations in this

programme.


The Government and voluntary

agencies have placed an increasing

emphasis on the importance of

supporting the early years of a

child’s development. This has

highlighted the importance of a

highly qualifi ed children’s workforce.

Our graduates may fi nd

employment in a range of services

supporting young children and

their families, including social work,

family support, community projects,

health work and teaching assistance.

A one-year full-time Postgraduate

Certifi cate in Early Years Practice

with EYPS provides an appropriate

progression route for our graduates.

You can fi nd up-to-date details on


postgraduate/eyps


EDUCATION STUDIES

92

Why study Education

Studies with us?

We will provide you with excellent

levels of academic support, which

will enable you to access learning

and address any barriers to

progression. A Work Based Learning

module in Year 2 will also provide

you with the unique opportunity to

experience real-life work experience

and relate it to educational theories

you have studied in the other

modules.

What will I learn?• In Year 1 (Level 4), we aim to

provide you with an introduction

to relevant theories and enable

you to gain a basic understanding

of the purposes and processes

of education, both formal and

informal. Year 1 modules consider

the psychological, philosophical

and sociological foundations of

educational policy and practice.

Additionally, you will be able

to understand yourself more

as a learner, and we will off er

you an overview of the major

educational learning theories that

have infl uenced schools’ practices

throughout the 20th and 21st

centuries.

• Year 2 (Level 5) modules build on

the knowledge and understanding

you gained in Year 1. You will

analyse the part that values and

beliefs play in decisions

concerning why we learn, what

we learn and how we learn. You

will examine the principles of

lifelong learning within the

historical and current context,

and will also be introduced to how

to organise and conduct research

within the applied educational

setting.

• Year 3 (Level 6) modules build

upon those off ered in Year 2 and

will enable you to critically

examine current educational

developments. In addition, the

Our BA Education Studies Combined Honours programme will provide you with an excellent knowledge of theory and practice in education. Combined with another subject, Education Studies builds on the disciplines of Sociology, Philosophy, Psychology, Political Science and History to enable you to develop a broad base of knowledge and skills in the academic study of education.

C


93

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:






Other:






at www.ucas.com


Paul Skillen

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 512238




Telephone: 01244 511000


critical examination of educational

policy and practice will be

expanded to consider

international perspectives. You will

also develop your knowledge and

understanding of the

development of special

education, and will consider

issues such as race, gender,

social class and special

educational needs through an

examination of the principles

and practices of inclusive

education. Finally, you will have

the opportunity to carry out a

supervised educational research

project that will enable you

to actively examine an area of

educational policy and practice

that interests you.



undergraduate/education-studies


Our course provides a variety of

learning experiences, including

formal lectures, group seminars and

individual tutorials. Sessions allow

time for debates, presentations,

readings, questions and answers,

and production of academic posters.

A key feature of the programme has

been the use of a variety of outside

speakers representing educational

professionals, users of educational

provision and parents/carers of

service users, who give fi rst-hand

accounts of their experiences of

educational provision and answer

questions. The political science

element of Education Studies also

features a political debate which

examines the ideologies of the

main parties in their approach to

education.

Assessment of the individual

modules is mainly through written

assignments, mostly twice a year.

Some modules require assessment

through group presentations. The

assessment methods will allow you

to display your thorough subject

knowledge and ability to critically

analyse the educational issues in

each module.

We will also give you the

opportunity to develop our

modules through participation in

staff -student liaison meetings and

module feedback forms. These

consistently reveal high satisfaction

ratings for the modules.

The Education Studies course has

proven to be a popular combined

course for many students, as it

allows the fl exibility of studying

another academic subject while

developing a thorough knowledge

and understanding of education.

This provides students with an

excellent skills background, and

gives them the ability to pursue

careers related to education, as well

as the fl exibility to explore potential

occupations in their other combined

subject.


Our graduates are well equipped

and qualifi ed to apply for

postgraduate programmes and

subsequently enter the teaching

profession. They enter all kinds of

professional roles, some of which

may draw specifi cally on this fi eld –

e.g. teaching at all age ranges, the

caring professions, sports coaching/

management, work in schools,

specialist support in schools,

research, or educational publishing.

For others, their experience in

the subject adds the transferable

key skills of writing, presentation,

research and work-based learning to

their portfolio.


ENGLISH

94

Why study English with

us?

In the Department of English our

priority is excellence in learning

and teaching, as our publications

for students and our high scores in

the National Student Survey show.

There are some 100 university

departments of English in the

UK, and our most recent student

satisfaction ratings placed us

in the top fi ve. The Department

off ers extracurricular voluntary

sessions (e.g. in writing skills). Our

commitment to innovative methods

of teaching has been recognised

in prestigious nationally funded

projects.

The group discussion of literature is

at the heart of what we do, and you

will experience a variety of settings

for debate. The study of literature

should be exciting and dynamic,

and we do everything we can to

make sure that you enjoy your

studies and acquire all the subject

skills of analysis, interpretation and

argument. We also do not neglect

the key skills of speaking, listening,

reading, writing and IT, as these will

make you highly employable when

you graduate.

The English programmes at Chester are concerned with the study of literature. Literature makes the world come alive. It deals with everything we care about: love, death, loss, relationships, society, belief systems, our fears and anxieties, our hopes and aspirations. The greatest writers have not only found unique ways of representing the world we live in, but have also imagined other fantastic worlds that make us look at ourselves diff erently. Properly read and studied, literature enters your heart and mind and never entirely leaves again. And in the process you learn how to think, and how to communicate.

C


95

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours






A2 Level in English Language, English

Literature, or English Combined


Other:

Access to HE Diploma (must include

English Language or Literature at

Level 3)


inc. English at 5 or above)




at www.ucas.com


Jen Mawson


Telephone: 01244 513152




Telephone: 01244 511000


What will I learn?The programmes in English cover

a range of literary texts, from the

Renaissance to the present day. The

initial emphasis is on the range of

core skills needed by all students of

English, as developed through the

study of stimulating novels, poems,

plays and prose. As our programmes

move forward there will be

opportunities for you to select

from our diverse range of options,

allowing you to devise pathways

that refl ect your individual interests.

Some typical modules include:

Approaches to Literature, The

Romantics, The Gothic, Tragedy, Irish

Literature, Literature and Addiction,

The Fairy-Tale, Absurdism in Modern

Literature, Postcolonial Literature,

Science Fiction, Crime Fiction, Fantasy,

Women’s Writing and Feminist Theory,

Representing Madness, and Terrorism

in Modern Literature.

For more details about our course

content, visit our website at: www.


english


Our Department is housed in a

beautiful Victorian vicarage, close

to the Chester Campus. Classes are

held here and in other teaching

rooms on the campus, all of which

have excellent facilities, with the

latest interactive audiovisual

equipment for multimedia

experiences.

You will be taught in various ways:

in seminars, in lectures, in individual

tutorials, or through the use of the

Department’s own open-learning

materials. You will fi nd your tutors,

who are available weekly for one-

to-one appointments, accessible,

helpful and ready to support you in

any way they can.

Assessment methods vary. There

are coursework essays, seminar

papers, oral presentations, resource-

based learning exercises, portfolios,

learning diaries, and a small number

of formal exams.


The transferable skills you will

acquire in studying for a degree

in English will enable you to enter

a variety of careers by giving you

the fl exibility so sought after by

employers.

Graduates in English typically secure

employment in professions such as

teaching, publishing, the media and

communications, advertising, public



and personnel work.


ENGLISH LANGUAGE

96

Why study English

Language with us?

Our English Language programmes

off er students the chance to

explore the theoretical principles

of language and linguistics and

apply them to the study of English

language in context. Our staff

are active researchers in a broad

range of linguistic sub-disciplines,

including phonetics, language and

power, sociolinguistics, stylistics and

conversation analysis. This means

that you can specialise in those

topics about which your tutors are

passionate.

What will I learn?You will explore the English

language in all of its multifaceted

forms and uses. You will study the

fundamental structures of English,

which will provide you with tools

for analysing spoken and written

English discourse. The historical and

social nature of language – where

English comes from and how it has

changed – is a major focus of the

course, along with how English

can indicate and shape individual

and group identity, and how

language can be used to control

and empower. You will also examine

how humans learn language and the

relationship between language and

the brain.

• In Year 1 (Level 4), core topics

will acquaint you with linguistic

frameworks: phonetics/

phonology (sound); morphology

(word structure); syntax (sentence

structure); lexical semantics (word

meaning); and discourse (chunks

of text). You will use these tools

to investigate how language

works in written and spoken,

literary and non-literary contexts.

If you are a single honours

student, you will also have

In an era when access to an extraordinary variety of written and spoken forms of English is constantly expanding, knowledge of how language works is indispensable.

C


97

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours









Other:



Level 3)






at www.ucas.com


Jen Mawson


Telephone: 01244 513152




Telephone: 01244 511000


the opportunity to study the

relationship between language

and society and explore

theoretical debates about

language.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), core modules

cover the historical roots and

development of English from

Anglo-Saxon times to the present,

and (if you are a single honours

student) child language

acquisition. Options will allow you

to specialise in topics of particular

interest, such as the English sound

system, and the creative use of

English.

• By Year 3 (Level 6), you will be

ready to develop your specialist

areas by choosing from a greater

variety of options, such as literary

stylistics, language and gender,

and psycholinguistics, or take up

topics such as corpus linguistics

or Teaching English as a Foreign

Language (TEFL). Many students

will undertake a dissertation on

a specifi c aspect of the English

language.


content, visit our webpage: www.


english-language-single-or-

combined


We vary the way we deliver your

learning, so in some modules you

will attend a lecture and discuss

ideas in smaller seminars. You might

be asked to give presentations or to

collect your own data.

Our classrooms have all the

technology and equipment for

multimedia experiences. Our library

is freshly stocked with the most

up-to-date English language and

linguistics textbooks, specialist

journals and electronic resources.

We also have state-of-the-art digital

voice recorders for capturing spoken

data.

Your tutors are available every week

for one-to-one appointments.


An English Language degree equips

students for a variety of careers by

giving them the fl exibility so sought

after by employers.

Graduates in English Language

typically secure employment in

professions such as teaching,

publishing, the media and

communications, speech therapy,

Teaching English as a Foreign

Language (TEFL), advertising, public



and personnel work.


98

Why study English

Language and Literature

with us?

The study of the English language

provides the perfect context for

the analysis of literature, and the

study of literature enhances an

understanding of language working

in practice. The two disciplines

not only complement each other,

but off er great variety, not only in

terms of subject matter, but also

learning and teaching experience

and assessment methods, thereby

bringing the best out of all students,

whatever their particular skills.

Our programme will help you

to develop critical, creative, and

analytical understanding, and on

graduation you will have knowledge

of the humanities, arts and sciences,

making you attractive to a wide

range of employers.

Studying English Language

and Literature together off ers

you the perfect combination of

complementary subjects. Your

study of language will inform and

enhance your study of literature,

and literature will provide you with

one of the most important of many

contexts for the study of language.

The combination also provides great

variety, developing your critical,

creative and analytical skills in a

context that merges the arts and

sciences.

In our Department, the priority is

excellence in learning and teaching,

as our publications for students

and consistently high scores in

the National Student Survey show.

According to our students, year

after year, we are one of the top

departments of English in the UK.

Studying language and literature

should be exciting and dynamic, and

we do everything we can to make

sure that you enjoy your studies as

well as acquiring all the necessary

skills to become a successful

student. The English language is

the most important of all world

languages, and the range and

importance of literature in English

is unparalleled in world history, so

the knowledge you will have at the

end of your programme will make

you highly employable when you

graduate.

Our English Language and Literature programme off ers you the opportunity to combine studies in the most important language in the world and the richest of world literatures.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATUREC


99

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BA Single Honours









Other:



Level 3)






at www.ucas.com


Jen Mawson


Telephone: 01244 513152




Telephone: 01244 511000


What will I learn?Our programme off ers you a solid

foundation in the study of language

and literature, before allowing

you to specialise in a range of

exciting options. You will study an

equal amount of language and

literature in Year 1, and then will

be able to concentrate on either of

the disciplines or continue with a

completely balanced programme in

following years.

The modules Studying Literature,

Approaches to Literature, Structures

of English and Language and Text

will give you all the essential skills

for following years, where there

is an exciting and varied range of

modules, including: The Gothic, Brave

New Worlds, American Literature,

Science Fiction, Crime Fiction,

Victorian Literature, Renaissance

Literature, Language Acquisition, The

Power of Language, Psycholinguistics,

Language and Gender, and Creativity

in English. You will also develop

your own particular interest in

an extended dissertation of your

choice in either English Language or

English Literature.


content, visit our website: www.


english-language-and-literature


Our Department is housed in a

beautiful Victorian vicarage, close

to the campus. Classes are held

here and in other teaching rooms

on the campus, all of which have

excellent facilities, with the latest

interactive audiovisual equipment

for multimedia experiences.

We use a wide range of learning

and teaching methods, including:

seminars, small-group discussion,

whole-group discussion, lectures,

talks, tutorials, resource-based

learning sessions, tutor-supported

independent research, workshops,

data-collection sessions, and

fi eldwork.

Assessment methods vary

considerably. This is important,

as some students excel in one

particular kind of assessment.

In fact, English Language and

Literature is particularly attractive

in this respect, as the combination

requires variety in assessment. You

will write essays, of course, and do

some examinations, but there are

also seminar papers, presentations,

resource-based exercises,

portfolios, learning diaries, private-

study projects, seminar-based

exercises, data-collection exercises,

dissertations, and even (depending

on options) some fi eldwork

assessments.


The transferable skills acquired in

studying for a degree in English

Language and Literature enables

students to enter a variety of careers

by giving them the fl exibility so

sought after by employers.

Graduates in English Language

and Literature typically secure

employment in professions such

as teaching, research and analysis,

publishing, editorial work, English

as a Foreign or Second Language,

the media and communications,

marketing, advertising, public



and personnel work.

DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING, TOURISM AND EVENTS MANAGEMENT

EVENTS MANAGEMENT

100

Why study Events

Management with us?

Our programme combines theory

and practice to provide you with

the necessary knowledge and skills

for a successful career in events

management and related industries.

Chester is an ideal place to study

Events Management, as a signifi cant

proportion of the economy of

Chester is based on tourism and

leisure, with many events aimed

at the eight million visitors to the

city each year. Chester is located in

the North West and close to North

Wales, which off er you opportunities

to attend and analyse all types of

events and engage in the issues

faced by event managers in a fast-

moving industry.

Field visits will off er you a chance

to travel to event destinations

further afi eld, and in Year 2 you will

undertake a period of work-based

learning in an events management

organisation. We also consider

the importance and infl uence of

modern technologies, such as social

networking media, on the events

management industry. We have

excellent industry links, and visiting

speakers from relevant organisations

are an important feature of the

course.

Our staff have experience of

planning and managing a broad

range of events, and liaise regularly

with colleagues in the Association

of Events Management Education

(AEME).

What will I learn?Single Honours


to events, the events management

industry, and the key functional

areas of business. Core modules

will give you the chance to

investigate the characteristics

of events and their management,

and the fundamental principles

of event planning, management

and evaluation. You will also study

related subjects such as marketing,

managing fi nance and people in

organisations.

Events management is a dynamic industry that is concerned equally with small-scale local functions and mega-events such as the Olympic Games. The type and number of events being planned, organised and managed is increasing globally and in a wide range of areas, including exhibitions, meetings, sport, tourism, music and the arts. These require well-motivated, qualifi ed and knowledgeable staff and managers.

C


101

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Martin Metcalfe

Senior Lecturer

Telephone: 01244 511000




Telephone: 01244 511000


• Year 2 (Level 5) will integrate

relevant events and management

perspectives. Core subject areas

will include service and events

operations and facility

management. We also place

an emphasis on developing

appropriate business and

management functions. Field visits

will enable you to experience

actual events in operation,

and you will undertake a work

placement in an events-related

organisation. A key feature of Year

2 is the planning and

management of a real-life event,

from conception to completion

and evaluation.

• Year 3/4 (Level 6) will enable you

to develop specifi c interests

through specialisation in an

events or management

perspective. You will explore the

management of events and their

wider role in destination planning

and management through

analysing relevant theories and

concepts, which you will apply

to industry best practice. You will

also undertake your own research

project.

A four-year option including an

industrial work placement (during

Year 3) is also available.

Combined Honours

Events Management is also available

as a combined honours degree,

allowing you to combine and study

Events Management together with

another subject. By doing this, you

can design a fl exible programme

to meet your career aspirations.

A four-year option including an

industrial work placement (during

Year 3) is also available for students

combining Events Management

with other disciplines from Chester

Business School (e.g. Tourism,

Business, Marketing).

The modules you take in Years 2 and

3 are dependent on whether you

have chosen Events Management as

a major, equal or minor subject.

For more details, go to: www.


events-management


We use a range of teaching and

learning methods, including

lectures, seminars, tutorials, role play

exercises, presentations, fi eld visits

and practical/interactive sessions.

Technology is integrated into these

methods throughout, along with

input from representatives from the

events management industry.

We use a variety of assessment

methods, including reports, essays,

presentations, seminar contributions

and other practical work. An

individual project will form a major

part of your fi nal-year assessment.


Events management is one of the

fastest-growing areas in the service

sector, off ering career opportunities

in the UK and overseas.

Opportunities exist in a wide

range of events management and

related industries in the public and

private sectors. Additionally, some

opportunities, such as fundraising

for charities, are available in the

voluntary sector.

Our graduates have found

employment as events managers

in major hotel chains (e.g. Hilton

Hotels, De Vere Venues), PDSA,

Guide Dogs for the Blind and

Marketing Cheshire.

A number of our graduates have

also gone on to study higher

degrees.


EVENTS MANAGEMENT

102

Why study Events

Management with us?

Our programme combines theory

and practice to provide you with

the necessary knowledge and

skills for a successful career in

events management and related

industries. We also consider the

importance and infl uence of

modern technologies, such as social

networking media, on the events

management industry. You will also

be able to apply the theoretical

and practical elements of the

programme during the planning

and management of an actual ‘real-

life’ event.

Warrington, and neighbouring

Halton, host a growing number

of events each year, from the

Creamfi elds festival to burgeoning

arts, music, comedy and literature

scenes. Also, the events and venues

of Liverpool and Manchester are

within 30 minutes of the Warrington

Campus. Field visits will off er you a

chance to travel to event destinations

further afi eld and, in Year 2, you will

undertake work-based learning in an

events management environment.

We have excellent links with industry,

and visiting speakers from relevant

organisations are a key feature of

the course. Our staff have wide

experience of organising and

managing events, and we are a

member of the Association for Events

Management Education (AEME).

What will I learn?

This is a combined honours

degree, allowing you the fl exibility

to study events together with

another subject. By doing this, you

can design a fl exible programme

to meet your own needs and

career aspirations. Combinations

include: Business Management,

Marketing and Public Relations,

Sport Development, Advertising,

Digital Photography, Media Studies,

Commercial Music Production,

Film Studies, Journalism, Radio

Production, and Television

Production.

Events management is a dynamic industry that is concerned equally with small-scale local functions and mega-events such as the Olympic Games. The type and number of events being planned, organised and managed is increasing globally and in a wide range of types, including exhibitions, meetings, sport, tourism, music and the arts. These require well-motivated, qualifi ed and knowledgeable staff and managers.

W


103

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Combined Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Martin Metcalfe

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 511000




Telephone: 01244 511000



study core modules that examine

the characteristics of events

management, the events industry,

and fundamental principles of

event planning and management.

A key focus is the identifi cation of

the diff erent sectors of the

industry and how they interrelate.

You will also study related

functional areas of business, such

as marketing.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), you will further

develop the key themes studied

in Year 1 using a series of case

studies supported by fi eld visits.

You will also have the opportunity

to take a placement by studying

the Work Based Learning

module. A key feature of Year 2

is the planning and management

of an actual ‘real-life’ event, from

conception to completion and

evaluation.

• Year 3 (Level 6) is designed

to enable you to consolidate

and develop key themes of the

programme. We will consider the

industry and its management

from a contemporary perspective,

allowing you to apply relevant

concepts and theories to topical

knowledge and industry practice.

You will also be able to specialise

in a particular aspect of events

management by completing an

optional research project on an

events management issue.

NB: Modules in Years 2 and 3 are

dependent on whether you choose

Events Management as a major,

equal or minor subject.

A four-year version of the Combined

programme is also available

for students combining Events

Management with other disciplines

from Chester Business School (e.g.

Business Management, Marketing

and Public Relations).

For more details, go to: www.


events-management




lectures, seminars, tutorials, role play

exercises, presentations, fi eld visits

and practical/interactive sessions.

Technology is integrated into these

methods throughout, as is input

from representatives from the

events management industry.

You will be assessed via a range

of assessment methods, including

reports, essays, presentations,

seminar contributions and other

practical work. Individual projects

form a major part of the Year 3

assessment.


Events management is one of the

fastest-growing areas in the service

sector, off ering career opportunities

in the UK and overseas.

Opportunities exist in a wide

range of events management and

related industries in the public and

private sectors. Additionally, some

opportunities, such as fundraising

for charities, are available in the

voluntary sector.

Our graduates have found

employment as events managers

in major hotel chains (e.g. Hilton

Hotels, De Vere Venues), PDSA,

Guide Dogs for the Blind and

Marketing Cheshire.

A number of our graduates have

also gone on to study higher

degrees.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

FILM AND TELEVISION*

104

Why study Film and

Television with us?

Both fi lm and television are hugely

infl uential forces in shaping modern

society, and our course will allow

you to ask critical questions about

this power. We will off er you the

opportunity to study fi lm genres,

directors and styles and, at the same

time, your academic learning will

be complemented by television

production practice.

The combination of theory and

practice during our course is

fundamental to the ethos at

Warrington Campus. We aim to

create refl ective practitioners who

will leave university with a number

of important transferable skills that

will equip them for many graduate

roles.

What will I learn?

Our programme will allow you to

understand the popularity and

power of fi lm and television. There

will be a substantial theoretical

element that will encourage you to

think analytically, while the practical

side of the course will provide you

with access to a range of skills and

equipment so that you can produce

practical work. These may include

lighting, cameras, sound and

editing.

The Department of Media

benefi ts from close contact with

broadcasters, including the BBC,

which has moved some of its

production facilities to Salford

Quays, a 20-minute car journey away

from Warrington Campus.

• In Year 1 (Level 4), you may study:

Elements of Factual Production,

Elements of Drama Production,

Script Writing, and Introduction to

Film Studies (key concepts).

Few industries are changing as rapidly as the media, and fi lm and television are no exception. From 3D, HD, developments in surround sound, and the use of computers, tablets and phones to transmit and receive, the art of the moving image is undergoing a revolution.

W

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

105

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Single Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Jo Warburton

Senior Lecturer

Telephone: 01925 534202




Telephone: 01244 511000


• In Year 2 (Level 5), typical modules

may include: World Cinemas,

Broadcast Content, Approaches to

Academic Research, and Work

Based Learning.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), you may study:

Broadcast Documentary, Non-

Broadcast Video, How to Study

Horror Films, and Media

Dissertation.


All classes are based at the

Warrington Campus, although you

may have some off -site production

activities and a period of Work Based

Learning.

During the course you will be able

to use a range of equipment that

you would be likely to fi nd in a TV

production context.

We employ a range of learning

strategies, including lectures, guest

lectures, seminars, tutorials, self-

directed study and practical work.

Assessment is designed to develop

and enhance your characteristics


the workplace. Across all of our

programmes we adopt a mixture

of formative and summative

assessment, which means

assignments will range from formal

written exams, through essays,

formal and informal presentations,

to taking part in feedback sessions

with staff and other students. These

take place at various intervals

throughout the course and not

solely at traditional exam periods.

Much of the assessment of practical

production modules is through

coursework, which sometimes

takes place in groups, although the

emphasis is fi rmly on individual

assessment. Firm emphasis is placed

on assessing group work fairly based

on contributions made towards it,

and our rigorous systems facilitate

this.

We will also provide you with

verbal and written formative and

summative feedback on completed

assignments and in-class practical

sessions.


Although many students have

gone into the media from our

Warrington Campus, there are no

clear or traditional paths into the

industry. There is fi erce competition

to get into what can be regarded as

a glamorous career and frequently

it is the attitude of the student that

is most important. A degree in Film

and Television will not be a passport

straight into the media, but it is

an excellent preparation for it. The

transferable skills you acquire during

the programme will also be useful in

many other industries.

* Subject to validation

The Department of Media works closely with the BBC as part of the BBC North New Talent initiative.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

FILM STUDIES

106

Why study Film Studies

with us?

Our Film Studies degree focuses on

one of the most popular of all media

forms. Although cinema going in

Western countries reached its peak

around the time of the Second

World War, in developing countries

its popularity continues to rise.

Film Studies aims to demonstrate

the various approaches to studying

fi lm, and to make clear the ways in

which cinema industries operate,

how cinema is used as propaganda

and as a form of resistance, and

how it represents people and issues.

The course will provide you with

an exciting range of modules that

ask critical questions about cinema

industries, and will off er you the

opportunity to develop a wide

range of essential, transferable

abilities that will be welcome in

many graduate roles.

The Film Studies programme is

taught within the Department

of Media, which has developed

an impressive reputation during

the past decade for high-quality

teaching and support. The

Department benefi ts from its links

with broadcasters of regional,

national and international

reputation, and is developing

further formal relationships with a

host of media content providers.

Film Studies is a theoretically

based programme and does not

include modules on practical

fi lmmaking. You may, however,

combine it with more practically

focused programmes off ered on the

Warrington Campus.

What will I learn?

The Film Studies programme

enables you to understand the

popularity and power of fi lm and

its importance across a variety of

contexts. It is an academic rather

than a practical pathway, which aims

to encourage critical and analytical

thinking. The programme aims not

only to enhance your understanding

of fi lm, but also your enjoyment.

Increasingly, fi lms are the starting point for waves of additional cultural forms such as tie-in merchandise, computer games, websites, and even theme park rides.

W

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

107

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Single Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Jo Warburton

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01925 530000




Telephone: 01244 511000


Modules focus on a wide range

of fi lms, genres, national cinemas

and approaches to studying fi lm.

Across all three levels of the degree,

you will study the historical, social,

aesthetic, industrial and economic

pressures that have shaped fi lm into

a globally popular cultural form.


introductory core modules that

focus on fi lm form and approaches

to fi lm. These modules will

introduce you to the variety of

methodological approaches to

studying fi lm. You will be

equipped with the conceptual

apparatus necessary to decode,

investigate and analyse fi lms as

individual texts and as constituent

parts of wider contexts. By

acquiring this apparatus, you will

develop a deeper interest and a

critical eye. Modules may include

Introduction to Film Studies and

Texts and Contexts: Key Moments in

Cinema History 1900 – 1980.


will focus on national cinemas,

as it is a key requirement of Film

Studies that you are aware of the

major production methods and

development of dominant cinema

and of less widely distributed

cinema. You will focus on these

crucial areas as a pathway towards

many other aspects of fi lm studies.

Additionally, you will take modules

in preparation for the Dissertation

in Year 3. Modules may include

World Cinemas.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), you will be able

to choose particular areas of

interest to study in more depth.

Modules will focus on national

cinemas or specifi c genres, and

will include choices such as: ‘Here’s

Johnny’: How to Study the Horror

Film; Theorising Celebrity; and The

Director and The Auteur (subject

to validation). You will also explore

a topic of interest for development

into a Dissertation.



undergraduate/fi lm-studies


We teach the course on the

Warrington Campus, but the Year 2

Work Based Learning module can be

locally, nationally or internationally

based. Additionally, you will be

encouraged to exploit learning and

work opportunities in England’s

culturally vibrant North West.

You will be taught through a

combination of lectures, workshops,

seminars, presentations, tutorials

and screenings.

You will be assessed via a mixture

of coursework papers, written

examinations, screening responses,

seminar presentations and a

dissertation. These will develop and

enhance graduate characteristics


the workplace.


Employers value the

communication, analytical

and research skills that media

graduates possess. Film Studies

graduates work nationally and

internationally in a broad range

of careers, including jobs in the

media, cultural sectors, public

relations and information industries.

Some graduates have pursued

postgraduate research and study.

DEPARTMENT OF ART AND DESIGN

FINE ART

108

Why study Fine Art with

us?

Our single and combined honours

programmes provide students

with the opportunity to develop

work across a range of media areas

in dedicated studio spaces. The

programmes develop practical

skills and creative potential relevant

to Fine Art practice, providing a

theoretical framework that will allow

you to engage in informed debate

and constructive self-evaluation.

The importance of placing the

practice of Fine Art in a cultural and

critical context is recognised in the

relationship between art theory and

practice.

Our academic staff are practising

artists of national and international

standing with a passionate

commitment to you and the

development of your studio

practice, as well as the aim to

build competencies for continued

learning and the demands of

life beyond university. Specialist

technicians in well-equipped

workshops support media areas.

We maintain good links with the

galleries of Chester, Liverpool and

Manchester, while London is just

over two hours away by train.

What will I learn?Practice and its relationship to

surrounding artistic and critical

ideas are at the heart of our teaching

philosophy. We focus strongly on the

establishment of your own studio

practice under the guidance of staff .


introduced to essential

elements of creative practice

and studio-based activity through

Fine Art at Chester will equip you with a range of specialist and transferable skills that will support related areas of employment after graduation, and also support your lifelong engagement with the subject as an artist. It is an exciting proposition that encourages your development within broader academic, cultural and social contexts.

K


109

COURSE FACTS

Course location:


Type of degree:


Honours






A2 Level (or equivalent) in Art, Art &

Design or Fine Art

Other:

Access to HE Diploma (Art & Design) /

Foundation Diploma in Art & Design


inc. Visual Arts at 5 or above)


Single Honours applicants will

be required to attend a portfolio

interview




at www.ucas.com


Dr Jeremy Turner

Programme Leader Fine Art

Telephone: 01244 515780




Telephone: 01244 511000


the exploration and generation

of ideas in visual form. You will

have the opportunity to examine

and challenge previously held

beliefs through set projects while

simultaneously gaining practical

skills-based knowledge. A broad

art historical input will inform the

context surrounding your practice.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), you will begin

to develop an individual

programme of study based on

your interests and strengths. You

will identify and negotiate this

in close collaboration with your

tutor. Interdisciplinary practice will

further expand your approaches,

and critical theory will inform

your contextual knowledge. There

is also the option of undertaking

an assessed placement in an art-

related context, in which you

will be able to experience the

relationship of your area of study

with a real-world situation.


the opportunity to demonstrate

your creative development

through visual arts practice and

theoretical debate. Contemporary

artistic ideas, discourse

and contexts will be critically

interrogated, expanding

your perspectives and subject

knowledge, and promoting

confi dence in the articulation

of your personal opinion. Year 3

culminates in the presentation of

‘a public exhibition celebrating

your and other students’

achievements and launching your

career as a visual artist.

For more information, visit: www.


fi ne-art


You will be based at the Kingsway

Buildings, where facilities include

dedicated Fine Art studios,

printmaking workshops, sculpture

workshops, a metal casting foundry,

a textiles workshop, digital and

time-based facilities, student-

curated exhibition areas, seminar

and lecture facilities, open-access

IT facilities, and fi lm/digital

photographic facilities. The Faculty

of Arts and Media, where we are

located, also benefi ts from a new

contemporary arts space that hosts

regular exhibitions and visiting

artists’ talks. See page 15 for more

details.

Assessment is through tutorial

and seminar participation, and the

supportive input of academic staff .

You will be constantly engaged

in critiques with your fellow

students and undertake regular

self-assessment. Formal assessment

is continuous throughout the

academic year, with written and

verbal feedback provided to you

indicating your progress.

At the end of each year there is a

fi nal assessment for the modules

studied. At this point a grade is

calculated and aligned to clear

module criteria and the learning

outcomes that you have been

working to.


Our students progressively

acquire subject-specifi c skills and

knowledge relevant to a career in

fi ne art or the creative industries.

These skills and other transferable

skills, such as critical thinking, visual

analysis, independent research,

project management and problem

solving, are the same transferable

skills required within a range of

professional and commercial

organisations and contexts.

Fine Art graduates also gain the

independence of mind, self-

discipline, confi dence and powers

of criticism that fi nd general

application in employment.


FORENSIC BIOLOGY

110

Why study Forensic

Biology with us?

Many aspects of criminal

investigation rely on modern

biological and chemical techniques

that are also highly transferable

and, as such, our Forensic Biology

programme will not only equip

you for a career in forensic science,

but will also provide you with the

necessary skills to enter many other

areas of employment.

We off er a programme that you can

study on its own or in combination

with related subjects. During your

time with us, you will develop an

understanding of forensic biology

and the role of biology in the

forensic sciences. You will advance

your practical and analytical

skills and learn how to solve

scientifi c problems. In addition,

we place a particular emphasis

on the acquisition of marketable

competences and skills valued by

employers.

Our staff are enthusiastic and

supportive throughout the

programme. We pride ourselves

particularly on the extra help

we make available to those who

request it. Our teaching facilities

are modern and of a high quality,

the teaching and learning involves

a range of methods including

lectures, seminars, group work and

presentations.

During the programme you will

undertake experimental work in

general biological techniques, DNA

technology, analytical chemistry,

microbiology and genetics, as well

as crime scene examination and the

forensic analysis of trace evidence.


• In Year 1 (Level 4), our modules

will provide you with a coherent

and challenging learning

experience, as well as providing

you with a sound basis for more

advanced study. Subject areas

you will study include Forensic

Identifi cation, Cell Biology and

Biochemistry, Genetics and

Evolution, Human Physiology,

Quantitative Principles and

Analytical Techniques.


Applied Molecular Biology, Applied

Microbiology, Analytical Techniques

used in Forensic Biology, Scene of

Crime Evaluation and Analysis, and

Research Methods. You will also

take a module of Work Based

Learning or Experiential Learning,

Forensics is one of the fastest-moving and most exciting of the sciences. Our programme in Forensic Biology is a novel way to study biological science, with a particular emphasis on criminal investigation.

C


111

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours








Applied Science

Other:







at www.ucas.com


Chris Davis

Lecturer

Telephone: 01244 511404




Telephone: 01244 511000


which will involve taking a work

placement that will give you an

introduction to possible future

careers.


to choose advanced modules in

more specialised areas of forensic

biology. Subject areas available

include Forensic Toxicology,

Anthropology, Scene of Crime

(Materials and Analysis), and

Human Genetics and Disease.

You will also undertake a research

project in an area of interest to

you.

Combined Honours

You may combine Forensic

Biology with a range of subjects

as a major, equal or minor

subject. Combinations we would

recommend include Psychology,

Biology, Criminology and

Archaeology.



undergraduate/forensic-biology


The Department of Biological

Sciences is a modern, well-equipped

department with its principal focus

in the Thomas Building at the centre

of the Chester Campus.

Our Department comprises

specialist teaching and research

laboratories that are suitable

for a wide range of activities,

including forensic science, genetic

analysis, biochemistry, cell

biology, immunology, molecular

biology, microbiology and soil

analysis. In addition, our Forensic

Biology programme makes use

of off -campus locations designed

specifi cally for outdoor scene-of-

crime scenarios.

You will be taught in a variety

of ways to meet the academic

demands of the subject and to

expose you to a range of learning

opportunities. Small seminar groups

will supplement formal lectures, and

your practical experience will be

developed in teaching laboratories

and workshops. Study groups will

encourage your wider exploration

of knowledge and understanding.

Additionally, you will be encouraged

to work as part of a team and also

independently on projects with the

appropriate academic support.

Assessment is by both coursework

and end-of-year examination.

Coursework can include practical

reports, extended essays and

presentations. We are keen to use a

variety of assessment methods to

fi nd your strengths and give you the

maximum opportunity to achieve

the best results.


A degree in Forensic Biology

will give you excellent skills for

entry into a variety of careers. The

programme will provide you with

skills that many employers will

fi nd desirable. Examples of recent

graduate jobs include forensic

examiners, QC analysts, analytical

scientists, science technicians,

phlebotonists, police constables

and teachers (further training may

be required). Experience of DNA

technology, molecular techniques

and chemistry are in great demand

in many industrial and medical

applications.

Your degree will also equip you

to undertake postgraduate

qualifi cations in forensic science.

DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES

FRENCH

112

Why study French with us?

Studying French at Chester will

provide you with opportunities to

develop your ability to communicate

in French at the highest level while

learning about the history, politics

and culture of France and other

parts of the French-speaking world.

The Department has a strong

research profi le in francophone

cultures, ranging from France and

the French Caribbean to French-

speaking countries of Africa.

You can study French as a single

honours degree, or as a major, equal

or minor subject in combination

with one other subject as a

combined honours degree.

Alternatively, you may choose

French as part of our BA Modern

Languages degree, combining it

with German, Spanish or English

Language (see page 154).

In the Modern Languages

Department we are dedicated to

the eff ective teaching of French

language and French-speaking

cultures using a range of methods

and approaches, which are all

designed to enable you to achieve

your full potential at Chester.

An unusual feature of the French

programme at Chester is the

opportunity to undertake a short

placement abroad at the end of

Year 2, in addition to the range of

placements available during the Year

Abroad in the third year of our four-

year degree programme.

What will I learn?Throughout our course, there is a

focus on developing linguistic skills

within a cultural context:


your confi dence and accuracy

in written and spoken French.

We will focus on helping you

acquire core study skills to support

your language learning and your

knowledge of France and other

French-speaking countries.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), the emphasis

is on increasing your levels of

linguistic control and fl uency.

Your culture modules will focus

on the examination of important

political, social and cultural

aspects of contemporary France,

and look at the French working

environment. Also, you will have

the opportunity to undertake

a project in an area of French or

francophone culture and society.

French is spoken by more the 200 million people around the world. It is the offi cial language of major players in international aff airs, including NATO and the UN, and in the world of sports, including the Olympic movement and FIFA.

C


113

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours






A2 Level French (or equivalent)

Other:


inc. French at 5 or above)




at www.ucas.com


Margaret Bradbury

Modern Languages Administrator

Telephone: 01244 513294




Telephone: 01244 511000


Placements in France

If you are a single honours student

or are taking French as a major or

equal subject, you will spend Year

3 on a placement as a student at

one of our partner universities in

France or Belgium, or as an English

language assistant in a school in

France or another French-speaking

country. Alternatively, you may look

for a work placement. You will also

have the opportunity to undertake a

work or study placement abroad in

Year 2. Most placements in Europe

are supported by Erasmus grants.

• In your fi nal year (Level 6), you

will consolidate your advanced

language skills, and will have the

opportunity to demonstrate your

fl uency and level of understanding

in presentations, debate and

discussion. Final-year modules

include Advanced Translation

Techniques and Application, the

Extended Translation Project and

two independent research

modules (a short dissertation or an

extended dissertation). The

research modules are designed to

enable you to research subjects of

particular interest to you.



undergraduate/french


We teach French in a lively

department, off ering every

opportunity for you to develop

your language skills and cultural

knowledge. We are located in

purpose-built accommodation

that includes two digital language

laboratories, multimedia facilities

and two DVD/satellite TV viewing

rooms.

The Department of Modern

Languages has, not surprisingly,

an international feel to it, and you

will frequently hear French and

other languages spoken outside of

lectures and classes.

Assessment of language modules is

primarily by coursework.


The Complete University Guide 2012

ranked French at the University of

Chester 2nd in the UK for graduate

prospects.

A degree in French is one of the

most valuable qualifi cations in

today’s job market. Employers are

increasingly aware of the value of

bilingual and trilingual staff , and

are seeking to employ graduate

linguists.

Our graduates enter a wide

spectrum of careers, including

banking, retail, marketing, tourism,

translation, interpreting and

teaching. The European Union also

off ers many career opportunities for

graduates with one or more foreign

languages.


GAMES DEVELOPMENT*

114

Why study Games

Development with us?

We have a wide range of resources

to allow you to work with leading-

edge development environments,

and to build your skills in the

design and creation of applications

for current platforms. During our

course, we will provide you with

your own copies of a range of fully

licensed design and development

software. You will also be given a

development licence to test games

on mobile devices and distribute

games online.

You will study a broad range of

modules covering principles

of games theory, 2D and 3D

design, and programming and

development, together with the

essential project and organisational

skills that will enable you to hit the

ground running on graduation. You

will learn how to plan and design,

as well as cover the underlying

concepts required to build our next

generation of computer games.

You will also be given the

opportunity to specialise in a

specifi c area of games development

via our unique Project-managed

Computing Initiative (PCi), which

gives students across all levels the

opportunity to work collaboratively

on real industry-focused projects.

What will I learn?

You will begin by learning the

fundamentals in game design,

as well as the technical skills,

to make use of leading-edge

development tools in the

following areas: storyboarding and

animation techniques (timeline

and absolute); event-driven and

animation-loop programming

models; artifi cial intelligence (AI);

game theory; texture and object

design; programming; designing

immersive environments; audio

production for games (music, sound

design, DSP); and cinematography

for games. You will then develop

your understanding across key

Games consoles and mobile phones have become key elements in our leisure activities, particularly due to the increasing popularity of interactive games as well as social networking sites. Mobile applications are a key growth area in the computer industry, and there is a need for qualifi ed graduates to fi ll development roles.

C


115

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BSc Single Honours





Other:




Andy Davies

Course Contact

Telephone: 01244 511708




Telephone: 01244 511000


areas of games development

while enhancing your project

management and employability

skills through personal portfolio

development and integrated work

experience during Year 2.

As you reach Year 3, you will have

established a keen interest in one or

more areas of games development

towards a specialism, which we will

encourage you to develop further as

part of your academic assessments.

Throughout the programme, you

will be exposed to development

environments for Android and

iPhone®/iPad®, and ultimately

have the opportunity to focus on

a specifi c platform as part of your

fi nal-year dissertation.


The Department of Computer

Science and Information Systems

is housed in the Binks Building at

the heart of the Chester Campus.

We keep our computer hardware

up-to-date so that it can fully

support the latest software, and

we base our teaching and taught

workshops on the latest toolset from

Microsoft®, Autodesk, Adobe and

Apple, supporting development

for multiple platforms including PC

and mobile devices. Open-access

computer facilities, with wireless

access to the internet, are also

widely available.

The University Library has an

excellent collection of online and

conventional books and journals

to support the programme, and

off ers subscriptions to video-based

learning and access to information

sources via JANET (Joint Academic

Network).

Although you cannot get away from

theory lectures completely, your

experience will be built mainly on

workshops focused on the practical

issues and techniques for building

professional, reliable and immersive

gaming experiences.

One of our exciting new

employability enterprises is the

Project-managed Computing

Initiative (PCi), which consists of

a mini organisational structure

made up of student teams, each

with clearly defi ned roles, working

towards a related client project

specifi cation. Resource sharing and

fi le collaboration is achieved using

a source control system, and the

initiative is supervised by academic

staff .

As a Year 3 student you will also

be given the opportunity to act

as Project Manager, working

collaboratively with Year 1 and 2

colleagues towards completing a

fi nished application, as part of your

academic assessment and portfolio

development.


There is a thriving market for Games

Development graduates. Recent

developments in mobile gaming

have resulted in a shortfall of

graduates with suitable experience.

With the video game industry

recently surpassing sales fi gures

from the fi lm industry, the iPhone®

being overtaken by Android in the

sales league, and the introduction

of the Windows® Phone 7 with

built-in support for Xbox Live®,

there is a burgeoning market for

graduates who can apply their

games development skills to the

new generation of devices.

*Subject to validation

DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY AND DEVELOPMENT STUDIES

GEOGRAPHY

116

Why study Geography

with us?

The fi eld techniques of modern

geographers range from long-

established tools – such as tape

measure and questionnaire – to

devices that embrace the latest

technologies, such as high-

resolution digital imaging, GPS

(Global Positioning Systems),

smartphones and tablets. All this

ensures that the geographer’s

knowledge and skills continue to be

relevant to today’s employers.

Our Geography programmes will

give you a balanced experience

of the subject, while off ering the

opportunity for specialist degree

training in aspects of physical

and/or human geography and

Geographical Information Systems

(GIS). You can achieve this training

in Single Honours Geography, or by

combining Geography with another

subject – e.g. our combined honours

programmes in Natural Hazard

Management and International

Development Studies.

Our year-on-year excellence in the

National Student Survey (NSS) has

resulted in current UK rankings

of 1st (out of 72 geography and

environmental science departments)

for overall student satisfaction

in The Independent Complete

University Guide, 1st for satisfaction

with assessment in The Guardian

University Guide, and 1st for teaching

excellence and 2nd for graduate

employment in The Sunday Times

University League Table 2011.

What will I learn?


a balance of human and physical

geography/geology, and take a

core module that will introduce

you to research skills in higher

education, develop your fi eld

and laboratory skills, and include

fi eldwork in Devon (single

honours) or mid-Wales (combined

honours). If you are a single

honours student, you will also take

two modules that explore global-

local development issues and the

relationship between people and

the planet, and a Tutorials module.


specialise in human geography or

physical geography. You will

develop advanced fi eld and

laboratory skills in human and/

or physical geography before

designing your own research

project. If you are a single honours

student, you will take another

Geography encompasses everything from the natural processes that shape our physical landscape to the social, economic, cultural and political forces that mould the societies in which we live.

C


117

COURSE FACTS

Course location:Chester Campus

Type of degree:BSc Single or BSc/BA Combined Honours

Typical Entry Requirements:260-300 UCAS points from GCE A Levels or equivalent (such as BTEC National/OCR Diploma)

Specifi c subjects required:A2 Level (or equivalent) in Geography, Geology, Environmental Science, Environmental Studies, World Development, or BTEC Applied Science (Environmental). Other Social Science subjects may be considered.

Other:Access to HE Diploma (must include Geography or Environmental Science at Level 3) International Baccalaureate (28 points, inc. Geography at 5 or above)

For a list of combinations, please visit www.chester.ac.uk and go to the course page or visit the UCAS website at www.ucas.com

Course content enquiries:Single HonoursDr Chris Ribchester Deputy Head of DepartmentTelephone: 01244 513180Email: [email protected]

Combined HonoursDr Ruth HealeyProgramme LeaderTelephone: 01244 513176Email: [email protected]

For admissions enquiries:Undergraduate AdmissionsTelephone: 01244 511000Email: [email protected]

Tutorials module and a module

that introduces methods in

Geographical Information Systems

(GIS), satellite remote sensing

and aerial photo interpretation.

You will also complete a four-

to-six-week work or experiential

learning placement. Alternatively,

we off er experiential learning fi eld

visits to Spain (physical

geography) and New York (human

geography).

• In Year 3 (Level 6), if you are a

single honours student, you will

continue taking all your modules in

Geography. If you are a combined

honours student, you can major

in Geography (four modules),

minor in Geography (two

modules) or continue to study

two subjects in equal proportion

(three modules of each). If you

are a single honours student

or a combined honours student

majoring in Geography, you will

complete a Dissertation. We run an

optional dissertation Expedition to

Norway over the summer between

Years 2 and 3.

For more information, see: www.


geography and www.chester.

ac.uk/undergraduate/geography-

combined


Our Department contains a large

lecture theatre, fi ve seminar and

tutorial rooms, a map room/open-

access computer facility, and GIS

and soils laboratories. You will

learn through lectures, practicals,

seminars, tutorials, group projects

and online digital resources

(e-learning), as well as through

one-to-one work with tutors in your

Dissertation and Tutorials modules.

Fieldwork within the UK, backed

up by laboratory work, is used

to develop key transferable skills

and specialist understanding, and

to build confi dence in problem-

solving abilities and leadership and

negotiation skills. All our overseas

fi eldwork opportunities are optional.

Assessment is through examination

and continuous coursework. You will

engage in a range of coursework

assignments, including podcasting,

oral presentations, posters, briefi ng

papers, laboratory/fi eld reports and

essays. Approximately 60-65% of

the assessment in Year 1 is through

coursework, but by Year 3 75-80% of

your assessment may be coursework

based.


Recent national surveys (e.g. www.

hecsu.ac.uk) show that Geography

graduates fi nd it easier to fi nd

meaningful employment than

graduates of many other university

disciplines. This is because the

knowledge and transferable skills

acquired in studying Geography

have broad vocational relevance.

Six months after graduating in

summer 2010, 60% of our students

had secured employment in

graduate-level positions. This was

a far higher percentage than that

reported from any other comparable

university department in NW

England.

Careers open to you include

those in marketing, local

government, planning, transport,

environment, sustainability, regional

development, management,

administration and teaching.

An increasing number of our

graduates continue their studies to

Masters/PhD level. Some progress

to our own Masters programme in

Sustainability for Community and

Business.


GERMAN

118

Why study German with

us?

Studying German is an opportunity

to enhance your chances of securing

interesting work in the domestic and

international employment market.

Year after year, modern languages

students, including German

graduates, fi nd themselves among

the most employable young people.

While developing your ability to

communicate in German at the

highest level, our programme off ers

opportunities to explore many

aspects of culture and society in

Germany and Europe.

You can study German as a single


or minor subject in combination

with another subject as a combined

honours degree.

Staff teaching our programme are

dedicated to the eff ective teaching

of German language and cultures

using a range of methods and

approaches, which are all designed

to enable you to achieve your full

potential. Also, in the Complete

University Guide 2012, German at

Chester was one of the subjects

ranked joint 4th for student

satisfaction.

Special features of our programme

include a two-month placement

abroad at the end of Year 2, and a

dual degree programme leading

to two qualifi cations on successful

completion of our four-year

programme.

You may alternatively be interested

in pursuing German as part of our

Modern Languages degree – see

page 154 for more details.

What will I learn?


your confi dence and accuracy

in written and spoken German.


acquire core study skills to support

your language learning and your

knowledge of Germany and other

German-speaking countries. Year 1

optional modules include

European Cinema, Literature in

Translation and European Politics.

There are more native speakers of German than any other language in the European Union. Alongside English, German is also the offi cial language of major international organisations such as the European Space Agency and the World Association of Newspapers.

C


119

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours






A2 Level German (or equivalent)

Other:


inc. German at 5 or above)




at www.ucas.com


Margaret Bradbury


Telephone: 01244 513294




Telephone: 01244 511000




control and fl uency in written and

spoken German, as well as

studying important political,

social and cultural aspects of

contemporary Germany and the

German working environment.

You may also undertake an

independent project.

Year Abroad Placements in

Germany

As well as having the opportunity

to go abroad at the end of Year 2 for

up to four months, German students

enjoy a range of options for the

Year Abroad in a German-speaking

country. Many students study at

one of our partner universities

in Germany. Alternatively, you

can work as an English language

assistant in a school in Germany,

Austria or Switzerland. The third

option is a work placement in a

German-speaking environment.

Placements in Europe are supported

by Erasmus grants.

• In the fi nal year (Level 6), you

will consolidate your advanced




of German. The fi nal-year choices

also include advanced translation

techniques, an extended

translation project, and a

dissertation project allowing

for independent research in an

area of special interest to you,

with guidance from a personal

dissertation supervisor.

The Dual Degree in German

(Combined Honours)

If you opt to apply for the dual

degree programme with a partner

university in Germany, you will study

Years 1 and 2 at Chester and then, if

successful in the selection process,

transfer to Germany for Years 3 and

4. Upon successful completion of

Year 4, you will be awarded a degree

from both institutions.



undergraduate/german


We teach German in a dynamic

department located in purpose-built

accommodation that includes two

state-of-the-art digital language



rooms.

Your language workshops will be

conducted mainly in German and

supported by visual and audio

recordings as well as written texts.

Lectures are conducted in English

and in German depending on the

level and the nature of the student

group.

Assessment of Year 1 language

modules is primarily by coursework.

Other modules are assessed by a

combination of coursework and

examination.


Employers in the UK are aware

of the value of staff who can use

languages. More than half of UK

companies say they are more likely

to hire a candidate with language

skills and pay bilingual employees

more than their monolingual

counterparts.

A qualifi cation in German will

also enhance your ability to work

overseas for all or part of your career.


GRAPHIC DESIGN

120

Why study Graphic Design

with us?

Studying with us off ers you the

opportunity to be part of a creative

community where you can refl ect

on and react to the changing nature

of your discipline, and also develop

as an individual who is confi dent in

undertaking the design problems

associated with contemporary

culture.

Our graduates are creative thinkers

who have developed an individual

visual language, and who can deal

with the demands of an intensively

competitive global marketplace.

As creative thinkers they also

have the ability to gain graduate-

level employment outside design

practice.

This is a modular degree that you

can undertake as a single honours

or – in parallel with Fine Art or

Photography – as a combined

honours programme. Combined

honours students undertake core

modules in the fi rst two years of

study and have the opportunity to

specialise in one subject through

optional modules in Years 2 and 3.

Single honours students undertake

specialist modules in addition to

these core and optional modules.


to gain insight and experience while

making invaluable connections with

industry during a work placement

towards the end of Year 2.

Modules are delivered within a

‘hands-on’ multi-disciplinary

learning environment. Our

curriculum has been developed

to educate in the art and science

of visual communication with an

emphasis on professional practice

and skills acquisition, while also

encouraging creative risk-taking and

experimentation. Your learning will

be supported within a setting that

promotes intellectual growth, while

provoking creative challenges and

experiences that embrace visual

communication as a social and

commercial activity.

The continuing demand for innovative, high-quality Graphic Design off ers our graduates a range of exciting and rewarding employment opportunities contributing to the creative economy – employment in which, according to the Department for Culture, Media and Sport, is growing at “double the rate of the economy as a whole”.

K


121

COURSE FACTS

Course location:


Type of degree:


Honours







Design, Graphic Design or Design &

Technology

Other:






Single Honours applicants may

be required to attend a portfolio

interview




at www.ucas.com


Bernadine Murray

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 515703




Telephone: 01244 511000


What will I learn?

During our course you will learn

how to produce design work that

takes into consideration the needs

of your client and audience. You

will develop confi dence, through

research, in the appropriateness of

your design solutions. You will also

develop a clear understanding of

the ethical issues of design and will

know where you stand on these

issues. Additionally, you will push

the boundaries of design and be

aware of the future possibilities of

the design industry.


you to subject-specifi c skills plus

key aspects related to the theory,

practice and context of design

and relevant technology. You will

be encouraged to experiment with

both traditional and digital media

in order to increase confi dence in

your own creative language.

• Year 2 (Level 5) extends your

creative language through the

investigation of more complex

problems, with the emphasis

placed on understanding the

needs of client and audience, as

well as developing knowledge and

understanding of your relationship

with current critical theory,

research methods and practice.

• Year 3 (Level 6) modules will allow

you to determine future pathways

in design practice or design

education through live briefs, self-

generated briefs, competition

briefs, business planning, and your

fi nal show.


our website at: www.chester.

ac.uk/undergraduate/graphic-

design and www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/graphic-design-

combined


You will work in a variety of

environments and have access

to traditional and digital printing

facilities, Apple Mac labs, animation

studios, photographic studios, high-

specifi cation digital still and video

cameras and digital audio recording

equipment. Our dedicated studio

spaces, containing Apple Macs, light

boxes, scanners, graphics tablets

and printers, encourage active

engagement between staff and

students.

Modules aim to integrate practice

and theory. Lecturers, technicians,

demonstrators, practicing designers,

researchers and industry-relevant

practitioners have varying

involvement in the delivery of

module content.

You will learn in large and small

group settings via lectures;

seminars; tutorials; tutor and

student-led discussion; technical

and creative workshops; individual

and group task-activities; and

individually directed and structured

study.


We off er a unique combination

of knowledge, skills and practice

that are suitable for gaining

employment, setting up in business

or continuing in education. Many

of our graduates are working with

local, national and international

design agencies or in-house design

teams, from Aberdeen to Brighton,

Scarborough to Liverpool, and as

far afi eld as New York. Others have

started their own businesses.

We also have graduates researching

at MA level at Chester and other

institutions, and a number of our

students have been inspired to

teach design to the next generation

of designers.

FACULTY OF HEALTH AND SOCIAL CARE

HEALTH AND SOCIAL CARE

122

Why study Health and

Social Care with us?

The Faculty of Health and Social

Care has an excellent reputation

as a leading provider of health and

social care education, particularly

in nursing, midwifery and social

work. A team of lecturers with

particular interests in these fi elds

staff the programme, including

an occupational therapist and

physiotherapist as well as visiting

lecturers. Our teaching is highly

rated by external examiners and is

complemented by an expanding

research profi le and publications.

The subjects available within the

programme cater for a wide range

of personal interests and career

aspirations. The issues you will

explore have broad health and

social care relevance at national and

international levels.

We off er Health and Social Care as a

full-time or part-time single honours

programme.

What will I learn?

In addition to core subjects,

during our course you will have

the opportunity to study optional

modules in selected areas and

consider topical issues in some

depth. This will enable you to tailor

your studies to specifi c interests.

In each of the three years you will

study research methodologies,

leading to your Dissertation in your

fi nal year.

• In Year 1 (Level 4), our core

modules will provide you with a

coherent and challenging

learning experience, as well as

providing you with a sound basis

for more advanced study. Subject

areas you will study include Health

and Welfare, Professionalism and

Interpersonal Skills, and Law and

Policy.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), we place an

emphasis on recognising and

valuing diversity and diff erence as

well as the complexities of

working in health and social care.

Core subjects include Partnership

Working and Safeguarding

Vulnerable People, while optional

modules include Long Term

Conditions and Enablement and

Independent Study.

This exciting degree will be ideal for you if you wish to contribute to caring for people in a variety of health and social care environments.

R


123

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Riverside Campus Chester

Type of degree:

BA Single Honours





Other:




Valerie Ebrahimi

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 512277



Health and Social Care Admissions

Telephone: 01244 511000


Work Based Learning (WBL) is also

an integral part of Year 2. It is an

opportunity for you to apply the

knowledge and skills you have

gained during your degree. A wide

choice of placements are available,

and you may opt for a placement

directly relevant to your intended

career. Normally, the WBL staff

arrange the placements with local

employers, although you may,

with the agreement of the WBL

staff , make your own arrangement

if this is appropriate.

• Year 3 (Level 6) focuses on the

potential impact health and social

care has in reducing the incidence

of disease, improving the

quality of life of individuals and

management of self and others.

Core subjects include Leadership

and Management and Personal

Development, while optional

modules include Rehabilitation

and Reablement and Public Health.



undergraduate/health-and-social-

care


You will be taught in the Faculty

of Health and Social Care, which

is situated in the heart of historic

Chester. A sense of history and

learning are evident within the

Faculty’s setting. See page 16 for

more details.

We undertake a diverse approach

to teaching, including lectures,

class discussions, seminars and

case studies, as well as audio, video

and e-learning. Skills laboratories,

simulating a hospital environment,

contribute further to the learning

experience.

To assess your progress, we use

a wide portfolio of assessment

methods, ranging from coursework

assignments and examinations

to presentations and conference

posters.


In the Faculty of Health and Social

Care, we aim to provide you with

the kind of foundation and degree

of choice that will provide an

excellent grounding for careers in

the statutory, voluntary or private

sectors, such as residential care,

foster care, housing and welfare, and

drug and alcohol services.

You will develop key skills that

employers expect graduates to

possess, including high standards of

oral and written communication; an

ability to work eff ectively in teams;

the capacity to apply knowledge

and critical analysis to a range of

situations and environments; an

ability to respond to the constant

changes within health and social

care; and an aptitude for lifelong

learning and refl ection.

Your degree in Health and Social

Care may provide opportunities

to study a postgraduate or

professional award, such as our

MA in Social Work, MSc in Public

Health, Postgraduate Certifi cate in

Youth Matters or a programme in

Pre-registration Nursing. There are

also further opportunities such as

graduate training schemes in the

NHS and Local Government.

We draw on the expertise of our

dedicated Careers and Employability

advisers throughout each of the

three years of study.


HISTORY

124

Why study History with

us?

There has never been a better time

to study History – and Chester is

an exciting place to study it! Our

History students have access to a

wider range of sources than ever

before, and the Department of

History and Archaeology aims to

refl ect the immense variety of the

subject, covering diff erent periods,

themes and approaches to the past.

At Chester, the study of history

covers a substantial range of topics,

from the Crusades to Communism,

and from the Normans to the

Jacobites. You can explore the

turning points in history, the role of

empire in world history, living and

dying in the Middle Ages, the role

of the crowd through history, and

minorities and migration in the 19th

and 20th centuries.

The Department has use of the

archives at the Cheshire Military

Museum, as well as the material in

the Cheshire Record Offi ce, both of

which are in Chester. These are ideal

resources for your studies.

What will I learn?• In Year 1 (Level 4), to ensure a

broad understanding of European

history over the past millennium,

you will undertake a survey

module on European history from

the Middle Ages to the present

day. Optional modules on

medieval beliefs, communism,

empires, modern Germany, Ireland

and North America provide

you with more specifi c study. We

also teach historical skills and the

philosophies of history in Year 1.

History deals with the recorded human past: everything that we know about what people have done, how they have lived their lives, and the causes and eff ects of social, political, cultural and economic events and developments. By studying the past you can enrich the quality of your life by better understanding why the world is as it is, and you can gain a greater appreciation of your place in it. Studying history will also help you to acquire the skills that employers value, such as critical thinking, teamwork, communication skills, information handling and original thinking. These skills will serve you well in the job market, and can open up many career options.

C


125

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours






A2 Level: Ancient History, Classical

Civilisation, History, Politics or

Sociology

Other:

Access to HE Diploma (Humanities)


inc. History at 5 or above)




at www.ucas.com


Dr Keith McLay

Head of Department

Telephone: 01244 512160




Telephone: 01244 511000



undertake a module addressing

important historical debates,

and will have the choice of various

optional modules running from

Crusades through to the present

day history of the USA and its

constitution. You can also opt

to undertake a historical research

project, during which you can

gain hands-on experience at local

archives, National Trust properties

and museums.


to research and write a

dissertation on a subject of

your choosing, thus enabling

you to undertake original

historical research. You will also

be able to choose from a range

of special subjects that refl ect

the interests and expertise of the

lecturers in the Department – from

the Norman Kings to the Wars

of the Roses, from the Civil Wars

to the Jacobites, and from Weimar

Germany to Cold War America,

taking in the crowd in history

along the way.

Across all three years there is a wide

variety of modules on off er, within

both the single and combined

honours programmes, and you

will have considerable freedom to

construct your own pathway.

You can view further specifi c details

about our modules at:

www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/history and www.


history-combined


You can expect a variety of

informal lectures, seminars, group

discussions, tutorials and fi eld visits.

Most modules involve two or three

hours’ attendance per week, with

plenty of time left free for follow-

up reading and the preparation of

assignments. There is electronic

learning support material covering

every undergraduate History

module available on our intranet

(Portal), with links to websites.

Assessment is varied: some

modules involve coursework alone,

others a mixture of coursework

and examination – but none

depend solely on examinations. Our

assessment develops and enhances

your key employability skills.

The learning experience on the

History programmes is simply fi rst

rate, say our students. In 2008,

2009, 2010 and 2011, the overall

satisfaction rating in the National

Student Survey was 90%.


History is an excellent grounding

for a wide range of careers and, in

recent years, our graduates have

gone on to positions in the heritage/

museum industry, journalism,

law, teaching, social work, and

management/administration in

both the public and the private

sector. Several students proceed to

take higher degrees, including MA,

MRes, MPhil and PhD at Chester.

DEPARTMENT OF CLINICAL SCIENCES

HUMAN NUTRITION

126

Why study Human

Nutrition with us?

We have a team of registered

nutritionists, dietitians and exercise

physiologists who have considerable

teaching expertise in human

nutrition, including sports nutrition,

public health nutrition, clinical

nutrition and dietetics. Our staff are

both enthusiastic and helpful, and

we off er individual student support

through our Personal Academic

Tutor System.

A feature of our course is a

programme-based seminar series.

Seminars are delivered throughout

the programme and are designed

to improve all aspects of your

communication skills, encourage

critical refl ection, and develop your

future employability.

Our course builds a unique mix

of biological, social and nutrition-

based knowledge and skills. These

are designed to stimulate you in

the context of food, culture, diet

and nutrition, and to ensure you are

subsequently employable in a range

of diff erent working environments.

What will I learn?

Human Nutrition is a full-time

programme taught over a period of

three years.

• In Year 1 (Level 4), the biological

basis of health is a key theme

that will underpin your studies.

We have selected the core

modules in Year 1 to provide

a coherent and challenging

learning experience. Subject areas

you will study include food and

nutrition, genetics, physiology and

microbiology.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), the

underpinning theme is the

biological basis of disease. Subject

areas studied include: Human

Nutrition (covering the nutrients,

nutrition assessment and nutrition

across the lifespan), Human

Metabolism, Biology of Disease,

It is now well recognised that nutrition contributes to both health and disease in humans. This has resulted in the subject gaining much interest from the food industry, the medical profession and those professionals involved in health promotion. Nutrition has also attracted interest from a variety of sports, as diet and nutrition is now considered to be a major factor aff ecting performance.

C


127

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BSc Single Honours








Applied Science

Other:



inc. Biology at 5 or above


Catherine Oare or Alison Morgan

Departmental Administrators

Telephone: 01244 513431




Telephone: 01244 511000


Research Methods and Work Based

Learning. Work Based Learning

provides an opportunity for you

to gain work experience relevant

to your specifi c career aspirations.

Your employability will also be

developed by our seminar series.

• Year 3 (Level 6) is concerned with

the development of the

application of nutrition. Subject

areas you will study may include:

Clinical Medicine, Food Science,

Health Improvement, Sports

Nutrition, and Dissertation. These

ensure our students are prepared

for a range of work environments.

For more information, please

see: www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/human-nutrition


undergraduate/human-nutrition-

combined


We deliver the course on the main

Chester Campus. Our teaching

facilities are excellent and for the

most part recently renovated. You

will also be able to have use of our

purpose-built food skills laboratory.


assessment methods. Lectures are

complemented with tutorials and

laboratory work, which will give you

the opportunity to work in teams,

problem solve and interact with

your peers and tutors.

We use a variety of assessment

methods to fi nd your strengths and

give you the maximum opportunity

to achieve the best results.

Coursework can include practical

reports, extended essays and

presentations, which may involve

group work. The examinations vary

depending on the specifi c module,

but may take the form of multiple-

choice papers, essays, data-handling

questions and practical assessments.


Nutritionists are in increasing

demand to work alongside health-

related professionals such as those

in public health, the leisure industry

and in research. Also, the food

industry is a large and increasing

area of graduate employment.

We already have many graduates

starting careers in this and

related fi elds. Overall we have an

excellent reputation for graduate

employment.

A number of our graduates also

elect to study for an MPhil or PhD.

This degree may also be suitable for

entry to the Postgraduate Diploma

in Nutrition and Dietetics, leading

to the award of the title Dietitian.

Alternatively, postgraduate MSc

programmes in Public Health

Nutrition, Weight Management,

Diabetes Management and

Exercise and Nutrition Science are

also available at the University of

Chester.

128

Why study Information

Systems Management

with us?

During our programme you will

learn how to select appropriate

technologies, apply software, and

systematically manage information.

The professional and technical skills

you will develop are highly valued

by employers, who know that

you will be able to enhance their

organisations’ performance.

In addition to the IT industry itself,

our graduates fi nd employment in a

diverse range of public and private

sector organisations. Small and large

businesses welcome the fl exibility

that an information systems

graduate can demonstrate, as well

as their ability to ‘think outside the

box’:

• The Home Offi ce Crime

and Disorder Partnership rely

on information-sharing and

management as a way of reducing

crime.

• Hospitals depend on sound

information management to

improve strategic and clinical

decisions and maintain quality.

• Advertising, media and design

agencies need to manage projects,

including brochures, catalogues

and websites.

• Companies selling on the

internet need data-driven

websites from which to create

innovative e-marketing

campaigns, as well as fast, cost-

effi cient logistics.

What will I learn?

Our course is structured to develop

your knowledge, understanding

and skills over Years 1 to 3. As well

as learning about computing and

organisations, you will develop skills

that enable you to critically evaluate

situations, to devise innovative

solutions, and to manage their

implementation.


develop an understanding of

information handling, computing

and communication technology,

as well as the capacity to identify

and address the information

needs of a situation, and to

formulate and implement a

solution using appropriate

software tools. You will exploit

internet and web technologies,

mobile communications, digital

Information is the lifeblood of every organisation and community. It improves communication with colleagues, associates and the public, and helps people to solve problems and take decisions.

C


INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT


129

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BSc Single Honours





Other:




Graham Logan

Senior Lecturer

Telephone: 01244 513101


or [email protected]



Telephone: 01244 511000


media, and decision-support

software.


the technical, organisational

and social issues arising from the

internet and globalisation,

including e-commerce and

application development. You

will learn how to design, construct

and manage web-enabled

databases, how to work in teams

and in a virtual community,

and how to exploit concepts

such as data warehousing and

logistics management. You

will also undertake a fi ve-week

period of work experience with

one of our placement providers,

which will enable you to put

computing, management and

project development theories into

practice, while further developing

your technical skills. Past

placements have included helping

with the planning and

development of a web-based

marketing campaign for a small

business, managing the web

pages of a small business, and

undertaking business surveys.


your skills in the management of

people, operations and fi nance

in the context of a computer-

based environment. You will

learn how to implement

change – balancing time, cost

and quality – and explore

emerging technologies and

innovative products and

services. You will also undertake

a dissertation, developing a

particular aspect of the

programme and applying it to a

specifi c situation. For this, you will

have individual guidance from a

personal supervisor, who will help

you to ensure that the project

stays on track and achieves its

aims.



undergraduate/information-

systems-management


Our modules are varied in their

methods of teaching. Theory is

often disseminated in lecture

theatres, and much use is made of

the computer laboratories for the

practical subjects in groups of about

twenty. Small group discussions,

tutorials, and student-led seminars

also fi gure prominently.

Assessment involves assignments,

project work and examinations,

varying in balance from module

to module. In line with the

requirements of industry, all of

our modules have been designed

from the ground up to incorporate

assessment of key skills, as well as

subject-related skills.

Twenty-four-hour free broadband

internet access is available in all

halls of residence and through

wireless connectivity across the

campus. Open access is provided

in the Learning Resources Centre

and in designated computer rooms

on the campus. Course information

and learning materials are on the

University intranet (Portal) and you

can easily access this on and off

campus.


After graduation, roles that may be

available to you include information

solution developer, systems

analyst/designer, business systems/

IT consultant, project manager,

business development manager,

database administrator, applications

developer, web designer, web

master, and e-commerce consultant.



their broad range of relevant skills

– a refl ection of our commitment

to employer liaison and continual

updating of course content.


INTERACTIVE DIGITAL MEDIA*

130

Why study Interactive

Digital Media with us?

There is a good demand for

graduates with the ability to exploit

interactive digital technology. Our

course will provide you with the

knowledge and skills to develop

online desktop digital applications

for entertainment, education and

promotional purposes. You will

design products that look, sound

and perform in ways that are natural

and easy to use.

You can study Interactive Digital

Media as a single honours

programme or in combination with

another subject. The two main

themes in the combined honours

degree are Interactive Digital

Authoring and Development, and

Digital Media Development (including

Video and Music). Combining

Interactive Digital Media with

another subject will allow you to

develop a range of transferable and

subject-specifi c skills.

What will I learn?

• In Year 1 (Level 4), you will learn

how to create rich interactive

applications using a range of

authoring tools, and get to grips

with the fundamentals of video

production with our extensive

range of camera equipment. Video

editing will be based on Adobe

Premiere. You will also create 2D

animation and graphics with

Adobe and Apple digital

authoring tools. Audio production

is introduced, and you will join

students on other courses for

modules focusing on building

websites using visual tools and

learning the basics of

programming using Java. Degree-

level research and writing skills are

also introduced.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), your work on

digital video will continue with

team-based video projects using

specialist DSLR equipment with

post-production in Final Cut Pro,

Premiere and After Eff ects. Audio

production continues with a range

of Mac OS X tools, including Logic

Pro. Skills for successful

employment are a focus; you

Interactive Digital Media involves the creative integration of images, video, sound and text, within an interactive space. This combination of media in a digital form allows for eff ective, clear and enjoyable presentations. Topics in our course include graphic design, animation, digital video, audio and authoring applications.

C


131

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BSc Single Honours





Other:




Jan Shaylor

Senior Lecturer

Telephone: 01244 513099




Telephone: 01244 511000


will develop an online portfolio

showcasing your best academic

and any freelance work. You

will also undertake an individual

work-related project where

you will be matched with a

local voluntary sector group. Your

research and writing skills will also

be developed further in

preparation for your dissertation

next year.


specialist topics encompassing

interactive digital media theory

coupled with real-world

experience. Optional modules

include Design for Mobile Devices,

Engineering Websites, 3D

Animation, Intelligent Technologies,

and Advanced Scripting

Applications. You will undertake an

individual project in a specialist

area. Year 3 includes a variety

of cutting edge topics to refl ect

your interests and match your

career objectives. Our experience

shows that our graduates are very

employable, and we aim to ensure

that this remains the case.


You will be based in the School of

Computer Science on the Chester

Campus. Open-access computer

facilities and support, including

broadband internet access, are

widely available. Computer

hardware is kept up-to-date so

that it can fully support the latest

software. The University Library

has an excellent collection of texts

and journals to support this course,

and there is access to external

bibliographic and other databases

and workstations networked to

JANET (Joint Academic Network).

Working with professionals from the

Interactive Digital Media industry is

an important feature of the course.

All students are involved with our

Harlequin Project work, which exists

to help locally based independent

artists and groups to store, promote

and publish their creative work.

The Department’s courses have

been described by our external

examiner as “an excellent

opportunity for students to

experience high technology at fi rst

hand. The staff ensure this fast-

moving subject area is kept at the

cutting edge.”


Our course will prepare you for

a wide range of jobs, including

interactive applications

development, website design

and development, digital video

production, and digital audio

production.

You will be equipped with

transferable technological,

communication and organisational

skills and the ability to work with

others as part of a team. Some of

our past graduates have gone on

to be website designers, video/

sound recording and production

technicians, educational media

designers, interaction design

specialists, virtual reality developers

and digital artists.



their broad range of relevant skills

– a refl ection of our commitment

to employer liaison and continual

updating of course content.

* Subject to validation


INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

132

Why study International

Business with us?

Our programme takes into

account the latest developments

in international business, and will

prepare you for a career in a fi eld

such as business, administration,

management, marketing, fi nance,

retail services, human resource

management or manufacturing.

What will I learn?

International Business Single

Honours (3 years full time or 4

years full time)

The three-year programme is

designed to create graduates who

combine knowledge with the

cognitive, practical and applied

skills needed for success and

career progression in the world of

international business.


introduced to the functional

disciplines of business (fi nance,

marketing and human resources

management), which are

contextualised within international

business developments.

• Year 2 (Level 5) will progress your

knowledge, understanding and

skills in the disciplines of business,

and explores major developments

in the globalisation of

international business and in

international business operations.

An important feature of this

year is the requirement for you

to undertake a six-week period

working overseas.

• Year 3 (Level 6) provides in-depth,

specialised study in international

business and management. An

important feature is the

International Business Dissertation,

which will enable you to study

an approved international

business topic of your choice.


(including one-year placement)

contains the same academic content

in Years 1 and 2 as that in the

three-year programme. The major

diff erence is the placement with an

overseas academic institution or

international business organisation

in Year 3. Many students fi nd this

12-month placement enhances their

academic performance in Year 4.



from the Department of Business,

Management and Entrepreneurship.




As the world of business and management is increasingly dominated by the international integration of markets and economies, a degree in International Business will enable you to explore these developments and specialise in the study of international business to a greater extent than in general business and management degrees.

C


133

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Dr Neil Moore

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 511822




Telephone: 01244 511000


International Business Combined

Honours (3 years full time or 4

years full time)

You can combine International

Business with French, German,

Spanish, Marketing or Tourism. You

can study the two subjects equally

or in a major/minor combination.

Our combined honours degree will

give you critical knowledge and

understanding of the dynamics of

international business. We provide

you with advanced business

and management skills which,

complemented by skills acquired

from the second chosen subject, will

give you an attractive employment

profi le in internationally orientated

organisations.


given the opportunity to

develop an understanding of the

international business

environment and will study

a range of modules, including

Managing People and

Organisations, Marketing Principles

and Business Environment in the

International Context.

• Year 2 (Level 5) enables you to

further develop your

understanding of major

developments in the globalisation

of business and in international

business operations. An important

feature is the requirement for

you to undertake a six-week

period working overseas.


continue to develop your interest

in international business issues

and developments by

investigating areas relating

to strategic management. Also,

depending on the combination

undertaken, you will be able to

explore other relevant areas such

as international law and

marketing.

A four-year version of the combined

programme is also available, where

students combining subjects within

Chester Business School are able

to undertake a one-year overseas

placement at the end of Year 2.



undergraduate/international-

business


Our programme provides a balance

of traditional forms of study,

including lectures, seminars and

tutorials.

Teaching sessions take place in

lecture theatres and seminar

rooms that are equipped with a

range of audiovisual presentation

equipment.

Assessment is through a

combination of assignments, group

projects, seminar contributions and

examinations. Individual projects

form a major part of the fi nal-year

assessment.


Many areas of commerce, industry,

business and the public services

depend on people with a good

understanding of international

business. As globalisation

progresses, organisations will

increasingly require graduates

who have an understanding and

knowledge of international business

dynamics.

Graduates from the University

of Chester are well equipped to

undertake careers in a variety

of public and private sector

organisations. The programme also

provides an excellent grounding if

you wish to pursue postgraduate

study.

134

Why study International

Development Studies with

us?

International Development Studies

(IDS) operates as a combined

honours programme, allowing you

to combine it with one of a range

of subjects providing additional

expertise (e.g. a modern language,

hazard management) that might be

applied in a development context.

There is great fl exibility, in that

you can structure your degree to

major in one subject and minor in

the other, or study them in equal

proportion.


activities on the University website

at: www.chester.ac.uk/ids

What will I learn?


will introduce you to the contested

meanings of development,

and the challenges of

sustaining population growth

and development in the context

of human pressures on resources

such as oil and water. Fieldwork

activities will include working

with refugee support groups and

ethnic community associations on

Merseyside, thereby exploring the

challenges facing minority groups.


analyse global power relations

and the activities of global

fi nancial institutions such

as the IMF and WTO, political

issues associated with confl ict

and insecurity, and challenges

facing communities as they try to

manage social and environmental

change. There is also the option to

complete a four-to-six-week work

placement in a UK or international

development context as part

of our Work Based Learning

and International Experiential

Learning programmes.

Issues of international development are a dominating infl uence on all aspects of 21st century life. Governments, businesses, environmental and humanitarian groups and individuals recognise the need to understand more about development issues and how they can be addressed – e.g. poverty reduction, trade, sustainability, globalisation, climate change, migration and political asylum and global insecurity.

C


INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STUDIES


135

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:






Other:






at www.ucas.com


Gill Miller

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 512190




Telephone: 01244 511000


• In Year 3 (Level 6), Development

in Practice focuses on the activities

of global and local development

agencies and NGOs, and you may

study this alongside a number of

optional modules including a

dissertation / independent project.

A core element of Year 3 is a four-

day study visit to the offi ces of the

UN in Geneva, to study at fi rst

hand the activities of a variety of

international development

agencies, including UNDP,

UNCTAD, UNHCR, WTO and WHO.


our modules on the University


undergraduate/ids


IDS is based in the Department

of Geography and Development

Studies. Year-on-year excellence

in the National Student Survey

(NSS) has resulted in current

departmental rankings of 1st (out

of 72 comparable UK university

departments) for overall student

satisfaction in The Independent

Complete University Guide, 1st for

satisfaction with assessment in The

Guardian University Guide, and 1st

for teaching excellence and 2nd for

graduate employment in The Sunday

Times University League Table 2011.

You will learn through a

combination of lectures, seminars,

practicals and small-group tutorials.

Individual tutorials take place in

more advanced project work in Years

2 and 3. We consider fi eldwork/

experiential learning an essential

part of your undergraduate training.

Overseas fi eldwork is optional, with

the exception of the study visit to

the UN in Geneva – which is paid for

by the University.

You will be encouraged to attend

talks in the IDS Seminar Series

and events organised by Chester

World Development Forum. These

provide opportunities to explore a

range of development issues with

professionals in the development

community.


and coursework assignments (e.g.

podcasting, oral presentations,

posters, briefi ng papers, reports and

essays). Approximately 60-65% of


coursework, rising to 75-80% of the

assessment in Year 3.


Our programme has a strong

vocational orientation, providing

you with the opportunity to

combine academic training with

practical experience of development

work in the UK and abroad. We aim

to produce graduates who will be

attractive to employers because

of their broad suite of transferable

skills, their understanding of global-

local links and their knowledge of

international aff airs.


summer 2010, 60% of our graduates

had secured employment in

graduate-level positions. This

was a far higher percentage of

employment than that reported

from any other comparable

university department in NW

England.

Possible career paths include:

overseas development work (e.g.

for an NGO), business, journalism,

tourism, teaching and development

of education, local or regional

government, postgraduate Masters

study and more advanced research.

Some graduates have gone on to

work with development agencies

in the UK as well as in the Global

South, e.g. in Thailand, Uganda,

Madagascar and Kenya.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

JOURNALISM

136

Why study Journalism

with us?

Writing, reporting and editing

skills are core requirements for

working in the media, but you can

also use these skills in advertising,

public relations, corporate

communications, management and

other related disciplines.

The understanding of the wider

implications and infl uences of the

press that you can acquire during

our Journalism programme will off er

you the opportunity to explore,

understand and contribute to the

ongoing debates surrounding the

power, reach and infl uence of the

media, and print journalism in

particular.

The Journalism programme off ers

you a choice of core and optional

modules, and the opportunity to

further develop your knowledge in a

variety of relevant and related areas.

In addition, the exciting portfolio

of combined honours programmes

that we off er alongside Journalism

makes Chester an attractive location

in which to study Journalism as a

combined honours programme.

There are many combinations on

off er to you, but among the more

popular are Creative Writing, English,

History, Law, Photography and

English Language.

Our programme has a heavy

emphasis on the use of electronic

media, and will allow you to develop

a wide range of skills. Should you

choose to major in Journalism

during your fi nal year, you will have

the opportunity to produce a print

or online journalism product of

signifi cant size and scope. You will

also have the choice of researching

and preparing a written dissertation

on a journalism-related topic.

The BA Combined Honours

Journalism programme has been

written with the requirements of

the National Council for the Training

of Journalists (NCTJ) at its heart.

This will allow you, if you have met

the required standards during the

course, to become a candidate for

the NCTJ’s preliminary examinations,

which lead to the award of the

Council’s Pre-Entry Certifi cate (fi rst

professional qualifi cation). You will

be responsible for covering the cost

of these examinations.

Our Journalism course will help you to develop journalistic skills that are easily transferable to a whole range of professions.

K

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

137

COURSE FACTS

Course location:


Type of degree:






Other:






at www.ucas.com


Simon Roberts

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 512331




Telephone: 01244 511000


What will I learn?

Our programme aims to provide

you with the skills, knowledge and

powers of analysis and evaluation to

enable you to work in a wide range

of occupations, including the broad

fi eld of journalism, and to prepare

you for further study.

The programme is based on the

synergy of theory and practice, and

seeks to integrate these areas and

explore relationships between them.


the core journalistic skills of news

writing and presentation, and be

given essential training in media

law and ethics. You will also

refl ect on journalistic practice

and the political implications of

news writing. Modules may

include Writing and Presenting the

News and Journalism Law and

Ethics.


have the opportunity to develop

specialist interests within the

journalistic fi eld. Your work will

embrace broader forms of writing,

including longer features and

campaign journalism. Modules

may include Features and

Campaign Journalism and Work

Based Learning.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), your practical

skills will culminate in a more

ambitious creative project, which

will echo professional production

techniques. You will also have the

opportunity to pursue specialist

theoretical modules, in which you

will refl ect in depth on journalistic

discourse and its political

implications. Modules may include

Magazine and Online Journalism

and Dissertation.


our website at: www.chester.

ac.uk/undergraduate/journalism-

combined


We will teach many of the modules

in the electronic newsroom,

housed in dedicated facilities. The

philosophy behind this teaching

approach is to simulate an editorial

working environment.



lectures, small group work,

discussion, skills practice, and a

range of experiential activities

including court and council visits.


to undertake a work placement in a

setting where journalism skills may

form a signifi cant part of the work.

Assessment is via coursework,

which comprises journalistic

writing and essays, group projects

and presentations, workshops,

assignments and written

examinations. If you choose to major

in Journalism, there is a dissertation

and major creative project in the

fi nal year.


The pathway structure of our

programme will enable you to

pursue your career aspirations in

a more focused manner. You will

also acquire transferable analytical

and writing skills, which will prove

valuable in a competitive job

market.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

JOURNALISM

138

Why study Journalism

with us?

Writing, reporting and editing

skills are core requirements for

working in the media, but you can

also use these skills in advertising,

public relations, corporate

communications, management and

other related disciplines.

The understanding of the wider

implications and infl uences of the

press that you can acquire during

our Journalism programme will off er

you the opportunity to explore,

understand and contribute to the

ongoing debates surrounding the

power, reach and infl uence of the

media, and print journalism in

particular.

The Journalism programme off ers

you a choice of core and optional

modules, and the opportunity to

further develop your knowledge

in a variety of relevant and related

areas. In addition, the exciting

portfolio of combined honours

programmes that we off er alongside

Journalism makes the Warrington

Campus, home of the North West

Media Centre, an attractive location

in which to study Journalism as a

combined honours programme.

Combinations on off er include

Film Studies, Commercial Music

Production, Television Production,

Advertising, Marketing and

Public Relations, and Business

Management.

Our programme has a heavy

emphasis on the use of electronic

media, and will allow you to develop

a wide range of skills. Should you

choose to major in Journalism

during your fi nal year, you will have

the opportunity to produce a print

or online journalism product of

signifi cant size and scope. You will

also have the choice of researching

and preparing a written dissertation

on a journalism-related topic.

The BA Single and Combined

Honours Journalism programmes

have been written with the

requirements of the National

Council for the Training of

Journalists (NCTJ) at their heart.

This will allow you, if you have met

the required standards during the

course, to become a candidate for

the NCTJ’s preliminary examinations,

which lead to the award of the

Council’s Pre-Entry Certifi cate (fi rst

professional qualifi cation). You will

be responsible for covering the cost

of these examinations.

Our Journalism course will help you to develop journalistic skills that are easily transferable to a whole range of professions.

W

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

139

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:






Other:






at www.ucas.com


Simon Roberts

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 512331




Telephone: 01244 511000


What will I learn?

Our programme aims to provide

you with the skills, knowledge and

powers of analysis and evaluation to

enable you to work in a wide range

of occupations, including the broad

fi eld of journalism, and to prepare

you for further study.

The programme is based on the

synergy of theory and practice, and

seeks to integrate these areas and

explore relationships between them.


the core journalistic skills of news

writing and presentation, and be

given essential training in media

law and ethics. You will also

refl ect on journalistic practice

and the political implications of

news writing. Modules may

include Writing and Presenting the

News and Journalism Law and

Ethics.


have the opportunity to develop

specialist interests within the

journalistic fi eld. Your work will

embrace broader forms of writing,

including longer features and

campaign journalism. Modules

may include Features and

Campaign Journalism and Work

Based Learning.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), your practical

skills will culminate in a more

ambitious creative project, which

will echo professional production

techniques. You will also have the

opportunity to pursue specialist

theoretical modules, in which you

will refl ect in depth on journalistic

discourse and its political

implications. Modules may include

Magazine and Online Journalism

and Dissertation.



undergraduate/journalism and

www.chester.ac.uk/undergraduate/

journalism-combined


We will teach many of the modules

in the electronic newsroom,

housed in dedicated facilities. The

philosophy behind this teaching

approach is to simulate an editorial

working environment.




discussion, skills practice, and a


including court and council visits.


to undertake a work placement in a

setting where journalism skills may

form a signifi cant part of the work.

Assessment is via coursework,

which comprises journalistic

writing and essays, group projects

and presentations, workshops,

assignments and written

examinations. If you choose to major

in Journalism, there is a dissertation

and major creative project in the

fi nal year.


The pathway structure of our

programme will enable you to

pursue your career aspirations in

a more focused manner. You will

also acquire transferable analytical

and writing skills, which will prove

valuable in a competitive job

market.

CHESTER LAW SCHOOL

LAW (COMBINED)

140

Why study Law with us?

Law is a fascinating area of study

that lends itself to combination

with a number of other academic

disciplines. These combinations

give our graduates a qualifi cation

that is of considerable attraction to

prospective employers in both the

public and private sectors.

Contributions to our course are

made by professional colleagues

from a wide range of backgrounds.

This provides a rich interdisciplinary

diversity, enabling students to

benefi t from shared resources and

perspectives on the subject area.

The combination of studies on off er

provides a broad-based education,

encouraging a variety of applied

approaches to the study and

application of law. You will be taught

most of the modules alongside

students on the Single Honours LLB

Law programme.

Our Combined Honours Law degree

provides a thorough grounding in

the fundamental areas of law, while

at the same time off ering a wide

choice of other combined honours

subjects, enabling you to tailor your

degree to meet your own needs,

interests and career aspirations.

What will I learn?

Our programme aims to provide you

with a challenging and enjoyable

approach to the study of law. You

will learn and apply a range of

legal skills (e.g. research, analysis,

problem-solving, and written and

oral presentation), which permeate

all levels and are developed

progressively. We assume that you

have no prior knowledge of the

law, so in the fi rst weeks we will

provide you with an introduction

to the study of law. This explains

the structure of the legal system,

the range of legal sources and the

methods of reasoning, including the

application of logic and analogy.

Lectures are supplemented by

small group work where there is an

emphasis on student activity.

• In Year 1 (Level 4), there will be a

module that introduces you to the

English Legal System and Critical

Legal Skills. You will then study

two further modules, Contract

Law and Public Law (also known as

Constitutional and Administrative

Law), alongside our LLB students.

The other modules you study will

come from your other subject

area.

Chester Law School is unique in providing an interesting range of combined degree courses. All combined Law courses at Chester provide a special opportunity to not only undertake certain law options, which will allow you to obtain exemptions on the GDL (Graduate Diploma in Law – the conversion course that needs to be undertaken by non-law honours graduates who wish to qualify as solicitors or barristers), but also to study another academic discipline in some depth.

C

CHESTER LAW SCHOOL

141

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:






Other:






at www.ucas.com


Chris Broad / Caroline Chappell / Matt

Garrett / Phil Hunter

Admissions Tutors

Telephone: 01244 512301




Telephone: 01244 511000



a choice of Law modules to study:

EC Law, Crime, Tort, Human Rights,

International Law or Commercial

Law. You then study either two

or three modules in your other

academic discipline. You must

then choose either Work Based

Learning or Law Experiential

Project.


a choice of two, three or four

Law modules to study. Examples

of modules include: Land Law,

Equity and Trusts, Family Law,

Child Law, Medical Law,

Employment Law, Discrimination

Law, Company Law, Intellectual

Property, Evidence, Introduction to

Criminal Justice, Research Methods

and the Law Dissertation. The

remaining modules for study will

be in your other subject area.

Our programme is not a Qualifying

Law Degree, but it can lead to

partially satisfying the academic

stage of training (depending upon

options chosen) for those intending

to pursue a career as a solicitor or

barrister.



undergraduate/law-combined





discussion, skills practice and a


including, for example, court visits.

Practice of oral communication

skills can take place in our

mock courtroom. Web-based

course materials are also used to

supplement traditional teaching

methods and support student

learning.

Assessment is varied throughout

our course. Examples include essays,

group work and presentations, and

some modules will have an exam.


The combination of legal and other

subject disciplines gives graduates a

wide choice of career opportunities.

Our programme is designed to

provide you with the knowledge

and skills to equip you for a range

of graduate-entry-level careers in

both the public and private sectors.

Alternatively, the programme can

provide a sound grounding for

further academic or vocational

study.

We can also provide you with

specialist careers advice during your

course.

CHESTER LAW SCHOOL

LAW (LLB)

142

Why study Law with us?

Our Law School is relatively small,

which means that you can study in

an open, friendly and supportive

environment.

We have a newly equipped ‘moot’

courtroom and our Law staff

encourage students to become

involved in debating, mooting and

mock trials. Also, due to our positive

relationship with local solicitors

fi rms, barristers chambers and

the judiciary, there is potential to

undertake work experience and

other activities within these settings.

Our courses are Qualifying Law

Degrees approved by the Bar

Standards Board and the Solicitors

Regulation Authority. If you

graduate with an LLB degree, you

will have completed the academic

stage of training to qualify as a

solicitor or barrister and can proceed

to the vocational stage of training.

What will I learn?

Our LLB courses aim to provide a

challenging and enjoyable approach

to the study of law. The courses

cover the law in terms of its practical

professional basis and also in a wider

social and theoretical setting.

LLB Law


investigate Contract Law, Principles

of Property Law, Public Law and

The Legal System, Skills and

Context. You will also study legal

philosophy and how moral issues

aff ect the development of the law.

These core areas are required by

the legal professions and underpin

subjects studied in Years 2 and 3.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), the foundations

in law developed in Year 1 are

expanded upon by looking at the

areas of Crime, Tort, Human Rights

and EC Law. These are core

subjects required by the legal

professions. You will also have the

option to study either International

Law or Commercial Law, and will

undertake either a work

placement or a law project.


undertake the fi nal core subject

of Equity and Trusts and then have

a choice to specialise by selecting

fi ve option modules, which are

chosen from a range of specialist

law areas such as Employment Law,

Intellectual Property, Evidence, Legal

History, Medical Law and Family

Law among others.

Society cannot exist without law, and with the increasingly complex nature of the global economy there is more law being introduced and therefore an increasing requirement for legally trained graduates.

C

CHESTER LAW SCHOOL

143

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

LLB Single Honours





Other:




Chris Broad / Caroline Chappell / Matt

Garrett / Phil Hunter

Admissions Tutors

Telephone: 01244 512301




Telephone: 01244 511000


Law with Business (LLB)

Law with Criminology (LLB)

Law with Politics (LLB)

There is also the option to study

a second complementary subject

alongside Law. You can choose

from LLB Law with Business, LLB

Law with Criminology, or LLB Law

with Politics. If you are studying

one of the LLB Law with… single

honours degrees, then you will

study alongside LLB students, with

the following diff erences:

• In Year 1, you will only take

Principles of Property Law, Contract

Law, Public Law and The English

Legal System and Critical Legal

Skills. There will be two modules in

your other subject area.

• In Year 2, you will study EC Law,

Tort and Crime, with the other

two modules being in your other

subject. You can then undertake

either the work placement or the

law project.

• In Year 3, you will study Equity and

Trusts and Human Rights plus two

law options. You will also

undertake two modules in your

other subject area.


chester.ac.uk/undergraduate/law


We hope that you will become

actively involved in the range of

learning activities that are available

in the Law School. We use a range of

teaching and assessment methods.

The legal professions still require

students to undertake examinations

in all the core subjects.

Your learning experience will be

enhanced if you get involved in

the volunteering opportunities

available, which include the Student

Law Society.

Assessment is varied throughout

our course. Examples include essays,

group work and presentations, and

some modules will have an exam.


In line with the national picture

about half of our students have

gone onto postgraduate study.

Some do so academically the

majority vocationally before

attempting to enter the legal

profession. We have equally had

students go straight into work as

legal clerks or in other paralegal

positions as well.

Many law students decide not

to enter the professions and our

programme is designed to provide

students with the knowledge

and skills not just for the legal

professions but to equip them for

a range of careers in business, the

commercial and public sectors.

We can also provide you with

specialist careers advice during your

course.


MARKETING

144

Why study Marketing with

us?

Our Marketing degree has been

redesigned in line with the

requirements of the Chartered

Institute of Marketing (CIM). We

off er ‘entry points awards’ with

the CIM, which means that, while

studying for your degree, you will

also attain a signifi cant number

of credits towards a professional

qualifi cation from the CIM. You will

learn about the latest developments

in the industry from key marketing

professionals and eminent

academics in the fi eld.

If you wish to study our combined

honours course, you can go straight

onto the diploma level with the

CIM after your degree. The CIM is

internationally recognised, and so

a professional qualifi cation from

the CIM is highly desirable and

will enhance your employability

prospects after graduation.

Studying our Marketing degree

will give you the opportunity to

learn about, analyse and apply new

marketing ideas and concepts;

develop a critical awareness of

the dynamic factors within the

marketing environment; and

develop personal and business skills

by gaining industry-related work

experience.

What will I learn?

Single Honours – 3 years full time

This course is underpinned by

practice-based learning.

You will learn about the latest

developments in social media,

digital marketing, B2B marketing

and web analytics, as well as looking

at marketing from an international

and global perspective. You will also

develop your applied business and

marketing skills and understanding

of the business world through a

work placement in Year 2.

• In Year 1 (Level 4), you will learn

the key concepts and principals

of marketing, analyse industry

Our marketing courses are designed to recognise the latest developments in business, and to prepare you for a wide range of careers in fi elds such as B2B, web development, digital and social media. Our courses off er excellent employability opportunities, with 80% of our students employed with a graduate job in marketing (Source: Unistats 2011).

C


145

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Jane Martin

Senior Lecturer

Telephone: 01244 511847




Telephone: 01244 511000


case studies and troubleshoot

problem brands. You will learn

to analyse the wider marketing

environment and begin to

understand consumption and

consumers.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), there is a strong

focus on practical, applied study,

encouraging you to put marketing

theory into practice. You will also

engage in a process of personal

and professional development

through a period of work

placement, during which you

will work in partnership with

organisations to tackle real-world

marketing challenges.

• Year 3 (Level 6) will provide you

with the fl exibility to become

involved in more specialised

areas of marketing, allowing

you to choose from a range

of marketing subjects such as

social media, brand management,

customer dynamics and

international and global

marketing.

Single Honours – 4 years full time,

including one-year, professional,

paid work placement

The academic content of Years 1 and

2 of this programme is identical to

that of the three-year single honours

degree. The major diff erence is

the placement with a business

organisation in Year 3. Many of

our students fi nd that a year’s




programme as students in Year 3 of


Combined Honours

You may specialise in Marketing as a

major, equal or minor subject within

the business fi eld and combine

this with a subject of your choice

from another academic discipline.

Marketing combines eff ectively with

many of the subjects off ered on the

Chester Campus.

A four-year version of the combined

programme is also available, where

students combining subjects within

Chester Business School are able

to undertake a one-year industrial

work placement at the end of Year 2.



marketing


We will teach you via a number

of methods, including lectures,

seminars, real-life case studies,

tutorials, talks by guest speakers

from industry, and fi eld visits.

We use a range of assessment

methods, including live project

reports and briefs, essays,

presentations, examinations and

practical work.

To complement academic study,

you will do a six-week placement in

Year 2. You can also do a ‘sandwich’

year, which you can take at home

or abroad. These placement

opportunities will give you valuable

work experience that will suitably

equip you for employment when

you graduate.


Previous graduates have followed

career paths in such areas as digital

copywriting, social media, B2B

marketing, web development, brand

management, market research,

customer relationship management,

advertising, and promotions and

sales.


146

Why study Marketing and

Public Relations with us?

Marketing and public relations play

a crucial role in the success of any

organisation. The UK has the most

advanced marketing and public

relations industry in the world next

to the USA, while our graduates

have enjoyed enviable employment

rates and prestigious positions with

companies such as Virgin, Space NK

and London Fashion Week.

Our Marketing and Public Relations

degree recognises that employers

need graduates who have both

an academic understanding of

marketing and public relations and

the practical ‘how to’ skills needed

so much in the world of work. Our

graduates are both thinkers and

doers, as the degree has been

designed to develop employability

and subject-specifi c skills across

a range of communication

management areas.

Integral to the programme is a work

placement, which will provide you

the opportunity to experience the

world of work locally, nationally or

internationally.

Studying for our degree has

a number of distinct benefi ts,

including the opportunity to:

• learn from contemporary

marketing and public relations

thinking on a dynamic and well-

designed programme

• enrich your personal and

academic skills

• attain your goals in a caring and

supportive environment

• take advantage of highly skilled

and work-experienced tutors

• experience a mix of interactive

and modern learning methods

• have the chance to interact with

businesses

• undertake a signifi cant period of

work placement.

Marketing and public relations is one of the fastest growing employment areas in the UK. More than 48,000 graduates work in the sector, and the rate of growth has been higher than that of any other management function over the last fi fteen years.

W

MARKETING AND PUBLIC RELATIONS


147

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Combined Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Meryl Bradshaw

Head of Business, Management and

Strategy

Telephone: 01925 534352




Telephone: 01244 511000


Warrington is a thriving commercial

centre and has attracted major

organisations to base their regional

or national headquarters here,

including United Utilities, Scottish

Power, Norwest Holst, Coca Cola

Schweppes, Airmiles, and English

Partnerships.

What will I learn?


introduced to the fundamentals

of the key marketing and public

relations functions, including

marketing principles and

experience, public relations theory

and skills, management functions

and organisational behaviour.

These subject areas will be

developed throughout your three

years of study.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), the focus

changes to considering the

applied nature of the subject

areas. Many of the modules will

encourage you to investigate

issues within local/national

organisations, developing both

personal and academic skills and

formulating portfolios of work

to evidence skills such as strategic

planning. You will also undertake a

work placement.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), you can

consolidate and develop key

themes within the course. You

will be able to take advantage of

the fl exibility designed within the

programme and follow a pathway

in either Marketing or Public

Relations, and/or follow a more

specifi c route through modules

in line with your chosen career.

There will also be the opportunity

to commit to a subject-specifi c

dissertation, which will furnish

you with an in-depth study of your

chosen area.



marketing-and-public-relations


You will be taught in our state-of-

the-art Business Centre and have

access to technology labs and

bespoke lecture and seminar rooms.

We are keen for you to experience

a wide range of marketing and

public relations situations, and

this has been a key driver in the

programme’s design. Many local

organisations are actively involved

with the Business School and

frequently visit the campus to

give guest speaker and question-

and-answer seminars. This will

give you the chance to refi ne your

understanding of the practical

world of work. Regional agencies

also engage with the programme

to keep it current, providing you

the opportunity to work on real-life

projects such as nightclub launches,

attraction promotions and online

fashion shows.

We use a range of assessments,

including reports, essays, case

studies, portfolios, presentations,

seminar contributions and other

practical work.


Our course takes into account

the latest developments in

marketing and public relations,

and will prepare you for a

wide range of career options

in fi elds such as marketing,

marketing research, advertising,

promotions, press relations,

corporate communications,

brand management, internet and

technology-based marketing and

event management.

Our graduates can off er added value

to any organisation that needs to

communicate in any sector, public

or private, as well as in marketing

and public relations departments

and agencies.

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

MATHEMATICS

148

Why study Mathematics

with us?

Our Department of Mathematics

is a small, friendly department

who actively encourage a high

level of student involvement in

the teaching and learning process.

We believe that making the study

of Mathematics enjoyable is an

essential ingredient in the success

of our students. We fi nd that

enthusiasm for the subject and a

willingness to work hard invariably

leads to success on the degree and

excellent employability prospects.

Positive features of our Mathematics

provision identifi ed by external

reviewers include:

• our well designed teaching,

learning and assessment strategy

• the quality of feedback from

assessments to students

• the overall student support and

guidance system

• the excellent relationships

between staff and students

• the level of involvement in

research by staff .

What will I learn?

You will follow a pathway

that combines the study of

pure mathematics, applicable

mathematics, statistical theory and

methods, and operational research.

Mathematicians need to be

competent in the use of computer

software, and we ensure that this

competence is developed through

inclusion in appropriate modules at

each level of study.

Students come to Chester

from diff erent mathematical

backgrounds. This is refl ected in

the structure of our Mathematics

programme, which we have

carefully designed to maximise your

enjoyment of your studies, while at

each stage preparing you carefully

for work at the next level.

The single honours programme

has been specifi cally designed

for students whose interest in,

There are many good reasons to study Mathematics. The Institute for Mathematics and its Applications (www.ima.org.uk) says, for example:

“The subject area of mathematics is very broad and its use underpins much of science, engineering and technology and increasingly fi nance and commerce. Career opportunities are available through industry, business, the private and public sectors, with large employers and in small organisations. Many mathematicians are also at the heart of education as teachers, lecturers and university researchers.”

C

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

149

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours






A2 Level Maths

Other:


inc. Maths at 5 or above)




at www.ucas.com


Dr Patricia Lumb

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 513353


or [email protected]



Telephone: 01244 511000


enthusiasm for, and enjoyment of

Mathematics motivates them to

study this fascinating subject full

time.

The combined honours

programme provides an

opportunity for those with an

interest in Mathematics to enjoy

further study of a subject highly

regarded by employers, while

enhancing their skills and acquiring

further knowledge in a diff erent

subject area.

• In Year 1 (Level 4) you will

follow core modules, covering

the following subject areas: Pure

Mathematics, Mathematical

Methods, and Probability Theory

and Statistics. If you are a single

honours student you will also

cover aspects of Group Theory,

Finite Mathematics and Envisioning

Information.


core modules covering Linear

Algebra, Analysis and Complex

Algebra. If you are a single honours

student you will also study

modules which focus on

developing the areas of Statistics,

Probability Theory and Operational

Research. If you are a combined

honours student you can choose

to develop your knowledge of

Probability Theory and/or Statistics.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), you will choose

from modules that include the

following subject areas: Linear

Algebra, Numerical Linear Algebra,

Numerical Analysis, Mathematical

Modelling, Real and Complex

Methods, Diff erential Equations,

Integral Equations, Quality Control,

Statistical Methodology and Graph

Theory.

Departmental research focuses

on the areas of Computational

and Applied Mathematics and

Mathematical Modelling. This is

refl ected in the Year 3 modules

off ered.

Please note that modules may be

subject to change.



undergraduate/mathematics


In addition to our principal lecture

room, we use a variety of other

lecture rooms and computer

laboratories, giving you access to

the most up-to-date computer

facilities around the main Chester

Campus.

We maintain a balance that involves

traditional forms of study, such as

lectures, problem-solving classes

and workshops, alongside projects

and special investigations, and more

innovative methods of learning

Mathematics. You will be able to

access further tutorial support

from your module tutors through

timetabled ‘drop-in’ sessions.

You will be assessed through a


examination. Coursework exists

in a variety of forms, including

worksheets, investigations and small

projects.


Graduates from our mathematics

programme have been very

successful in fi nding employment

in a wide variety of commercial and

industrial environments, and in the

teaching profession. Work in ICT,

management, statistical analysis,

accountancy and other fi nancial

areas are popular choices. Some

graduates also embark upon higher

degree study, research or vocational

training.

Our recent graduates have been

particularly successful, with over

90% in employment or further study

within six months of graduation.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

MEDIA STUDIES

150

Why study Media Studies

with us?

The Media programmes at our

Warrington Campus have developed

an impressive reputation during

the past decade for high-quality

teaching and facilities. Our Media

Studies degree is designed to enable

you to build upon your existing

interest in, and knowledge of, the

media.

Our course investigates a wide

variety of media institutions,

industry perspectives, texts and

audiences. You will explore the

central role of the media in our

everyday lives, and will challenge

the common sense assumptions

that surround it. The course will

enable you to understand how

and why various media institutions

operate, the representation or

exclusion of some groups and issues

by the media, and the consumption

of particular media products by

audiences.

The Department of Media

continues to benefi t from links

with broadcasters – most recently

from our partnership with the BBC,

Connect and Create.

What will I learn?

Our course off ers a theoretical

framework to help you to

understand the power of

contemporary media. This is an

academic rather than practical

course, designed to foster critical,

analytical and communication

skills. Our modules focus on a wide

range of media forms, including

television, radio, fi lm, the press, and

the internet.


take introductory core modules,

which focus on how media forms

represent individuals, groups and

issues, including age, gender, class,

ethnicity and sexuality. You will

question who selects and shapes

the images and ideas that are

promoted in the media,

and whose interests these

representations serve. This

involves questioning the power of

media institutions to decide what

is communicated and marketed

by the media. Modules include

Media Texts in Context and Power,

Persuasion and the Media.

Media Studies provides an opportunity to study the most infl uential and ubiquitous product of the 21st century. Many people, from audiences through to governments, owners through to distributors, seek to have infl uence over the media, to infl uence or control what we see, hear or read – and how. Media Studies provides modules that ask critical questions about the media industry and off ers you the opportunity to develop a wide range of essential, transferable abilities, which are welcome in many graduate roles.

W

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

151

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Combined Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Lesley Albon

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01925 534258




Telephone: 01244 511000


• In Year 2 (Level 5), the core

modules will focus on media

organisations and methods of

researching these organisations

and other aspects of the media.

You will question the

organisations that produce

media products and explore the

complex debates surrounding

ownership, regulation, the impact

of new technologies and the

potential power of the media. You

will also engage with the

diffi culties inherent in researching

a variety of media-related issues.

Modules include Understanding

Media Organisations and Academic

Research Methods.

Students will have the opportunity

to choose to undertake either

Experiential Learning, within the

Department of Media, typically

working on real projects for real

clients, or a Work Placement with a

local organisation through the

Work Based Learning unit. Both

of these options off er students the

ability to further develop

their skills and enhance their

employability.


to choose particular areas of

interest to study in more depth.

Years 1 and 2 will have equipped

you to engage in research that

shows a greater degree of

autonomy and independence in

selecting modules. Also, you will

be able to identify and explore a

topic of interest for development

into a dissertation. Current

optional modules include Media

Dissertation, Analysing

Documentary, Theorising Celebrity,

and Reading the News.



undergraduate/media-studies-

combined


You will be taught through a

combination of lectures, screenings,

workshops, seminars, presentations

and tutorials.

Modules will be assessed through

a mixture of coursework papers –

which include traditional academic

essays and case studies, written

examinations, responses to

screenings, seminar presentations,

projects, and a dissertation.

We off er student advice and

guidance on all assessments. We

have been highly commended by

our external examiners in relation

to the detailed preparation we

provide to our students, and our

students have rated us highly in

this regard in the National Student

Survey. Feedback is intended to feed

forward to develop future work.

Accessibility of the teaching staff

outside of timetabled contact time

is also highly rated in the National

Student Survey.


Employers value the communication

and analytical skills that media

graduates possess. Other useful

vocational skills developed include

IT, research and problem solving,

and working as part of a group.

Our graduates now work nationally

and internationally in a broad range

of careers, including jobs in the

media, cultural, public relations and

information industries.

Some graduates have also pursued

postgraduate research and study.


MIDWIFERY

152

Why study Midwifery with

us?

Depending on local NHS needs,

the Faculty of Health and Social

Care off ers on average 30 places

for Midwifery students each year.

We off er the BSc (Hons) Midwifery

programme as a three-year, full-time

programme (156 weeks including

holidays). After completing the

course, you will be able to register

as a midwife on the Nursing

and Midwifery Council’s (NMC)

professional register.

What will I learn?

Our Midwifery programme

comprises 50% theory and 50%

practice, and we have designed it so

that you will have the opportunity

to be involved in both theoretical

and practical sessions each week.

You will have the chance to gain

practical experience in midwifery in

both the community and hospital

settings. Also, you will be able to

gain additional experience in other

relevant areas, such as the neonatal

unit and gynaecology, throughout

the programme.

• In Year 1 (Level 4) of the course,

you will study the anatomy and

physiology of body systems, with

an emphasis on the reproductive

systems and the changes that

occur in pregnancy. We will

introduce you to normal

midwifery, and the preconception,

antenatal, intrapartum and

postnatal care available for

women and their families,

together with the attainment

of appropriate skills for practice.

You will have the opportunity to

practise within our dedicated

skills laboratory prior to using your

skills in the live situation. We

Our programme focuses on the midwife’s role in care delivery for the individual, from both national and international perspectives. We clearly emphasise the need to develop care at multi-agency and multi-professional level. As a midwife, you will need to be able to empower clients, to be an advocate for clients, and to promote choice, control and continuity for women.

R


153

COURSE FACTS

Course location:


Type of degree:

BSc Single Honours






Science at A2 Level (Biology, Human

Biology, Applied Science)

GCSE English and Mathematics at

grade C or above, or equivalent

Other:

Access to HE Diploma (Nursing

and/or Midwifery; Allied Health

Professions must include 15 Level 3

credits at Distinction); International

Baccalaureate (26 points, inc.

Biology at 5 or above)

Evidence of working with the

public or within healthcare is also

recommended.

As part of the selection process,

all candidates admitted to the

programme will have to be

formally interviewed. The health

of all successful candidates will

be assessed to establish fi tness to

undertake midwifery education, and

a Criminal Records Bureau clearance

is carried out on all candidates.


Andrea McLaughlin

Head of Midwifery

and Reproductive Health

Telephone: 01244 512260




Telephone: 01244 511000


explore the role of the midwife

in health promotion and health

education, with a focus on

working with those from other

professions. You will also spend

one week working with a Health

Visitor.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), your attainment

of midwifery-specifi c skills will

continue, with the focus being

on complications of pregnancy.

The expanding role of the midwife

in other aspects of health is a

major part of this year, along with

modules relating to neonatal care,

gynaecological nursing and

medical disorders that may aff ect

pregnancy, in addition to

midwifery placements.


continue and complete your

attainment of specifi c midwifery

skills. The practice focus of this

year is your development as a

skilled, accountable practitioner,

who has the competencies for

admission to the professional

register. In line with the

requirements of the NMC, you

will carry a small caseload, where

you will have the opportunity to

participate in all care required by

three to four women.

Providing you meet all of the

statutory requirements, you may

also organise a short elective

placement to observe care in a

diff erent setting.



undergraduate/midwifery


You will undertake all theoretical

learning in Chester, including

seminars, inter-professional

learning, enquiry-based learning,

presentations, refl ective accounts,

and skills simulation.

Practice placements are located

within one of fi ve NHS Trusts

throughout Cheshire. The

experience you will gain in practice

placements includes time spent

in antenatal care in clinics and a

hospital, labour ward postnatal care

in a hospital and the community,

early pregnancy units and fetal

medicine, gynaecology, community/

team midwifery, neonatal care,

Sure Start centres, an accident and

emergency unit and an out-patient

department.

Assessment of theory is varied,

and includes examinations, essays,

critical incidents, refl ections on

practice, presentations and case

studies. Practice is assessed using a

combination of skills assessments,

structured examinations and

assessment of professional

behaviour. All assessment meets the

criteria set out by the NMC.


After qualifi cation, most students

gain employment within local

maternity units as midwife

practitioners. Some have progressed

to work as advanced midwife

practitioners, or specialise in

caring for specifi c groups, such

as teenagers. Some also go on to

gain employment as breastfeeding

specialists or research midwives.


MODERN LANGUAGES

154

Why study Modern

Languages with us?

Chester is one of only a few

universities where you can study

three modern languages equally

in your BA Honours degree

programme.

There are two unusual features of

the Modern Languages programme

at Chester. The fi rst is the inclusion

of English language in the choice of

languages on off er (the others are

French, Spanish and German). The

second is the two-month work or

study placement abroad at the end

of Year 2, in addition to the full-year

placement abroad in Year 3.

Studying Modern Languages at

Chester will provide you with

opportunities to develop your

communication skills to the highest

levels, while learning about the

history, politics and culture of the

countries you are studying.

We are dedicated to the eff ective

teaching of languages and cultures

using a range of methods and

approaches, which are all designed


potential.

Alternatively, you may choose to

study French, German or Spanish

on the Single or Combined Honours

degree programmes (pages 112, 118

and 180).

What will I learn?


your confi dence and accuracy in

the written and spoken skills

across the three languages that

you have chosen. We will focus

on helping you acquire core study

skills to support your language

learning and cultural knowledge.

If you are studying English

language you will also become

acquainted with linguistic

frameworks and learn how to

use these tools to investigate

how language works in written

and spoken, literary and non-

literary contexts.



Year after year, modern languages students fi nd themselves among the most employable young people entering the graduate job market.

C


155

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours






GCE A2 Level Spanish, French or

German

Other:

International Baccalaureate (26

points, inc. Spanish, French or

German at 5 or above)

Please Note: There are two

entry cohorts to the combined

honours programme.

Entry Cohort 1:

Students will be expected to hold

GCE A2 Level Spanish or equivalent

Entry Cohort 2:

GCSE grade C in a Language

For a list of combinations, please

visit www.chester.ac.uk and go to

the course page or visit the UCAS

website at www.ucas.com


Margaret Bradbury


Telephone: 01244 513294




Telephone: 01244 511000


fl uency and linguistic control in

your modern foreign languages.

Your culture modules will focus

upon the examination of

important political, social and

cultural aspects of the countries

you are studying. In English

language, the module(s) cover

the historical development of the

English language.

Placements abroad

You will have the opportunity

to spend up to 18 months in up to

three diff erent countries from

Easter during Year 2 to the end

of Year 3 working, studying and/

or as an English-language

assistant. The time will be divided

between each of the languages

you will be studying.


consolidate your advanced




in presentations, debates and

discussions. Final-year modern

foreign language modules also

include a choice from advanced

translation techniques and several

diff erent research modules.

If you have chosen English as one

of your languages, you will be ready

to specialise in a variety of optional

modules refl ecting your own

interests.



modern-languages


We teach Modern Languages in a

lively department, off ering every

opportunity for you to develop

your language skills and cultural

knowledge. We are located in

purpose-built accommodation

that includes two digital language



rooms.


Languages has, not surprisingly, an

international feel to it, and you will

frequently hear foreign languages

spoken outside of lectures and

classes.



Other modules are assessed via a


examination.

Language workshops are conducted

mainly in the target languages

and supported by visual and

audio recordings as well as written

texts. Lectures are conducted in

English and in the target language

depending on the level and the

nature of the student group.

Our modules have been rated

among the most enjoyable and

satisfying in the University, and

among the best nationally. We

regularly receive student satisfaction

scores of 92 to 96%, and our

graduate prospects are among the

highest in the UK.


A degree in Modern Languages

is one of the most valuable

qualifi cations in today’s job market.

Employers are increasingly aware of

the value of bilingual and trilingual

staff , and are seeking to employ

graduate linguists.

Our graduates enter a wide

spectrum of careers, including

banking, retail, marketing,

publishing, the media, tourism,

translation, interpreting and

teaching. The European Union also

off ers many career opportunities for

graduates with two or more foreign

languages.

Many of our graduates opt to

continue their studies at Masters

level or on the PGCE teacher training

courses off ered at Chester or at

other institutions.


NATURAL HAZARD MANAGEMENT

156

Why study Natural Hazard

Management with us?

Natural Hazard Management (NHM)

is taught by the Department of

Geography and Development

Studies (GDS). Our programme

presents you with opportunities to

gain practical (fi eld and laboratory)

experience of hazard assessment

in British and overseas settings,

and to develop the ability to apply

geospatial mapping technologies

(e.g. Geographical Information

Systems (GIS), Global Positioning

Systems (GPS) and Remote Sensing

(RS)) to evaluate/manage natural

hazards and risk.

Our year-on-year excellence in

the National Student Survey has

resulted in current rankings of

1st (out of 72 geography and

environmental science departments)

for overall student satisfaction

in The Independent Complete

University Guide, 1st for satisfaction

with assessment in The Guardian

University Guide and 1st for teaching

excellence and 2nd for graduate

employment in The Sunday Times

University League Table 2011.

What will I learn?


Introduction to Physical Geography

and Geology and People, Hazards

and Resources. These will provide

you with an introduction to the

physical processes that control key

hazards and the various

dimensions of human vulnerability

to hazards. You will also take a

module on fi eld and laboratory

skills that includes a residential

fi eld trip to the south coast of

Britain.


Hazard Processes and Human

Vulnerability, exploring the

mechanisms behind a range of

hazards, as well as infl uences upon

individual and community hazard

perception and response. Enquiry

and Research Design develops

your fi eld and laboratory skills

before you focus on the design of

a fi eld or laboratory-based

research project in hazard

management. The module

incorporates a strand in Geomatics

Techniques that provides an

introduction to the use of GIS

in hazard assessment and risk

management. You will also have

the opportunity to undertake a UK

or overseas work placement

related to your degree studies.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), the core module

is Natural Hazard Assessment and

Natural hazards, such as fl ooding, land instability, windstorms, earthquakes and volcanoes, are some of the most signifi cant global challenges facing humankind today. Even in the UK, around 2.3 million properties in England and Wales are estimated to be at risk of fl ooding.

C


157

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BSc/BA Combined Honours






A2 Level (or equivalent) in Geography,

Geology, Environmental Science,

Environmental Studies, World

Development, or BTEC Applied

Science (Environmental)

Other:


Geography or Environmental Science

at Level 3)


inc. Geography at 5 or above)




at www.ucas.com


Dr Servel Miller

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 513181




Telephone: 01244 511000


Mitigation. This includes a week-

long fi eld trip to the Bay of

Naples to study earthquake/

volcano hazard and risk

management and emergency

response planning. Back in Chester

the module includes a simulated

‘real time’ emergency

management exercise. The

module also focuses on UK coastal,

slope and river management in

the context of climate change and

the pressure to develop land.

If you major in NHM, you can

complete a Dissertation on a

hazards topic of your choice.




undergraduate/nhm-combined


The Department contains

laboratories (for soils, GIS and

photogrammetry), a large lecture

theatre, seminar and tutorial

rooms and specialist computing

facilities. You will learn through

lectures, seminars and practicals,

with individual tutorial work for

specialist projects in Years 2 and

3. The practical/seminar work

encompasses diverse learning

experiences. Fieldwork, backed

up by laboratory work, is used

to develop key transferable skills

and understanding. All overseas

fi eldwork is optional, with the

exception of the Year 3 Naples trip –

which is paid for by the University.


and continuous assessment. You will

engage in a range of coursework

assignments, including podcasting,

oral presentations, posters, briefi ng

papers, emergency simulations (role

play), laboratory/fi eld reports and

essays. Approximately 60-65% of


coursework, but by Year 3 75-80% is

coursework based.



summer 2010, 60% of students

from the Department had secured

employment in graduate-level

positions. This was a far higher

percentage of employment than

that reported from any other

comparable university department

in NW England. In order to

develop graduate employability

the programme includes regular

contributions from practitioners.

Possible career paths that you

might follow include employment

in environmental monitoring,

water resource management,

planning, digital mapping, land/soil

survey, insurance, geotechnics and

environmental education.

Our course also provides an

excellent basis from which to

progress to postgraduate study in

natural hazards, disaster/emergency

management, GIS, sustainability or a

related fi eld.


NURSING

158

The Faculty of Health and Social Care is a major provider of pre-registration nursing and midwifery education across Cheshire and the Wirral. There are four sites where you may complete your studies: Riverside Campus Chester, Warrington Campus, Clatterbridge Hospital or Leighton Hospital.

R W


159

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Riverside Campus Chester,

Warrington Campus, Clatterbridge

and Leighton Hospitals

Type of degree:

Bachelor of Nursing (BN)/Master

of Nursing (MN)/Second Field

Registration Pathway






GCSE English and Mathematics at

grade C or above, or equivalent, or

be prepared to undertake studies to

Level 2 in Mathematics and English

during the Common Foundation

Year

Other:

Access to HE Diploma (Nursing

and/or Midwifery, Allied Health

Professions)


points)

Please note: candidates applying

for the Child fi eld must have some

experience of working in a healthcare

setting, either in a paid or voluntary

capacity. For candidates for other

fi elds, experience of working in a care

setting would be an advantage.

Why study Nursing with

us?

Pre-registration Programmes for

Initial Nurse Registration

Our Faculty off ers all nursing fi elds:

Adult, Child, Learning Disability

and Mental Health. We off er two

degree intakes a year – September

and March. Whichever fi eld you may

choose, at the Faculty of Health and

Social Care we are dedicated to fully

preparing you.

Our Bachelor of Nursing

programme has been designed

with generic and fi eld nursing

integrated from the beginning of

the learning experience, promoting

the personal and professional

development of the graduate.

Opportunities for shared learning

between the fi elds are planned

on two levels: fi rstly, within the

generic sessions when all fi elds learn

together, and secondly when more

in-depth knowledge is facilitated

in fi eld groups. There is also the

opportunity to learn between two

or more fi elds.

Our programmes have elements

of theory and practice in equal

proportions and lead to you, if you

are a successful student, being

eligible to register as a First Level

Nurse on the professional register of

the Nursing and Midwifery Council

(NMC). Practice learning occurs

in both hospital and community

settings, and you will be allocated

to these settings according to

your fi eld circuit and the NMC

requirements.

What will I learn?

The structure of our programme is

related to the Adult, Child, Learning

Disability and Mental Health fi elds

as advocated by the NMC (2010)

professional values, which are:

communication and interpersonal

skills; nursing practice and

decision making; and leadership,

management and team working.

You can view details about the four

nursing fi elds at:

www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/nursing/fi eld,

and can view details about specifi c

modules at: www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/nursing

Overview of how the programme

looks for all fi elds:


undertake the following fi ve

modules: Practice Learning

1; Developing Skills for Practice

(which is an integrated practice

and theory module); Learning to be

a Professional; Understanding

Health of Individuals Across the

Lifespan; and The Determinants of

Health and Wellbeing.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), you will build

upon the skills and knowledge

you have gained in Year 1 by

completing the following

fi ve modules: Practice Learning

2; Enhancing Skills for Practice;

Research, Teaching and Leadership

for Professional Practice; Field-

specifi c Nursing Practice; and

Enhancing Health and Wellbeing

Across Populations.


begin to consolidate the skills

and knowledge you have

acquired in the previous two years

to prepare you for registration.

The fi ve modules you will take in

Year 3 are: Practice Learning 3;

Skills for Registration; Preparing

for Future Practice; Managing

Complexities in Care Delivery

(which is fi eld specifi c); and Critical

Perspectives in Health and Social

Care.

Continued overleaf


NURSING CONTINUED

160

You will build a learning portfolio

throughout the programme in

order for us to assess the practice-

based modules. The learning plans

in your portfolio will focus on the

further development of your critical

refl ective skills, with a specifi c

section devoted to refl ection on

learning and in practice.

One exciting aspect of the

curriculum is that the University

of Chester has a well-established

Erasmus scheme facilitated by the

European Offi ce. There will therefore

be an opportunity for you to

experience learning outside of the

United Kingdom.

Our programme is based on a forty-

week year. Importantly, as a student

you will be required to work NHS

shifts while on placement, which

includes late/early/long days, and

weekend and some night shifts.

Bachelor of Nursing: part-time

route

You can alternatively take our

programme as a part-time option.

This option is designed individually

to suit your particular needs or

circumstances (as long as the

programme is completed within

seven years).

Master of Nursing

To undertake our Master of Nursing

programme, applicants will normally

R W


161

COURSE FACTS


Conleth Kelly

Admissions Lead for

Pre-registration Nursing

Telephone: 01925 534063


Janet Barton

Admissions Lead for

Pre-registration Nursing

Telephone: 01925 534226




Telephone: 01244 511000


hold a fi rst degree (normally a

2:1 honours degree or above)

or equivalent qualifi cation. The

Master of Nursing pathway was

developed in the same manner

as the Bachelor of Nursing, and it

follows the structure of the Bachelor

of Nursing programme. However, it

diff ers from the Bachelor of Nursing

course due to the requirements

for Level 7 studies, with the theory

modules providing the mastery of

the programme. Please contact one

of our Admissions Leads for further

information.

Second Field Registration

Pathway

There is also an opportunity for a

second fi eld registration if you are

already a qualifi ed nurse. Please

contact one of our Admissions Leads

for further information.


Teaching, learning and assessment

on our entire programme includes

lectures, tutorials, e-learning,

practice-based workshops, practice

in skills labs, practice simulation,

learning-through-practice

placements and self-guided study.

We employ a variety of assessment

strategies to assess both the

theoretical content and the practical

components of the programme.

Practice learning can take place

throughout the Cheshire and

Mersey circuit. It is very important

to note that you may have to

travel for up to an hour by car or

public transport to your allocated

placement.


We are very proud to be able

to state that, to date, all of our

graduates have gained employment.

Nothing better illustrates these facts

than some actual quotes from past

students. For example, one former

student said:

‘…when I started my Nurse

training with the University of

Chester, I would never have

thought that it would open

up so many career choices for

me. The Nursing programme

enabled me to gain confi dence

and become a professional

nurse. I never thought that

I would be speaking at

international conferences, but I

do, and often.’

Another graduate said the following

about the programme:

‘When I fi rst started my course

I wasn’t very confi dent. The

lecturers were so supportive

and gave me time to develop

both as a professional and a

person. A year after qualifying,

I am applying for management

roles within healthcare.’


NUTRITION AND DIETETICS

162

Why study Nutrition and

Dietetics with us?

The Department of Clinical Sciences

has an excellent reputation in

nutrition and dietetics and is the only

provider of pre-registration training

in dietetics commissioned by the NHS

North West. Our programme intends

to develop the dietetic work force and

is supported by local practitioners.

The Nutrition and Dietetics

programme aims to provide

competent practising dietitians

who are equipped with the skills,

knowledge, understanding and

attitude necessary to be eff ective

practitioners in the 21st century.

Graduates from this professional

course will be eligible to apply for

Registration in Dietetics with the

Health Professions Council (HPC).

The programme is delivered within

an ethos of research culture and

evidence-based practice. Professional

development is supported by

seminars at each year level and three

periods of experiential learning

(Practice Placements A, B and C)

designed to develop the professional

competence required to become an

eff ective dietitian.

What will I learn?

You will study the Nutrition and

Dietetics degree full time over a

four-year period. There is a themed

approach to learning which will take

you through increasingly complex

subject areas: from the science behind

principles of normal health and

nutrition to pathological processes

and the need for preventative or

restorative nutritional care, and from

population-based and therapeutic

interventions to clinical outcome.


the core biological sciences that

underpin normal nutrition,

including a focus on food, nutrients

and the consumer.

• Year 2 (Level 5) takes you through

the processes and systems leading

to identifi cation of the need for

care or management of nutrition-

related health issues. The fi rst

period of experiential learning

(Practice Placement A) takes

place at the end of this year.

• Year 3 (Level 6) considers health

care delivery, incorporating clinical

medicine, diet therapy and health

improvement. You will develop

the ability to apply knowledge,

understanding, skills and attitude to

client-based situations.

• In Year 4 (Level 6), experiential

learning continues through

Practice Placements B and C, which

are supported by short periods of

refl ection and consolidation.

Information about accreditation

of prior credited/certifi ed or prior

experiential learning (APCL/APEL) is

available on the University website.


Learning opportunities include a mix

of formal lectures, small seminar or

tutorial groups, practical experience

in laboratories, e-learning, and

workshops or study groups. Active

learning (‘having a go’) with wider

exploration of subjects is encouraged.

There is an emphasis on independent

learning through self-study using

online, library and research facilities.

You will be further prepared for the

real world of dietetics by service user

participation in taught sessions and

stakeholder events, and opportunities

for inter-professional learning using

web technology.

If you are interested in science, food and health, and are keen to work with people, then a career in nutrition and dietetics may be for you.

C


COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BSc Single Honours


280-300 UCAS points from GCE A Levels

or equivalent (such as BTEC National/

OCR Diploma)


A2 Level Biology and Chemistry or

other Science subject

GCSE English Language and

Mathematics at grade C or above (or

equivalent)

Other:

Access to HE Diploma (Science – must

include Biology plus either Chemistry or

Biochemistry at Level 3)


inc. Biology and Chemistry at 5 or above)

Candidates must also:

• satisfy NHS/University

Occupational Health screening

and ‘fi tness for practice’

requirements

• agree to a police check for records

in accordance with Health Circular

HC(88/9) and Home Offi ce

Circular No. 8/88

• visit a dietetic department prior to

submitting an application.

Candidates will normally be required

to attend a personal interview, and

applicants with qualifi cations other

than those outlined above may be

interviewed to clarify their application.

Eligibility for programme:

To be eligible for a place on the

programme and/or NHS Bursary

support (means tested), ALL students

regardless of nationality must be able

to satisfy the following requirements on

the fi rst day of the fi rst academic year of

the course (the ‘prescribed date’). * On

that day, all applicants must:

• be ordinarily resident in the

United Kingdom, the Channel

Islands or the Isle of Man for

the three years preceding the

prescribed date, apart from

occasional or temporary

absences;

• agree to an enhanced CRB check;

• have ‘settled status’ in the

UK – within the meaning of the

Immigration Act 1971. This means

that there must be no restrictions

on your length of stay in the UK.

* Applicants must check their eligibility

via the NHS Student Grants.



Telephone: 01244 513431




Telephone: 01244 511000


163

Modules are assessed through a


formal examinations. Coursework

can include practical or case study

reports, essays, or presentations,

some of which will be based on

collaborative/team working. Portfolio

assessment is integral to the practice

placements. ‘Live’ assessments such

as food demonstrations and health

promotion events will enable you

to apply theory in practice while

showing off your skills.

Most of the laboratories and

classrooms are located at the heart

of the Chester Campus. You may

undertake practice placements

anywhere within the North West

region – Cumbria and Lancashire,

Greater Manchester, and Cheshire

and Merseyside – and these will give

you great opportunities to experience

what the region has to off er.



undergraduate/nutrition-and-

dietetics


Graduates can look forward to

exciting career paths in both acute

hospitals and primary health care.

Other areas of employment include

clinical research, advocacy work and

teaching, working with the media and

with the food and pharmaceutical

industries.

Employment prospects for our

graduates are good within the

North West region and beyond.

Employment rates have consistently

exceeded 90% for each cohort to

date. Employer feedback across the

region demonstrates high levels of

satisfaction with Chester graduates,

across a range of core knowledge and

skills necessary for dietetic practice.


PHOTOGRAPHY

164

Why study Photography

with us?

Photography is an exciting and

dynamic course of study that

emphasises your individual

approach to making photographs.

The programme is taught by

practising photographers, writers

and curators with national and

international reputations. This

creates a learning environment that

stimulates independent practice

where you will be encouraged to

explore all aspects of photography

as a visual medium.

What will I learn?The programme embraces all

aspects of the medium including

documentary, fashion and everyday

forms of photography, from family

albums to postcards and found

images. We also have a particular

interest in moving image, artists’

books and ephemera. The study of

the relationship between practice

and theory, in the widest sense,

is encouraged, and we exploit

the city’s proximity to the cultural

capitals of Liverpool and Manchester

which, along with London, will give

you access to important archives,

galleries and museums.


introduced to all aspects of the

medium, analogue and digital. The

teaching incorporates instruction

in the use of all camera formats.

A professional approach to

practice and portfolio preparation

continues throughout the

course. You will also engage in

the production of artists’ books

and be able to explore the

relationship between still and

moving images. A series of lectures

and seminars by staff and invited

guests addresses the wider

context of photographic practice.

As a means of visual representation, photography is accessible to everyone. The study of photography expands the student’s expectations of what the subject can off er as a visual medium and its relationship with painting, sculpture and cinema and a broader art and design context.

K


165

COURSE FACTS

Course location:


Type of degree:








Design, Fine Art or Photography

Other:








at www.ucas.com


Dr Cian Quayle

Programme Leader, Photography

Telephone: 01244 515711




Telephone: 01244 511000


• Year 2 (Level 5) merges practice

and theory, and your emerging

visual identity will be guided by

your developing research interests.

You will explore and potentially

experiment in more than one

area of investigation. Collaborative

Practice is an optional module

where groups of students identify

a location of their choice, which

determines the nature of a project.

This is supported by teaching

that addresses the logistics

of site-specifi city and installation,

curation and the history of artist

collaboration. You can also take

advantage of work placement

and residency modules in

agencies, museums and galleries,

as well as travel or residential

projects in the UK and abroad.

• Year 3 (Level 6) is the fi nal

year of the course and you will

work towards the fi nal-year

degree show exhibition. You

will also engage in Professional

Practice. This is a shared module

with Fine Art, within Art and

Design, which will equip you with

organisational and

communication skills related

to establishing a career as a

photographer, artist or designer.

Within fi nal-year modules you

will also pursue installation,

performance and publishing

options.



undergraduate/photography


The teaching environment for

photography supports analogue

and digital photographic practice.

Workshop areas include a black and

white darkroom, processing and

loading areas, complemented by

digital production facilities, as well

as lighting studios and seminar/

studio spaces. Specialist resources

are dedicated to the making

and production of photographic

artists’ books and moving image

editing. You will also have access

to printmaking and sculpture

workshops.

You will be taught the practice

of photography on location as

well as in the studio/workshop

environment. Teaching is delivered

via lectures and seminars and

supported by group critique and

individual tutorials. These sessions

are key to your progress, and will

involve getting advice on your

specifi c needs. You will ultimately

develop an autonomous and

critical approach to your learning.

Study visits are essential to your

knowledge base and understanding

of photography. These visits include

trips to museums, galleries and

archives in Liverpool, Manchester

and London.

You will be assessed via portfolio,

journal and written submission

during the year and at the

completion of each module. Group

critiques aslo take place, where you

will present to your peers and staff

in a critical but friendly environment

where the importance of feedback is

highlighted.


Our students have previously

undertaken work experience in

settings ranging from Bluecoat

and the Open Eye Gallery in

Liverpool to Forensics with Cheshire

Police. You will be prepared to

pursue photographic practice:

technically and professionally as an

independent practitioner, whether

it be as a photographer, artist or

designer. Visual, interpretative

and analytical skills are invaluable

as potentially transferable skills,

which lead to varied employment

opportunities, including work in

museums, galleries and agencies,

as well as critical and interpretation

skills which potentially also lead

to careers in the art press and

journalism.


POLITICS

166

Why study Politics with

us?

At Chester we look behind the

headlines to address pressing and

long-term issues. We ask whether

there can be a fair distribution of

resources; why countries go to war;

what were the causes of the riots

in 2011; and why politicians are so

distrusted.

The teaching team brings a wealth

of experience and knowledge. Guest

lecturers provide specialist sessions

and we off er visits to political

institutions, such as to Parliament, or

the chance to take part in a debate

in the Council Chamber.

There is a strong emphasis

on employability skills, and

encouragement to undertake

relevant volunteering or work-

shadowing.

What will I learn?You can take Politics as a single or

combined honours degree:


introduced to the core themes of

the degree. Introduction to British

Politics provides you with a broad

understanding of the UK political

system and its processes; Theories

of Politics introduces you to

diff erent ways of thinking

about Politics; and Comparative

Politics looks at the diff erences

and similarities between political

systems. Single honours students

take Welfare Politics and

International Political Sociology,

and one of: Self and Society;

Deviance Crime and Society; Media,

Representation and Society; or

Introduction to European Studies.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), our focus is

on developing your knowledge

and understanding. Politics and

Policies investigates policy-

making from an initial idea

through to legislation; Global

Politics and International Relations

introduces you to problems

surrounding cooperation and

confl ict in the international realm;

and The Individual and the State

engages with major theoretical

debates. Single honours students

also take Research Methods and

Conference or State Power Liberties

and Rights or European Politics and

Politics is a dynamic subject that confronts issues central to everyone’s lives. It is about decision-making, confl ict resolution and power. It looks at the role of the state, government and institutions; at how we structure our society and how it structures us.

C


167

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Meriel D’Artrey

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 512031




Telephone: 01244 511000


Culture. You will do a fi ve-week

work-based placement, through

Work Based Learning, or conduct

your own research into an area of

political activity with Researching

Politics.


more specialist topics, including

Security and Insecurity in World

Aff airs, a critical investigation

into threat and international order;

Politics of Sustainability, which

looks at issues underlying

the sustainability and

green agendas; and Political

Communication, which addresses

political marketing, branding and

representation. Single honours

students may also take

Globalisation in Question or

Social Change and Social

Movements or Contexts of

Communication. The double

Dissertation module is an

individual piece of research where

you can choose your own topic.



undergraduate/politics and www.


politics-combined


We are centrally based in a well-

equipped main campus building.

Teaching is delivered through

lectures, seminars, workshops, guest

lecturers, independent learning

and research, work-based projects,

group work, and via e-learning on

our intranet. We make our teaching

as interactive and as fun as possible,

while always emphasising the

learning process.

Assessment is varied, and includes

essays, exams, media briefi ngs,

reports, presentations, and

independent research projects

(among many other methods).

The teaching team is very friendly

and accessible, and we know all

our students. Each student also

has a personal academic tutor who

provides advice and guidance across

the whole programme of study.

The programme is not just about

the formalised teaching sessions.

Tutors either have offi ce hours or an

open-door policy. They are happy

to respond to emails in order to

arrange one-to-one meetings. There

are also extra-curricular activities

including a Lecture Series and

opportunities for formal debating.

We have an annual departmental

conference, which will give you

the opportunity to listen to top

academics talking about their

research. The Politics programme

has a close working relationship

with our subject librarian and with

colleagues in study skills and in

Careers and Employability. This

means that you will get support

tailored to your needs. We take pride

in the support which we provide

and in the variety of activities on

off er.


Our Politics degree has

employability skills built in at each

level. Several of the teaching team

have worked within the political

sphere.

The programme opens up a

wide range of options, either

directly related to your degree

or where a Politics degree off ers

a good grounding – including

working for non-governmental

organisations, charities, or working

in commercial, industrial, public

sector, communication, civil service

or journalism-related posts.

Many University of Chester

graduates also go on to further

study.


POPULAR MUSIC PERFORMANCE

168

Why study Popular Music

Performance with us?

Popular music is not just about

playing music; it is about being a

versatile performer. Any musician

needs an understanding of

performance and of musical forms

and styles. Both the ability to play

in front of an audience and the

ability to play with other musicians

responsively and sympathetically

are crucially important parts of the

musician’s repertoire.

Our unique and exciting course

gives you the chance to play popular

music as well as study it. You will

learn about live performance and

musicianship, alongside studies

of the development and theory

of popular music and its various

genres.

What will I learn?You will be expected to play as

a member of several groups in

diff erent musical and performative

styles before a live audience, as well

as perform individually. You will

also learn about the practicalities

of sound systems and how to get

yourself up and running in the music

business.

• Year 1 (Level 4) will give you a

grasp of the fundamentals

of the area of work. You will be

introduced to popular music

studies, and alongside this you will

look at musicianship,

improvisation and performance,

and begin to advance your

knowledge of how to play as part

of groups (including the choir) and

individually for live performance.

Also, you will look at the various

ways that technology is used by

musicians in both recording and

live situations.


investigate popular music and

its genres and contexts, learning

about the development of popular

music as well as the music

Popular music is the type of music that most people encounter most of the time, and the various styles of popular music are the styles in which most musicians work. Popular musical styles have distinct and interrelated histories, and the performance of popular music has a set of long-established traditions. The study of this subject will not only develop your musical skills; it will broaden your knowledge of, and expertise in, the various genres that comprise contemporary popular music.

K


169

COURSE FACTS

Course location:


Type of degree:

BA Single Honours





Other:




Audition

ABRSM Grade 8 or equivalent on your

instrument (or voice), and the ability

to read music would be preferred. Do

not let this put you off applying;

reading music is not essential and if

you don’t have Grade 8 we may still

off er you an audition.


David Bebbington

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 515734




Telephone: 01244 511000


industry. You will further develop

your performance skills and

have the option of working on

songwriting and composition, and

be involved in a month of

rehearsing (without any other

classes), culminating in live gigs.


be provided with a detailed,

theoretically informed vocabulary

with which to analyse the

development of popular music

performance. You will also be able

to opt to take the module So You

Want to be a Session Musician?, in

which you will learn about being

an employable session player for

both live and recording work.


about specifi c modules on the

University website at: www.chester.

ac.uk/undergraduate/pm


We use a number of teaching

techniques, including lectures,

small group work and practical

classes, which will enable you to

develop your skills as a musician and

performer.

As a popular music student you

will benefi t from the expertise of

staff that are actively engaged in

professional work in the industry

and also partake in workshops with

other external music industry input.

The Popular Music Professionals

Week has featured guests such as

guitarist John Wheatcroft and Ian

Mathews of Kasabian performing

for, and working with, Popular Music

students.

Our programme benefi ts from

substantial amounts of music

equipment, including instrument

amps, electric and acoustic pianos

and synths, electric and acoustic

drum kits and loads of PA gear.

We also have plenty of rehearsal

space, including several soundproof

rehearsal studios – one of which

is currently the largest of its kind

in the world. In addition, we have

four large performance spaces, as

well as extensive computer facilities

featuring professional studio

monitoring, with each machine

having sound recording hardware

and software.

All this is at the Kingsway Buildings,

the University’s home for the Faculty

of Arts and Media. For more details

about the Kingsway Buildings see

page 15.


about the Department of

Performing Arts on the University


departments/performing-arts


As well as developing specifi c

musical and performance skills, a

degree in Popular Music will develop

your presentation, organisational

and writing skills and give you

considerable experience of working

as part of a team.

There are specifi c careers that our

graduates may choose to pursue,

such as musician, music teacher

and music technologist, as well as

a range of other careers within the

creative industries.

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY

PSYCHOLOGY

170

Why study Psychology

with us?

The Department of Psychology at

Chester off ers both single honours

and combined honours degrees,

the latter encompassing a wide

range of subject combinations.

Many Psychology departments off er

single honours degrees accredited

by the British Psychological Society

(BPS). However, our Department

at Chester is unusual in that it also

off ers accredited combined honours

degrees.

Our programme is accredited and

confers eligibility for the Graduate

Basis for Chartered Membership,

provided you achieve the minimum

standard of a second class honours

degree. This is the fi rst step towards

becoming a Chartered Psychologist.

A Psychology degree from Chester

will equip you with a broad range

of transferable employability

skills, including literacy, numeracy,

critical appraisal, data handling,

communication and presentation,

and logical problem-solving skills.

The Psychology course at Chester

has consistently been rated among

the top Universities in the North

West for student satisfaction and

graduate employability.

If you are interested in a career in

the clinical or child psychology fi eld

there are specialist routes through

the course where you take relevant

elective modules at each level.

There are also postgraduate courses

available within the Department if

you want to further your interest in

these areas.

What will I learn?

• Year 1 (Level 4) emphasises the

key skills you will need to perform

well on your degree and in future

employment. Your learning will be

based on the curriculum required

by the BPS, but in an applied and

hands-on way. If you are a single

honours student, you will also

be able to choose from optional

modules that cover issues such

Being able to understand the human mind and why people think, behave and feel as they do is one of the most exciting challenges of our time. Studying Psychology is challenging, dynamic and can make you very employable.

C

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY

171

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Dr Liz Whelen

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 513479




Telephone: 01244 511000


as positive psychology, health,

and educational applications of

psychology.


areas of the Psychology curriculum

(including social psychology,

cognitive psychology, and

individual diff erences) in more

depth, building on your previous

year’s work. Optional modules

will include the areas of forensic

psychology and therapeutic

interventions. You will also have

the opportunity to carry out a

small group research project.

• Year 3 (Level 6) covers another

two areas of the BPS curriculum

(biological and developmental

psychology) and also a research

study in an area of your choice. In

the past, students have looked at

topics such as bullying in schools,

visitor impact on animal behaviour

at the zoo, and the stress-relieving

properties of chocolate! You will

also be able to choose from a

range of optional modules.



undergraduate/psychology


The Department of Psychology is

housed in a purpose-built building,

which includes tutors’ offi ces, lecture

theatres, experimental rooms,

computing suites, observation

suites, a video-processing room, and

an interview room.

Our degree programmes have

a strong focus on real-world

applications, and our staff have a

wide range of experience in applied

areas of psychology. The emphasis

is on learning through practical

activity. For example, in the fi rst

few weeks of university you can

expect to fi nd yourself wired up to

a computer to measure your stress

levels.

Additionally, several modules

involve visits to outside institutions.

These include schools, the police

and Chester Zoo. There will also be

opportunities for you to research

with, or in, an external institution.

Assessment methods for each

module vary, but usually include

coursework and examinations.

The coursework may involve a

traditional essay, a workshop task,

presentations, constructing a

website, or a case study.

• In Year 1, assessments are spread

across the year with scheduled

feedback sessions to help you

adapt to degree-level studies.

• In Year 2, we emphasise group

work to help you to develop a

range of useful transferable skills.

• In Year 3, the applied focus of

assessments will enable you to

demonstrate your skills ready for

life after graduation.

We also off er an optional further

year of study abroad in Europe, the

USA or Australia.


Our BPS-accredited degrees

open the way, via postgraduate

training, into a professional

career in psychology (e.g. clinical

or educational psychology).

Alternatively, your psychological

knowledge may prove useful in

other areas of work, including

education, social work, health or

human resource management.

The transferable skills you will gain

during your degree, such as research

training and statistical knowledge,

are very desirable employability

skills to bring to the job market.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

RADIO / RADIO PRODUCTION

172

Why study Radio / Radio

Production with us?

We don’t just study radio, we make

it happen, no matter whether you

are studying radio as single honours

(Radio) or combining it (Radio

Production) with another subject.

Our radio station is rooted in this

degree course. Our students are

broadcasters, reporters, producers

and managers from the start – that’s

what we do in the course.

From the outset, you will be

broadcasting in teams, in small

groups and, if you so choose, solo –

and not just in lecture times either.

Our radio station is at the heart of

campus social life, and is on air 24/7.

You will have access to the studios

till late in the evenings and over

the weekends. Your listeners will

be in the hall next door, all over the

country and on the other side of the

world thanks to our webstream.

You will learn in excellent facilities

with teaching staff who also work in

radio and share your passion.


our courses on the University


undergraduate/radio and www.


radio-production

What will I learn?

You will learn all the essential radio

skills, but we are about much more

than merely radio training. You will

need to think and study hard too –

analysing, probing, challenging and

being challenged. You would expect

nothing less from a course whose

graduates are among the world’s top

broadcasters.

• Year 1 (Level 4): If you have

previous radio experience, you can

use that to get going straight

away. If not, we will take you

from the basics and on to a good

level of profi ciency. You will take

modules in Music Format Radio and

Radio Commercials Production.

Single honours students also take

modules in Radio Studies.

• Year 2 (Level 5): You will take a

module in producing and

presenting speech programmes

(think Radio 1’s Newsbeat), plus

Researching for Radio and optional

modules. Many students choose

to take a work placement in radio

for the summer term.

Radio is the soundtrack to your life. It brings to you the music, news, information and entertainment that matter. On conventional channels and the latest digital and mobile connections, radio goes with you.

W

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

173

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Single Honours (Radio) or

Combined Honours (Radio

Production)





Other:






at www.ucas.com


David Grimshaw

Course Leader for Radio Production

Telephone: 01925 534327




Telephone: 01244 511000


• Year 3 (Level 6): The Major Radio

Projects module will give you the

chance to extend your skills and

gain in-depth experience. This is

the module where some students

choose to work with the BBC,

commercial radio stations and

independent radio producers.

Also, in the Radio Station

Management module you will

run the University’s radio station –

learning and doing at the same

time.

Though the Warrington Campus

studios are the base of your radio

work, we have portable and

outside broadcast equipment too,

which means we take radio out to

the events and places where our

listeners are.




undergraduate/radio and www.


radio-production


You will spend at least half of your

lecture time in the studios, on air,

in production. Not enough for you?

We’re on air 24/7 – there’s plenty to

do! Most students have their own

shows in addition to those required

for the course.

You will also research, read books

and write essays. This is an honours

degree that develops you all round!

Assessment involves a mixture of

formative and summative assessment,

which means assignments will range

from formal written exams, through

essays, podcasts and formal and

informal presentations to taking

part in feedback sessions with staff

and other students. These take place

at various intervals throughout the

course and not solely at traditional

exam periods.

Practical radio production is assessed

through coursework and usually takes

place in teams, though the emphasis

is fi rmly on individual assessment.

We also provide verbal and written

feedback on completed assignments.


We work with the leading radio

broadcasters, including the BBC. In

a competitive industry where ability

and connections count, it’s about

what you can do and who you can

prove that to. Getting in can be

tough, so there are no guarantees,

but we have a proven track record of

graduates in a diverse range of radio

careers.

Positions you may go on to include

reporter (sport, news, features),

programme presenter (DJ), studio

producer, technical operator,

researcher, programme assistant,

commercial producer, programme

producer, business-related positions,

management, professional audio,

postgraduate study, education, media

and communications.


DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES

RELIGIOUS STUDIES

174

Why study Religious

Studies with us?

Religious Studies at Chester

provides you with the opportunity

to explore these various features of

religion. You will study a range of

religions (e.g. Buddhism, Christianity,

Hinduism, Islam and Judaism) across

a range of contexts. You will also

have opportunities to experience

these religions and meet religious

followers through placements and

fi eld trips. In your third year, there

is an opportunity to undertake

fi eldwork in India.

• In the 2011 National Student

Survey, the Department of


(TRS) at Chester received 94% for

student satisfaction.

• The employment rate for our

graduates is impressive. The

Guardian, Independent and Times

all rated TRS at Chester within the

top 10 in the UK for employability

in their University Guides for 2012.

• Chester has a strong reputation

for the quality of its Religious

Studies curriculum. “In fact the

common opinion is that Chester

is now amongst the best places

to do RS nationally (and therefore

internationally).” (Graham Harvey,

Reader in Religious Studies, Open

University)

• We off er a choice of modules that

allow you to develop your own

interests.

• You will be taught by scholars

whose research is at the cutting

edge of their subject.

• Our environment is friendly, warm

and supportive. Staff and students

come to know each other very

quickly.

• You can apply academic studies

to real-life situations, including

placements and fi eldwork in faith

communities in the UK and in

other parts of the world.

For more information, visit the

University’s website at www.


religious

Religious beliefs and practices are a part of the lives of the vast majority of the world’s population. Religion is woven into global and local life and thought as well as being embodied in religious institutions, texts, images and bodies.

C


175

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BA Single Honours





Other:




Dr Fabrizio Ferrari

Senior Lecturer in Religious Studies

Telephone: 01244 511039




Telephone: 01244 511000


What will I learn?

• In Year 1 (Level 4), your subject

areas may include studies in

world religions including

Buddhism, Christianity, Hinduism,

Judaism, and Islam; Approaches to

the Study of Religion; Philosophy

and Ethics; and an option in

Theology or Biblical Studies.


areas may include: Philosophy in

World Religions, Anthropology of

Religion, Spirituality and Popular

Culture, Religious Education

(including a placement in a

school), and Ethics. It is possible

to do options in Theology or

Biblical Studies if you choose.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), a Dissertation

double module allows you to

focus on an area of interest in the

study of religion, and you will have

a choice of taught modules from

areas such as: Ritual Studies;

Minority Faith Communities in

Europe; Religion and Culture;

Medical Ethics; Jews, Christians and

Pagans; Bible and Film; and

Religions in India (including a

three-week fi eld trip in India). It is

possible to do options in Theology

or Biblical Studies if you choose.


The Department of Theology and

Religious Studies is located in a

two-storey Victorian building. This

houses a computer room, kitchen

and student study space as well

as three purpose-built modern

lecture rooms with state-of-the-

art teaching facilities. You will be

taught through a combination

of lectures, seminars, individual

tutorials, study visits, small group

work and one-to-one tutorials. There

are also opportunities for fi eld trips

including the possibility of a three-

week placement at a university in

India. Typically, a full-time student

can expect between 8-12 hours of

contact time a week.

Assessment is mainly by

coursework (e.g. essays, portfolios,

presentations, group seminars).


Religious Studies graduates go on

to gain employment in a range of

diff erent careers, including teaching,

public services, the civil service and

business. Increasingly, it is important

for organisations to employ people

who are religiously literate and

understand the complex ways

religions aff ect and shape people’s

lives.

Some of our graduates go on to

engage in further study, working

towards one of our Masters degrees

in Religious Studies or Faiths and

Public Policy, as well as doctoral

research degrees.


SOCIAL WORK

176

Why study Social Work with

us?

At our Warrington Campus, you will

study and prepare yourself for a

professional career with a group of

staff who have recent and extensive

social work experience. Core staff are

supported by service users, carers and

practitioners with a range of diff erent

experiences to provide a vibrant and

contemporary approach to the course.

• You will have the opportunity to

discuss issues that arise in learning

about social work in small

discussion groups – seminars,

action learning sets and tutorials.

• You will have the opportunity to

learn from practice placements,

with experienced practice teachers

and assessors who are committed

to the personal development of

students.

For further information about the

course, go to the University website at:

www.chester.ac.uk/undergraduate/

social-work

What will I learn?

Social workers deal with some of

the most vulnerable children, young

people and adults in our society, at

times of great stress and diffi culty. To

be a social worker it is essential that

you are properly equipped for the

challenges ahead. Studying Social

Work at the University of Chester will

prepare you for the complex and

demanding role that will be required

of you, and will provide you with an

invaluable opportunity to learn about

yourself and others.


fi ve core modules: People, Society

and Social Divisions; Law and

Policy; Skills for Practice; Social Work

Methods, Models and Theories; and

a Practice Placement module (40

days) in a placement setting. These

underpinning modules provide

basic knowledge and will help

to prepare you for working with

vulnerable people.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), you will build on

this knowledge with the following

core modules: Working with People

(1), Law and Ethics, The Critical

Practitioner and a Practice

Placement (80 days).

• In Year 3 (Level 6), you will become

a more independent learner and

study the following core subjects:

Working with People (2),

Dissertation and a fi nal Placement

module (80 days).

You will be required to attend a

minimum of 170 days in placement

over the course of the degree.

You can fi nd further information about

these modules on the University


undergraduate/social-work

While this is the current programme

structure, following agreed changes

at a national level from the social work

reform board, all programmes will

need to be revalidated from 2013. The

details were not available at the time

of going to press.

Social work is a dynamic and demanding profession, which combines rigorous academic study with intensively focused practice experience. These are both essential elements for a career in social work.

W


177

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Single Honours


240-280 UCAS points from

GCE A Levels or equivalent (such as

BTEC National/OCR Diploma)


GCSE grade C (or above) in English

Language and Mathematics,

or at least Key Skills Level 2 in

Communication and Application of

Number

Other:



points)


Anne Keeler

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01925 534324




Telephone: 01244 511000



We are based at the Warrington

Campus, which is a vibrant learning

community incorporating a range of

public service vocational courses (see

page 17 for further details).

There are a number of excellent online

resources available to you, as well

as good support from the Subject

Librarian and Learning Resources staff .

You will be taught through a variety

of methods, including lectures, class

discussions, seminars, case studies,

action learning sets, tutorials, and

audio and video material.

Placements are based in a variety

of settings across the North West.

Our staff work closely with agencies

to ensure that placement learning

opportunities are relevant and

challenging.

In the National Student Survey 2011,

89% of students were satisfi ed with the

social work course. Here are some of

their comments:

• “Staff have always had my best

interest in mind.”

• “I’ve had fantastic support from my

personal tutor.”

• “I have had a really good

placement.”

• “I liked the involvement of service

users.”

The programme uses a wide portfolio

of assessment methods, ranging from

coursework assignments, observation

during practice placements, seminars,

presentations, examinations, and

observation of communication skills.

You will study an area of interest for

your dissertation.


“Social work is a regulated profession.

As a social work student you will be

expected to register with the General

Social Care Council (GSCC), the social

work profession’s regulator, and adhere

to the standards set out in the Code of

Practice for Social Workers. (The roles

and functions of the GSCC will transfer

to the Health Profession Council in the

future.)

“As well as regulating individual

social workers and students, we also

regulate the performance of social

work courses, the reports of which are

published on our website, so you can

check to see how each university is

performing.” (GSCC 2010)

Students leave the Social Work degree

at Chester with excellent career

prospects; 95% of leavers in 2010 went

on to secure employment in social

care.

Additional Entry

Requirements

As part of the selection procedure, all

candidates admitted will be formally

interviewed. Representatives of

stakeholders, particularly service users

and employers, will be involved in the

selection process.

Prospective students will need to

have demonstrated their previous

commitment to social care work,

normally through completion of a

minimum of 100 hours’ work in a social

care setting.

Satisfactory completion of an

Enhanced Disclosure from the Criminal

Records Bureau (see page 214) and a

Declaration of Health form.


SOCIOLOGY

178

Why study Sociology with

us?

Sociological knowledge can

contribute towards social change

for the better. The mix of modules

we off er places an emphasis on how

a ‘sociological imagination’ can be

used to address contemporary social

problems and issues.

In addition, studying Sociology will

foster strong communication and

will develop your ability to take part

in reasoned and balanced debate

and analysis about contemporary

social concerns. These are skills

that are in high demand in the

workplace.

Our programmes contain a number

of features that are specifi c to

Sociology at Chester. These include

a Conference module, which will

involve you in the production of

an annual departmental academic

conference (supported by expert

speakers in a sociological subject

area chosen by the students), and

a Work Based Learning module that

will off er you academically assessed

work experience.

Our teaching team has a wide range

of backgrounds and experience.

This provides a rich interdisciplinary

diversity, which will enable you to

benefi t from shared perspectives on

the subject area.

What will I learn?You can study Sociology as a

specialist subject as part of our

single honours programme, or in

combination with one other subject

as part of our combined honours

programme.

The Single Honours Sociology

degree will allow you to devote your

full energies towards the subject.

The Combined Honours Sociology

degree will involve splitting your

studies between two subjects.

Sociology combines particularly

eff ectively with other subjects

off ered within the Department of

Social Studies and Counselling, but

will also combine well with a wide

variety of other subjects.

The appeal of Sociology lies in its critical approach to understanding the social world and human behaviour. Our Sociology programme will encourage you to question ‘everyday understanding’ of social reality. You will be encouraged to relate the themes and issues of the programme to your own reading and experiences, in order to develop sociological understanding – for example, in relation to poverty, class, gender, race and ethnicity.

C


179

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Dr Cassie Ogden

Programme Leader, Sociology

Telephone: 01244 512068




Telephone: 01244 511000



to a range of ways in which the

relationship between individual

and society is understood, and

will show you how a sociological

understanding of this relationship

directly relates to the

contemporary experience. All Year

1 modules will contribute towards

establishing your knowledge of

key theories of society.

• Year 2 (Level 5) brings in an

‘applied’ emphasis that allows

for sociological ideas to shed

light on current social problems.

The Research Methods module

acknowledges the importance

of embedding skills on how to fi nd

out about how society works. The

Conference module, along with

Work Based Learning, applies

a further emphasis on putting

theoretical skills into practice. The

Shaping of Society module extends

theoretical frameworks and

applies them to a range of social

problems.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), all modules

will engage you with areas of

social challenge and uncertainty.

For example, Advanced Social

Theory will encourage you to

discover the direction in which

social theorists think the world

is moving. Modules that focus

on social change, including

globalisation and multiculturalism,

also feature at this level. You

will be especially encouraged

to demonstrate your knowledge,

understanding and sociological

skills in the Dissertation double

module, under the guidance of an

appropriate supervisor from

within the Department.




undergraduate/sociology


undergraduate/sociology-

combined


We will teach you in a variety of

ways, in large lectures or smaller

seminar groups. The emphasis

throughout will be on your

involvement with the programme,

and this will be facilitated by the use

of tutorial sessions.

Assessment varies; you may write

essays, undertake special projects,

give oral presentations, or sit exams.

We provide a balance between

coursework and examinations.


Students completing our degree

exit with a range of attributes that

they can apply in a wide variety of

careers. The ability to bring a critical

mind to the task in hand and an

in-depth knowledge of the social

world are skills that can enable

graduates to function eff ectively

in the world of employment, and

to play a positive role in the wider

community.

Sociology provides a pathway

towards many possible career

choices, especially those requiring

‘people skills’. Examples include

the caring professions, teaching,

business, management, the media,

local government and the voluntary

sector.


SPANISH

180

Why study Spanish with

us?

While an intimate knowledge of the

language is vital for understanding

Spain and its people, studying

Spanish at Chester also opens

doors to the exciting and dynamic

Spanish-speaking cultures of Latin

America.

An unusual and attractive feature

of the programme at Chester is the

short residence abroad at the end of

Year 2 (current opportunities include

a placement in Costa Rica). This is in

addition to the range of placements

available during the Year Abroad

in Year 3 of our four-year degree

programme.

Staff in the Spanish team research

and publish in a range of areas, and

are all dedicated to the eff ective

teaching of Spanish language and

cultures using a range of methods

and approaches. These are designed


potential as a student of Spanish at

Chester.

You can study Spanish as a single


or minor subject with one other

subject in a combined honours

degree.

Alternatively, you may choose

Spanish as part of our BA Modern

Languages degree in which you can

opt to study any three languages

from French, German, Spanish or

English Language (see page 154).

What will I learn?


your confi dence and accuracy in

written and spoken Spanish.


acquire core study skills to

support your learning and expand

your knowledge of Spain and

Latin American countries. Culture

modules focus on cinema,

literature and European politics.

There is also a module on Latin

American studies.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), the emphasis is

on increasing your levels of control

and fl uency in the language,

as well as focusing on important

political, social and cultural

aspects of contemporary Spain.

We also devote time to looking

Spanish is the fi rst language of over 400 million people living in the Americas and Europe and is the most widely spoken global language after English. The knowledge and skills you acquire during our programme will greatly enhance your prospects of interesting and rewarding employment in the UK and international job market.

C


181

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours






A2 Level Spanish (or equivalent)

or GCSE grade C in a Language

Other:


points, inc. Spanish at 5 or above)

Please Note: There are two

entry cohorts to the combined

honours programme.

Entry Cohort 1:

Students will be expected to

hold GCE A2 Level Spanish or

equivalent

Entry Cohort 2:

Applicants who do not have A2

Level Spanish (or equivalent) must

have GCSE grade C in a Language


visit www.chester.ac.uk and go

to the course page or visit the

UCAS website at

www.ucas.com


Margaret Bradbury


Telephone: 01244 513294




Telephone: 01244 511000


at the Spanish-speaking working

environment in preparation for

your Residence Abroad. Year

2 options include additional

culture modules or a project on an

area of Latin American culture and

society.

Placements in Spain and Latin

America

If you are a single honours student

or are taking Spanish as a major

or equal subject, you will normally

spend Year 3 either studying at one

of our partner universities in Spain,

or working as an English language

assistant in a school in Spain or in

Latin America. Alternatively, you

may look for a work placement.

In addition, you will also have

the opportunity to undertake a

placement abroad after Easter at the

end of Year 2. Most placements in

Europe are currently supported by

Erasmus grants.

• In the fi nal year you will

consolidate your advanced




of Spanish in presentations,

debate and discussion. A range of

option modules includes

advanced translation skills, which

can then be applied to an

extended translation project. You

may also undertake independent

research with individual

supervision from your dissertation

or project tutor.



undergraduate/spanish


We teach Spanish in a dynamic

department located in purpose-

built accommodation that includes

two digital language laboratories,

multimedia facilities and two DVD/

satellite TV viewing rooms.

Language workshops are conducted

mainly in Spanish and supported

by visual and audio recordings as

well as written texts. Lectures are

conducted in English and in Spanish

depending on the level and the

nature of the group.



Some other modules are assessed

by a combination of coursework and

examination, others by coursework

only.


Languages at Chester gained a 92%

satisfaction rate in the National

Student Survey 2011.


A degree in Spanish opens up many

possibilities for graduates entering

the UK and global job markets.

Apart from opportunities available

in the language professions,

including teaching, translating and

interpreting, language skills are a

recognised asset in international

business, fi nance, tourism and the

travel industry.

Many of our graduates opt to

continue their studies at Masters

level on the MA European

Languages and Cultures or the PGCE

teacher training courses off ered at

Chester.

DEPARTMENT OF SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCES

SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCES

182

Why study Sport and

Exercise Sciences with us?

Using a student-centred approach,

the Department produces graduates

with subject expertise and career

potential. A major programme

feature is the practical and applied

nature of the laboratory and small-

group seminar sessions. Therefore,

the programme is designed with

two core principles in mind. Firstly,

the development of knowledge,

applied skills and analytical

techniques in the conventional

sub-disciplines of sport and exercise

sciences. Secondly, the orientation

of studies around vocational

opportunities and practices,

including physical education,

sports management, development,

coaching, health promotion, leisure

and recreation, as well as sport

science support and sport and

exercise sciences generally.

In addition to the conventional BSc

Sport and Exercise Sciences (SES),

we run several degree-area-specifi c

pathways at Level 5 (Year 2) after

the successful completion of Level

4 (Year 1) for those who are keen to

specialise. The pathways are:

• Physical Education and School

Sport

• Sports Performance

• Performance Analysis

• Sport, Health and Exercise

• Sports Psychology


Our single honours degree is

endorsed by the British Association

of Sport and Exercise Sciences

(BASES).

• Year 1 (Level 4) provides a

compulsory module regime which

will introduce you to all of the

core disciplines that constitute the

curriculum. These are the

physiology of exercise, sports

psychology, the sociology of sport,

performance analysis and sports

biomechanics, and sports

coaching and pedagogy.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), you will increase

your knowledge in each of

the sub-disciplines and develop

research skills in self-selected

specialist areas. The option to

follow one of the area specifi c

pathways highlighted above

(consisting of related option

banks of discipline-appropriate

modules) is open to all single

honours students at this stage.

Additionally, you will be provided

with opportunities to carry out

self-selected work placements that

In recent years, the sports, recreation and leisure industries have shown continued growth. Both before and after the successful bid to host the London 2012 Olympic Games, investment and interest in sport and exercise in the UK increased substantially.

C


183

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours






Sport-related subject for BTEC/OCR

courses

Other:



points)






Dr Ian Pritchard

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 513426




Telephone: 01244 514327


provide invaluable work

experience for any potential career

in the sport and exercise science

domain. Conversely, rather than

engage in work experience, you

will be able to select the sports

science support experiential

module which focuses primarily

upon laboratory and research

based vocational skills.

• Year 3 (Level 6) gives you the

opportunity to concentrate upon

selected academic areas within

the available specifi c pathways.

Alternatively, you can maintain a

wide-ranging academic profi le

and continue to pursue a non-

pathway, general SES degree.

Single honours students

undertake an independent

research dissertation on a topic

of their choice, enabling further

development of an interest in a

particular sub-discipline.

Combined Honours

Studying for this degree will

give you the same opportunity

to develop the academic and/or

vocational specialisms available

to single honours students. Year 1

(Level 4) introduces core modules

in self-selected sub-disciplines. You

will continue to study in these sub-

discipline areas during Year 2 (Level

5), and can opt, in Year 3 (Level 6), to

major in Sport and Exercise Sciences.

Specifi c details concerning SES

module content is available on the

University website at:

www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/sport-and-

exercise-sciences


Our courses are taught using

well-equipped, BASES-accredited

specialist laboratories, lecture

rooms, sports hall, fi tness centre

and 25m swimming pool. You

will learn through a combination

of lectures, small-group work in

seminars, lab-based and coaching

practicals, and work/sport science

support placements, providing you

with both academic expertise and

applied skills.

We use a wide portfolio of

assessment methods, including

formal examinations, essays, tests,

presentations and laboratory

practical assessments. These are

designed to assess academic

knowledge and prepare you

for specifi c vocations where

communication skills across a range

of methods are valuable assets.

The Department prides itself

on its approachable staff and

varied teaching strategies, which

external examiners and current

students consistently praise

highly. Also, external examiners

have commented that the level of

assessment feedback provided to

students is an example of the very

best practice in the HE sector.


We will provide you with a thorough

grounding for numerous career

outlets. Our graduates have gone

on to work in a wide range of

professions, including physical

education teaching, sports

development, health promotion,

community health and fi tness,

sport science support, sports

management, sports coaching,

sports journalism, physiotherapy,

police/fi re/prison PT offi cers, the

armed forces, personal fi tness

trainers and postgraduate studies.

Our graduates suggest that they

have been fully prepared both for

further training and the workplace

itself, by the experiences they

have gained in studying Sport and

Exercise Sciences at the University of

Chester.


SPORT DEVELOPMENT

184

Why study Sport

Development with us?

The Sport Development programme

at Warrington is designed to

produce ‘thinking practitioners’.

The programme is based on robust

academic underpinnings but also has

a strong vocational focus and looks

to both embed and then refi ne the

important transferrable skills required

by employers in a variety of sport-

related industries.

To underline this focus the

programme has been endorsed by

Skills Active and The Institute for the

Management of Sport and Physical

Activity (IMSPA).

There are also opportunities to gain

additional vocational qualifi cations

(e.g. First Aid) and National Governing

Body (NGB) awards relevant to

student and industry needs.

What will I learn?The course utilises a number of key

disciplines that underpin the study

of sport. The programme moves

from theoretical foundations at

Level 4 (Year 1) to more vocationally

orientated and applied choices at

Levels 5 and 6 (Years 2 and 3).


sport in society; examining the

institutions, policies and factors

that aff ect opportunities in sport.

You will also start to examine

the nature and function of sport

development. Option modules

will provide you with the

opportunity to engage in modules

related to practical and

performance aspects of sport

including; sport coaching, sport

physiology and sport psychology.

Alternatively you can opt to study

sport management.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), the programme

is supported by a sustained

period of work placement which is

compulsory for all students.

Further study of sport

development is supplemented

by the opportunity to specialise

through module choices which

include, sports coaching, health

and fi tness and sport marketing.

• In Year 3 (Level 6), a dissertation

is a compulsory component

for single honours students. You

will also participate in a student

conference delivering a workshop

on a contemporary sporting topic.

Further option choices can be

made in relation to PE and youth

sport, marketing communications,

sport coaching and health.

Those engaged in sport development devise ways of enabling individuals to start, stay and succeed in sport. In essence much of the sport development process is about promoting positive behaviour change (e.g. from inactivity to activity) and creating a supportive environment for this change to occur. It is therefore imperative that professionals working in this area have the appropriate underpinning knowledge and skill to enable this process.

W


185

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:






Other:



points)






Dave Horrocks

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01925 534281




Telephone: 01244 511000


For further detail on modules please

access our website at:

www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/sport-

development


The programme is taught at the

Warrington Campus, where facilities

include: a full-sized multi-purpose

all-weather pitch, excellent facilities

for football and rugby, a running

track, a large sports hall with sprung

wooden fl oor and a fully equipped

fi tness facility.

There are also dedicated teaching

rooms, sport laboratories, a

substantial learning resources centre

and extensive IT facilities.

Lectures, seminars, practical sport,

independent research and tutorials

are some of the methods used to

help you learn.

Staff on the Sport Development

programme endeavour to maximise

student-staff interaction. Each

module is usually allocated two

hours per week, with staff given

additional time for individual and

group/tutorials.

At Level 5, you will undertake

a period of work placement.

Examples of placement providers

include sports development units,

professional sports organisations,

schools and colleges and National

Governing Bodies. This can serve as

an excellent foundation for future

employment.

Individual, independent research

work is a key feature of Level 6

culminating in a dissertation for

single honours and major students.

Our emphasis is on preparing

graduates who will be able to make

a positive impact in their future

career.

Assessment methods vary between

modules and include essays,

practical work, presentations,

seminars, continuous assessment

and examinations. The assignment/

examination ratio is normally

weighted heavily towards

coursework although a small

number of traditional examinations

do exist within the programme.

Assessments are designed to refl ect

industry practice and incorporate

assessment of key transferable

knowledge and skills (e.g. time

management and communication),

as well as subject knowledge and

skills (sport development processes

and practice).


Graduates from the BA (Hons)

Sport Development programme

have entered into employment in

a number of areas including the

following:

• Sport development (e.g. youth

sport development, community

sport development)

• Physical activity and health

promotion

• Corporate fi tness

• Charitable organisations

• Health club management

• Event management

• Physical activity consultancy (e.g.

GP referral)

• Sports coaching and instruction

• Teaching and lecturing

• Sports administration/

management

A number of students have also

continued with postgraduate

studies (e.g. PGCE, MSc, MA).


SPORTS COACHING

186

Why study Sports

Coaching with us?

Our Foundation Degree in Sports

Coaching is a programme for

students wishing to combine face-

to-face tuition at the University with

elements of applied work. Full-time

or part-time study is possible.

The course recognises the need

to be qualifi ed in order to obtain

work-related opportunities, and you

will be prepared for professional

recognition by First for Sport. If you

already possess relevant awards and

have appropriate experience, you

may be able to select modules that

develop your broader management

knowledge and skills.

If you need to undertake coaching

industry qualifi cations (UKCC

awards), or engage in the process

of professionally updating, we

will ‘signpost’ you to appropriate

awards/workshops. You will be

required to make a fi nancial

contribution towards the process.

You will be able to complete

single modules as part of a

CPD (continuing professional

development) programme,

complete six modules to gain a

Certifi cate of Higher Education, or

complete twelve modules to gain

the Foundation Degree.

What will I learn?The course comprises modules

that develop key practical and

professional skills (i.e. research,

study, communication and IT skills),

along with those that develop

knowledge and understanding

relevant to the workplace. Work-

based learning is crucial preparation

for the industry and is an integral

part of the course.

• In Year 1 (Level 4), you will spend

time developing your practical

sports coaching skills alongside

your peers, as well as out in the

workplace, while building your

knowledge base in related areas,

such as psychology, physiology,

or events management. You will

The opportunity to host the Olympic and Paralympic Games in 2012 has provided an impetus and direction for the UK sports system and has sharpened the focus for the recruitment and support of coaches.

Sports Coach UK has developed a UK Coaching Framework in partnership with National Governing Bodies of Sport and key funding agencies. Coaching will play a key role in the period ahead, providing exciting and rewarding pathways for young people and adults, as well as the extra edge that will help athletes get to the top.

W


187

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

Foundation Degree





Other:



points)


Jason Clare

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01925 534204




Telephone: 01244 511000


also gain an appreciation of your

roles and responsibilities as

a coach, including the need

for continuous professional

development.


continue to develop your practical

coaching skills, with a more

detailed examination and practice

of coaching pedagogy alongside

your peers and, again, out in the

workplace. Themes from Year 1

take on a more applied feel

and you will develop your

communication and counselling

skills from an athlete centred

perspective, as well as furthering

your experience in either applied

physiology or events

management. In addition to

this, all students are supported

through the development of an

appropriate research proposal in

Year 2. Should you go on to

take the BA (Hons) Top Up degree

as a third year, this represents a

signifi cant step towards preparing

you to engage in a full

dissertation.

A grade average of 50% or more

across the programme, at the end

of Year 2, is required for eligibility

for direct entry onto our BA Sports

Coaching (‘Top Up’) degree (Level 6).

This adds an additional year to the

studies of prospective students and

represents a programme in it’s own

right.


specifi c modules on the FdSc Sports

Coaching at: www.chester.ac.uk/

fd/sports-coaching


All academic sessions are delivered

at our Warrington Campus.

The Warrington Campus has a

fl oodlit, full-sized astroturf pitch,

and there are excellent facilities

for football and rugby, as well as

a sports hall and fully equipped

fi tness facility on-site. You will

have access to indoor and outdoor

tennis facilities locally, and enjoy

discounted rates on swimming at

local leisure centres.

We use a variety of teaching

methods, maximising student

interaction wherever possible.

Experiences will range from practical

activities and workshops to formal

lectures, seminars and individual

tutorials.

Within our Learning at Work modules

you will spend ten sessions of each

year in the work place engaged in

coaching.

We use a variety of diff erent modes

of assessment, including video

analysis, case studies, essays,

reports, presentations, refl ective

portfolios, and formal examinations.

Formative assessment is also an

important feature in Year 1.


Sports Coaching is designed to

prepare people to take up positions

in sports coaching directly. However,

the coaching industry is diverse. As

a graduate will fi nd yourself well

equipped to seek out coaching

posts in the community setting

where employment opportunities

exist with the Local Authorities,

National Governing Bodies,

professional and amateur sports

clubs and private sports facilities.


Foundation Degrees, please see

page 206.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

SPORTS JOURNALISM

188

Why study Sports

Journalism with us?

Sports Journalism will introduce

you to the theories, contexts and

practices of modern journalism in

order to establish a solid base of

knowledge and skills. You will then

examine sports journalism in depth,

with a heavy emphasis on electronic

media, in order to develop a wide

range of skills, which includes

writing and broadcasting. Also,

there are opportunities for you to

undertake work placements in Year

2 of the course.

Our Warrington Campus is ideally

placed geographically for a Sports

Journalism degree. Nearly half of

the Premier League football clubs

are within an hour’s drive, several

Rugby League clubs are nearby

and the campus is just 20 miles

from the National Velodrome and

Manchester’s swimming complex.

We also have close ties with

Warrington Wolves, who train at the

campus, and with Wigan Athletic.

If you wish to pursue a career in

newspapers and broadcasting, or

in public relations, promotions,

research, marketing and corporate

communications, then our course is

for you.

What will I learn?The course is both practical and

theoretical in its approach. You will

undertake a range of critical and

contextual modules, which aim to

place sports journalism in a wider

context. Allied to this are practical

modules that will enable you to gain

insight into how sports journalists

operate.


you to the essential practical

skills of news reporting and sports

reporting, while the theoretical

side of the degree will be

underpinned by journalism, law

and ethics, and a look at the wider

aspects of sport in society.

Our undergraduate course focuses specifi cally on the reporting of sport across a variety of platforms, and is designed for students who wish to pursue a career within sports journalism or those who simply wish to develop a more in-depth understanding of the power and reach of the written or broadcast word.

W

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

189

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Single Honours





Other:



points)


Paul Clark

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01925 534671




Telephone: 01244 511000


Modules include: Writing and

Presenting the News, Journalism

Law and Ethics, Introduction to

Sports Writing and Sport and

Society.


the skills and creativity required

to work in the broadcast industry.

Your abilities as a sports writer will

be broadened too. Modules

include Introduction to Sports

Broadcasting, Sports Feature

Writing, and Approaches to

Academic Craft. There are also

opportunities to undertake

elements of experiential learning

in Experiential Learning in Media,

or Work Based Learning for

Academic Credit.


be given the opportunity to

demonstrate your understanding

and abilities in the design and

execution of one or more major

projects. You will also have the

opportunity to further develop

your critical skills through the

writing of a dissertation. Modules

include the following options:

Major Sports Reporting Project,

The Business of Sport, Working in

the Media, Theorising Celebrity and

a Sports Journalism Dissertation.



undergraduate/sports-journalism


The Warrington Campus is a great

location for a Sports Journalism

course such as this, as it plays host

to the weekly British Universities

and College Sports matches. You will

cover these fi xtures and they will

form part of your project for Year

1. Allied to the sporting facilities,

our campus is equipped with

broadcast (radio/TV) and print/web

journalism facilities that will enable

you to produce work to an industry

standard.

We will assess you in a variety of

ways throughout the programme.

There is a mixture of practical and

written coursework, examinations,

seminar presentations, and

a dissertation. The range of

assessments will either be individual

or group-based.

The ethos of the practical

assessments is to try to develop

an understanding of how sports

journalists operate in context

by using a range of experiential

elements away from the classroom.


Sports Journalism off ers a variety

of specialised career opportunities

but also provides a wide spread of

key skills, including written and oral

communication.

Employment opportunities that may

be available to you after graduating

include positions in newspapers

and broadcasting, public relations,

promotions, research, marketing,

and corporate communications.


190

Why study Primary

Teacher Education

with us?

Chester has an outstanding

reputation for teacher training.

We are committed to developing

excellent teachers, ready to enter

the profession with confi dence

and equipped to make a signifi cant

diff erence to the education of

children in the 21st century.

You will have the guidance and

support of a team of highly skilled

and dedicated tutors in the University

and in our partner schools. A

consistently high number of our

graduates rate the quality of their

training as good or very good.

We will ensure that you develop a

depth of understanding of education

so that your teaching is built on

foundations of principle. You will

make strong links between the

theoretical and practical elements

of the course and be encouraged to

think and refl ect on your practice.

We will off er you excellent coverage

of the curriculum subject areas as

well as the opportunity to develop a

subject specialism and undertake a

substantial research-based, school-

focused, specialist study.

We will provide a strong focus on

developing your practical teaching

skills with at least 24 weeks in a

range of schools or settings, with

choice at some points to enable

those with particular Early Years

interest to have greater experience in

enhancing young children’s learning.

We will help you to develop creative

approaches to teaching and learning

that will motivate, inspire and make

a diff erence to young learners. This

extensive experience will make you

attractive to employers.

We will help you become a confi dent,

creative and highly refl ective

teacher. The knowledge, skills

and understanding you acquire

will provide a strong platform for

leadership roles in your future career.

Teaching is rewarding and challenging, and we will help you to develop the professional skills, qualities and attributes to build a successful career in this dynamic and changing profession.

TEACHER EDUCATION:PRIMARY TEACHER EDUCATION (QTS)R


191

COURSE FACTS

Course location:


Type of degree:

BA Single Honours with Qualifi ed

Teacher Status





Other:



GCSE grade C or above (or equivalent)

in English Language, Maths and

Science (Grade Bs preferred) at the time

of application.

We will normally invite to interview

only those applicants who have

already gained the required GCSE

qualifi cations at the time of application.

However, we may waive this time

requirement for applicants:

- applying via Access route

(providing the required GCSE

equivalences are being

completed within the Access to

HE Diploma)

- where mitigating or other

exceptional circumstances apply.

Satisfactory completion of an

Enhanced Disclosure from the Criminal

Records Bureau (see page 50) and a

Declaration of Health form.


ITT Administration Hub

Telephone: 01244 511573




Telephone: 01244 511000


What will I learn?

All Primary Teacher Education

students follow the same fi rst year

to give you a real breadth and depth

of knowledge and understanding.

You will develop your knowledge

of education theories and practice,

current legislation and initiatives,

enriching your understanding of your

professional role as a teacher.

You will refl ect critically on signifi cant

issues in education and consider their

implications, helping you to make

reasoned decisions in your everyday

practice, and supporting refl ection on

your teaching and children’s learning.

You will gain a deep understanding

of teaching and learning in the

core curriculum subjects and the

foundation subjects, and will develop

the subject knowledge you need to

be an eff ective teacher.

We will place a strong emphasis on

inclusion, intercultural perspectives

and the signifi cance of 21st century

technologies for teaching and

learning.

In the second year you will begin to

choose your own pathway through

the degree by focusing on Primary

or Early Primary Education. You will

study a specialist curriculum area

and in your fi nal year will undertake a

substantial research-based, school-

focused, specialist study. This will

allow you to demonstrate an in-depth

understanding when applying for

teaching posts.

Signifi cant learning will take place

in professional placements in the

diverse schools and settings within

our partnerships. Here you will

learn to apply your knowledge,

skills and understanding to real-life

professional situations. There will

be opportunities to gain experience

with children outside the age group

you have chosen to focus on, and for

a placement in a setting other than

a school. Some overseas placements

are also possible.



undergraduate/primary-qts


Lectures, seminars, practical

workshops and tutorials all contribute

to your learning, and these mostly

take place at the Riverside Campus.

You will also undertake independent

learning, engage in research and

observe good practice.

Continuous assessment of your

academic work will use a range of

methods including essays, refl ections,

folios of work, and presentations.

Thorough feedback will enable

you to continually strengthen your

performance.

The subject knowledge you require

for primary teaching will be regularly

reviewed, allowing us to guide

and support you towards further

development at your own level.

Your teaching and professional

practice will be assessed against

the government’s requirements for

Qualifi ed Teacher Status (QTS). You

will receive regular feedback and be

supported and guided to meet the

required standards.


By the end of the degree you will be

highly experienced, and this will be

attractive to employers.

As this is a vocational degree, the

vast majority of our graduates enter

directly into primary and early years

teaching. However, the BA QTS carries

the same status as any other honours

degree and may be used as an entry

qualifi cation for other careers.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

TELEVISION PRODUCTION

192

Why study Television

Production with us?

Our media students gain from a mix

of academic and practical learning

that equips them to deal with fast-

changing environments, not only

at work but also in their everyday

experiences.

Television Production at Warrington

is an exciting and interesting course.

You will undertake formal work

based learning modules but we have

many other opportunities to gain

practical experience from day one.

We have links with broadcasters all

over the country and we are only

a short distance from Media City

in Salford. But we don’t provide a

training course – we emphasise the

balance between academic skills

and practical studies because it is

essential for students to become

‘thinking practitioners’.

The world of TV is changing fast and

needs a constant supply of bright,

quick thinking people prepared to

work hard with no fi xed pattern of

hours or continuity of employment.

It’s a competitive world, but a degree

in Television Production from the

University of Chester is an excellent

start.

What will I learn?

You will be off ered access to a range

of skills and equipment in order to

produce practical and written work.


the basic skills of TV production

which range from camera, sound,

lighting and editing to writing

treatments and scripts and even

small scale drama production.

• As you progress to Year 2 (Level 5),

you will undertake practical work

in a multiplatform environment

– the emphasis being on short

productions, ideas generation

and a variety of content in order

to develop a portfolio of your own

work.

The internet, television, radio, cinema, newspapers and magazines infl uence our ideas about the world and our place in it; so much so that it’s impossible – and unwise – to ignore them. More importantly, we should understand how they work.

W

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA

193

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Combined Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Brian Machin

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01925 530000




Telephone: 01244 511000



work in a TV studio to produce a

collective show, then for the fi nal

part of the year, you are encouraged

to produce single-camera factual/

documentary work as a ‘signature’

piece in small groups. Broadcasting

is not always the focus of such

work and at Chester we look at

cultural, corporate and other forms

of production.



undergraduate/tv-pro


You will be expected to take a great

deal of personal responsibility for

your own studies – and it is this

aspect of learning that most new

students fi nd diff erent from their

previous experience. Teaching staff

are committed to giving you all the

help and encouragement they can,

but on top of the formal lectures,

workshops, seminars and tutorials,

you will be expected to work

individually or in groups outside

formal timetabled hours and on your

own initiative.

At all levels, you are encouraged to

get involved in voluntary projects

and experiential learning. Such skills

cannot be acquired in the classroom

and you will be encouraged to

develop your skills further on your

own initiative. You will be off ered

access to modern digital facilities on

a 24-hour, seven-day basis, provided

you can demonstrate the ability to

take responsibility.

The TV elements of our courses

lay equal weight on individual

achievement and working in groups.

We expect students to develop

good communication skills as

part of a supportive teamworking

environment.

The main teaching method is the

workshop; in which students may be

addressed as a whole year group, but

will be split into two or three cohorts,

or work in small groups, pairs and

individually. We will expect you to

build up a portfolio of both written

and visual work and constantly

emphasise that the development of

a practice – a way of working and

understanding the context of that

work – is invaluable for the future,

not just for a potential career in the

media.


Getting a job is only part of the task

facing recent graduates; they have

to get the next job and the contract

after that. As traditional methods

of working change and develop, the

emphasis we place on individuals

working as part of teams but solving

problems and taking responsibility on

their own initiative is bearing fruit.

While the media industry is more

fi ercely competitive and deregulated

than ever, our students have gone

on to work successfully across a

range of specifi c media positions

including directors, researchers,

camera operators, journalists, editors

and technicians. Often, many of our

students utilise the key transferable

skills in organisation, self-motivation,

problem solving and communication

which fi t them for the wider job

market.



THEOLOGY

194

Why study Theology with

us?

At Chester, the study of theology is

academically challenging, providing

a space for those with or without a

faith perspective. From the Hebrew

Bible to spirituality and popular

culture, you are encouraged to

explore and challenge traditional

ideas and to consider Christian belief

and its engagement with the world

in a contemporary context. With a

large team of theologians working

at the cutting edge of their fi elds,

Chester is an exciting place to study

Theology.


Survey, Theology and Religious

Studies at Chester received 94%

for student satisfaction.



Guardian, Independent and

Times all rated the Department of

Theology and Religious Studies at

Chester within the top 10 in the

UK for employability in their

University Guides for 2012.

• A review in the Church Times (7th

October, 2011) notes that ‘Chester

would be an excellent choice for

any student looking for

somewhere to do theology,

where the subject is seen as

having practical relevance’.

• We off er you choice from the very

start of your studies.


whose research is at the ‘cutting

edge’ of their subject.




quickly.


to real life situations, including





University website at www.


theology and www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/theology-part-

time

Theology enables you to engage the 21st century world with a variety of Christian perspectives. It encourages you to think critically about the Bible, doctrine, philosophy and ethics, as well as considering local and global expressions of Christian faith.

C


195

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:

BA Single Honours





Other:




Dr David Shepherd

Senior Lecturer in Religious Studies

Telephone: 01244 511038




Telephone: 01244 511000


What will I learn?


areas may include: Introduction to

Theology; God, Philosophy and

Ethics; The Bible: Contents and

Contexts; The Bible: Readers and

Representatives; Perspectives in

Global Christianity; and an option

in Religious Studies.


areas may include: Contextual

and Practical Theology, Systematic

Theology, Theological Ethics,

Hebrew Bible, New Testament,

Spirituality and Popular Culture,

Anthropology of Religion,

Philosophy in World Religions, and

Religious Education (including a

placement in a school).

• In Year 3 (Level 6), a Dissertation

module allows you to focus on

an area of interest in Christian

Theology, Biblical Studies and/

or related disciplines; and you

have a choice of taught modules

from areas such as: Great

Theological Thinkers; Feminist

Perspectives in Christian Theology;

Medical Ethics; Jews, Christians

and Pagans; Bible and Film; New

Testament Studies: Gospels; Ritual

Studies; Minority Faith Communities

in Europe; Religions in India; and

Religion and Culture.




theology and www.chester.ac.uk/

undergraduate/theology-part-

time
























Theology students go on to a wide

range of careers in education, the

caring professions, publishing,

Christian ministries, social

and public services, voluntary

organisations, business and

industry. If you become interested in

postgraduate study, the Department

has Masters programmes in

Theology, Practical and Contextual

Theology, and Faiths and Public

Policy. It also off ers supervision for

PhD research in a wide range of

areas relating to Theology and a

Professional Doctorate in Practical

Theology.


THEOLOGY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES

196

Why study Theology and

Religious Studies with us?

Religious beliefs and practices shape

the way people think and act, and

have been signifi cant infl uences

in the way that politics, cultures

and societies are constructed all

over the world. Studying Theology

and Religious Studies at Chester,

either as a single honours degree

or combined with another subject,

allows you to tailor your course

towards your own interests. You will

be able to study a number of world

religions while engaging with the

signifi cance of religious practices

and beliefs in the contemporary

world. You will also develop

theological skills to enable you to

think critically about the Bible, key

doctrinal issues, philosophy and

ethics.


Survey, Theology and Religious

Studies at Chester received 94%

for student satisfaction.



Guardian, Independent and

Times all rated the Department of

Theology and Religious Studies at

Chester within the top 10 in the

UK for employability in their

University Guides for 2012.

• A review in the Church Times (7th

October, 2011) notes that ‘Chester

would be an excellent choice for

any student looking for

somewhere to do theology,

where the subject is seen as

having practical relevance’.

• Chester has a strong reputation

for the quality of its Religious

Studies curriculum. “In fact the

common opinion is that Chester

is now amongst the best places to

do Religious Studies nationally

(and therefore internationally).”

(Graham Harvey, Reader in

Religious Studies, Open University)

• We off er you choice and the

opportunity to develop your own

interests.


whose research is at the ‘cutting

edge’ of their subject.




quickly.


to real life situations, including




Theology and Religious Studies allows you to combine the study of religious beliefs and practices with studies in Christian theology.

C


197

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Single Honours

Dr Steven Knowles

Lecturer in Theology

Telephone: 01244 511033


Combined Honours

Dr Mohammad Seddon

Lecturer in Religious Studies

Telephone: 01244 513354




Telephone: 01244 511000





theology-religious-studies

What will I learn?


areas may include: studies in

world religions including

Buddhism, Christianity, Hinduism,

Judaism and Islam; Introduction to

Theology; The Bible: Contents and

Contexts; The Bible: Readers and

Representatives; Approaches to the

Study of Religion; and Philosophy

and Ethics.


areas may include: Philosophy

in World Religions, Contextual

and Practical Theology, Systematic

Theology, Hebrew Bible, New

Testament, Theological Ethics,

Anthropology of Religion,

Spirituality and Popular Culture,

and Religious Education (including

a placement in a school).

• In Year 3 (Level 6), a dissertation

double module (combined

students may do this in their

other subject) allows you to focus

on an area of interest in the study

of religion; and you have a choice

of taught modules from areas

such as: Great Theological Thinkers;

Feminist Perspectives in Christian

Theology; Ritual Studies; Minority

Faith Communities in Europe;

Religion and Culture; Medical Ethics;

Jews, Christians and Pagans;

Gospels; Bible and Film; and

Religions in India (including a

three-week fi eld trip in India).

























students go on to gain employment

in a range of diff erent careers,

including teaching, public services,

the civil service, a range of Christian

ministries and business. Increasingly,

it is important for organisations to

employ people who are religiously

literate and understand the complex

ways religions aff ect and shape

people’s lives. Students also go on

to engage in further study, working

towards one of our Masters degrees

in Religious Studies, Theology, Faiths

and Public Policy or Practical and

Contextual Theology.

The Department also off ers

supervision for PhD research in

a wide range of areas relating to

Theology and Religious Studies and

a Professional Doctorate in Practical

Theology.


TOURISM MANAGEMENT / TOURISM

198

Why study Tourism

Management / Tourism

with us?

Chester is one of the UK’s leading

tourist destinations, attracting

over eight million visitors annually

from all around the world. With a

signifi cant proportion of Chester’s

economy and employment

being based on tourism, it is an

ideal location in which to study

the tourism industry, providing

opportunities for you to engage

with issues faced by visitors,

employees and managers in this

exciting and fast-moving industry.

Field trips play an important part in

our courses. You will visit a number

of tourism destinations locally,

nationally and internationally. Field

visits have previously taken place

in Barcelona, Amsterdam, Brussels

and London, along with day trips

to Alton Towers, Cadbury World

and Warwick Castle. Also, in order

to make our courses relevant to

the industry, we bring in visiting

speakers from tourism organisations.

In Year 2, you will have the

opportunity to undertake a

work placement with a tourism

organisation in the UK or abroad.

What will I learn?Tourism Management – Single

Honours (3 years full time)


you to the tourism industry and

to key aspects of management.

You will study modules on the

history of tourism; the impact of

tourism on economies, societies

and environments; sustainable

tourism; and the diff erent sectors

of the industry. You will also study

management-related subjects

such as marketing for tourism,

customer service and managing

resources for service organisations.

Two core strands of study

will be developed: tourism

destination management and

tourism organisation/company

management.

• In Year 2 (Level 5), the two core

strands will be further developed

Tourism is one of the UK’s leading industries and is a major driver of economic activity. The tourism industry is fast-moving and dynamic and incorporates accommodation, attractions, transport, information provision and retail. All of these areas require well-motivated, qualifi ed and knowledgeable staff and managers.

C


199

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus

Type of degree:


Honours





Other:






at www.ucas.com


Andy Lyon

Programme Leader

Telephone: 01244 511808




Telephone: 01244 511000


through case studies, focusing

particularly on sustainability.

You will also undertake a market-

research project based on the

local area. Core management

modules will also be built on using

a number of diff erent managerial

approaches. You will undertake

a placement period in a tourism

organisation either in the UK or

abroad, which links tourism and

management theory to practice.

• Year 3 (Level 6) will allow you to

undertake specialisation in

tourism or management. You

will be able to further explore

destinations and their

management, analysing and

applying the latest techniques

and theories. The management

of tourism organisations will be

developed through the study of

strategic management. You will

undertake a research project on a

subject of your choice.

Tourism Management – Single

Honours (4 years full time,

including one-year, professional,

paid work placement)

The academic content of Year 1

and Year 2 of this programme is

identical to that of the three-year

single honours degree. The major

diff erence is the placement with a

tourism business organisation in

Year 3. Many of our students fi nd

that a year’s placement enhances

their academic performance.

While on your 12-month placement,

you will be supported by a

Placement Tutor from the University,

who will visit you and your employer

to help and advise you both.

Tourism – Combined Honours (3

or 4 years full time)

You may also take Tourism in

combination with one from a range

of other subjects. Popular subject

choices include Spanish, French,

German, International Business,

Events Management, and Marketing.

In your fi nal year, you may

choose from a number of options

depending on your choice of

Tourism as a major, equal or minor

pathway.



undergraduate/tourism


We take lectures and seminars for

our modules in a variety of locations

on the Chester Campus.

You will be taught via a number

of methods, including lectures,

seminars, tutorials, guest speakers

from industry, and fi eld visits

to tourist attractions and local,

national and international tourism

destinations.

We use a range of assessment

methods, including reports, essays,

presentations and practical work.


Due to the increased availability of

cheap travel and more leisure time,

the tourism industry is expanding

internationally. Therefore, the

opportunities for people trained in

the skills of tourism management

are growing.

Upon graduation you will be

equipped for junior and middle

management roles within the

private and public sectors, with

opportunities overseas if you also

possess language skills.

Our previous graduates have found

employment with regional tourist

boards, airports, airlines, tour

operators, attractions and hotels,

and in events management.

According to the National Student

Survey, the Tourism programmes

at Chester have the best graduate

recruitment records in the north-

west of England and one of the best

in Britain.


200

Why study Wildlife

Conservation and Ecology

with us?

As a student on the Wildlife and

Ecology course, you will have

regular access to the grounds and

facilities at Reaseheath College, a

former farming estate that boasts

a convergent mix of habitats and

subsequently a diverse range of

wildlife species with which to study.

The prime location of the college

will also enable regular off -site visits

to the many popular local areas

renowned for its wildlife.

Reaseheath was the fi rst college

in the country to be granted a zoo

licence, and its new £3million animal

management training centre houses

over 1,000 animals, including birds

of prey, reptiles, fi sh, invertebrates,

amphibians and mammals.


about Reaseheath College at:

www.reaseheath.ac.uk

What will I learn?As well as studying both native and

non-native animals in their natural

environment, you will gain skills in

various census techniques, including

live trapping, radio tracking, species

identifi cation and habitat surveying,

and will take part in study tours both

in the UK and abroad.


essential knowledge and skills

in wildlife conservation, with an

emphasis on practical experience.

Modules include those on

biodiversity, ecology, genetics and

evolution, welfare, observational

skills and data handling.

• Year 2 (Level 5) sees a shift in

emphasis to more academic and

research-informed study, along

with a practical element. An

eight-week work placement is

also included as part of the course.

Modules include those on animal

health, behavioural ecology and

wild population management. In

addition, there will be opportunity

for you to undertake an

experiential fi eld course either

within the UK or overseas.

This new course is aimed at students who wish to develop a career in wildlife conservation, and provides a combination of academic study with practical ‘hands-on’ training and experience in wildlife, conservation and ecology.

C

WILDLIFE CONSERVATION AND ECOLOGY*


201

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Chester Campus and Reaseheath

College

Type of degree:

BSc Single Honours








Applied Science or Animal Care/

Management

Other:





Suzanne Royle

HE Departmental Administrator

Telephone: 01270 613222




Telephone: 01244 511000



continue your studies via more

specifi c pathways that are

designed to advance both your

academic expertise and

professional skills in wildlife

conservation and ecology.

Modules include those on applied

issues in wildlife conservation,

forensics and conservation,

environmental impact,

mammology and herpetology.

Year 3 also includes the option of a

research dissertation.


see our website at: www.


wildlifeconservation


The unique combination of

academic study with practical

hands-on training and experience

will give you the opportunity

to expand your knowledge of

conservation, ecology and wildlife.

Your studies will be split between

Reaseheath College and the

University of Chester. You will be

based at Reaseheath with transport

provided for you to travel to Chester

one day a week. This ensures that

you will gain the best possible

advantage of the facilities on off er at

both sites.

You will also be given the

opportunity to undertake

international study tours as part of

your studies, as well as off -site visits

in the UK. Past visits abroad have

included fi eld trips to South Africa,

Namibia and Botswana.

Your studies will consist of lectures,

seminars and demonstrations,

laboratories and workshops, and

developing animal-related skills,

fi eldwork and independent project

work.

Assessment is via a combination

of assignments (including essays,

reports, presentations and

seminars), practical assessments and

examinations.


Working with animals can be a

very rewarding career. Our course

combines practical and academic

training, which will equip you

with the skills required to enter

a graduate career in wildlife

conservation, or to undertake

further training or research.

Career opportunities open to

you after graduation may include

wildlife management, wildlife

rehabilitation, wildlife research, roles

within conservation and wildlife

trusts, and scientifi c research, or you

may opt for postgraduate study.



YOUTH WORK*

202

Why study Youth Work

with us?

This JNC endorsed** BA Youth Work

programme has been developed to

capture the evolving nature of youth

work and the needs of young people

in the complexities of today’s society.

The course examines key youth work

principles, values and theories, and

places these in a range of contexts

and settings. You will analyse where,

how and why youth work occurs and

how this can be applied across these

contexts and sectors. It engages with

a variety of perspectives about young

people and their ways of knowing

and understanding, drawn from a

range of disciplines including youth

work, law, faith, educative processes,

psychology and social policy.

The programme will enable you to

secure your own philosophy of how

young people are engaged and

supported through their learning

journeys, within a theoretical,

experiential and refl ective practice

learning framework. The programme

demonstrates over-arching themes

at each level, with an emphasis

on the key values and principles

of youth work throughout the

programme; these include:

relational, participative, empowering,

equal opportunity and experiential,

informal and non-formal learning.

Dovetailing with personal

experiences of working with young

people in a variety of fi eldwork

placements, you will be involved

in sharing and exploring these

experiences, engaging with

practitioners, inter-agency working

across relevant sectorial areas,

traditional and newly emerging

practice and approaches to working

with young people. This encourages

you to refl ect critically upon your

own practice, and the practice of

others in the light of the theoretical

perspectives explored through the

programme.

The programme also dovetails

key themes relating to voluntary,

community and faith sector

organisations. These include

entrepreneurial skills, funding and

fi nance, business planning, volunteer

and staff management. Each of

these skills also lend themselves very

well to employment opportunities

within local authorities. While the

programme is academically rigorous,

it is grounded in service to young

people and the practice of highly

eff ective youth work.

The programme integrates four

complementary and interlocking

strands: a) Youth Work Theory and

Practice, b) Understanding of Young

People – their needs, growth and

development, c) Legal, Social and

Professional Contexts, d) Fieldwork

practice placements.

(**JNC validation pending)

Youth work embraces all forms of engagement with young people across a wide range of settings, including those associated with education and learning, social skills, social work, health and well-being, play and sport, life skills, and matters of safeguarding and justice.

W


203

COURSE FACTS

Course location:

Warrington Campus

Type of degree:

BA Single Honours





Other:




Interview


Richard Turner / Kelly Tailby

Senior Lecturer / Lecturer

Telephone: 01244 511010





Telephone: 01244 511000


What will I learn?

You will learn:

• What youth work actually is

• The needs of young people

• Professionalism in youth work

• Youth work ethics and values

• Issues and concerns facing young

people

In Year 1 (Level 4), you will spend

time investigating:

• Skills to address the issues

• Laws relating to young people

• Fieldwork experience

• Listening and observing

techniques

• Refl ective practice

• Safeguarding and child protection

• Informal and formal approaches to

learning

In Year 2 (Level 5), these subjects are

developed by looking at:

• Recruitment and selection

• Marginalised groups

• Working with groups

• Supervision

• Risk and resilience

• The infl uence of culture and

contexts

• Current Issues in youth crime

• Fieldwork

Year 3 (Level 6) includes further

exploration of management,

education in society and the

opportunity for independent study

into an area of interest or specialism,

and a further choice in subjects.

Each of these areas of learning will

enable you to defi ne and locate your

practice within the wider fi eld, and

develop your skills, awareness and

knowledge as an independent and

refl ective practitioner.



undergraduate/youthwork


We off er a host of learning

experiences and you will be taught

using a wide range of methods.

These include lectures, seminars,

case studies, presentations,

experiential exercises, potential

visits to projects, guest speakers

from the fi eld, tutorials, group

work and interactive sessions,

and modelling good youth work

practice.

Assessments are designed to refl ect

the task and roles of a professional

practitioner and, where possible,

utilise a variety of approaches

that enable all learning styles

to be considered. Assignments

range from written pieces of work,

portfolios, seen case studies,

presentations, critical refl ections,

practical experiences of placement

settings and group work exercises.

There are no exams set in the core

(compulsory) modules of study.


The course has been designed to

embrace the recent transition of

children and young people’s services

into a multi-agency context. By

taking the opportunity to work with

students from other disciplines you

will be able to consider roles in a

number of areas.

These include:

• Statutory youth service provision

• Voluntary, community and faith

based settings

• Youth off ending teams

• Educational settings (i.e. youth

academies and foundations,

training providers)

• Homeless services

• Workforce development

organisations.


“As a mature student I am keen

to develop and focus my learning

towards my aspiration to work

with endangered species, and

the option to choose specifi c

modules at each level of study

gives me some fl exibility and

control over my learning.”

Michelle Underwood


See my video at:

www.chester.ac.uk/michelleu

“I have enjoyed every minute of

studying Nutrition and Dietetics

at Chester. I felt that the modules I

studied while on campus prepared

me well for my practice placement.”

Georgia de Vicq


See my video at:

www.chester.ac.uk/georgiav

MORE STUDYMORE STUDYOPTIONSOPTIONS

205

206

By and large, a Foundation Degree will take two years

to complete full time, and up to four or fi ve years to

complete part time, and can be off ered directly by the

University, or through our partner Colleges, or through

particular arrangements with the employment sector. Once

you have completed your Foundation Degree, you will have

an opportunity to ‘top up’ to an associated honours degree by

adding a further one year of study.

Some Foundation Degrees are designed specifi cally for one

particular profession, and these are usually delivered in the

workplace between the University and the employer. Others

are off ered on a full-time or part-time basis by the University

or by partner organisations, including Colleges of Further

Education (see pages 208 and 209).

How to ApplyApplications for part-time study are available to download

from the University of Chester website at www.chester.

ac.uk/foundation-degrees, or from partner institutions.

Applications for full-time places should be made through the

Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS):

www.ucas.com

Further InformationFor more information, including a full list of the Foundation

Degrees we off er, visit the University website at:

www.chester.ac.uk/foundation-degrees

FOUNDATION FOUNDATION DEGREESDEGREESA Foundation Degree is a fl exible employment-related degree that combines traditional university study with learning

that takes place at work. It is equivalent to the fi rst two years of an honours degree and has been designed specifi cally to

equip you with the practical and transferable key skills required by today’s employers.

206

207

PART-TIMEPART-TIME STUDYSTUDY

207

Studying a degree or course part time is becoming more

and more popular. Some students feel part-time study is a

good way of testing the water, perhaps building up to full-

time study later. Others may have a specifi c personal interest,

feel the need to update their knowledge and skills, or have

family, work or fi nancial constraints. Whatever your reason

for studying part time, the University of Chester is fully

committed to providing a range of relevant courses,

off ering fl exible modes of study in the daytime

and in the evening.

We off er a range of undergraduate and postgraduate

courses on a part-time basis. Some modules can be taken

on a free-standing basis, and they may give you credit to

transfer to a degree programme. For full up-to-date details

of the courses that are available for part-time study, visit the

University website at www.chester.ac.uk

How to ApplyApplications should be made directly to us (not via UCAS). For

more details, please contact Undergraduate Admissions on

01244 511000 or email us at [email protected]

Entry RequirementsWe recognise a range of qualifi cations, from A Levels to

Access courses, BTECs, GNVQs, Open University Credits,

modern apprenticeships and professional awards.

We also take into account your work experience and

achievements. Please check individual course entries

for more specifi c information on entry requirements.

Fees and FundingBefore you submit your application

for entry to us, please go to the

University of Chester website at

www.chester.ac.uk/student-life/fi nance

for up-to-date information on tuition

fees and funding.

The University of Chester works closely with our four Associate Colleges to bring more degree-level opportunities to people in our

region. The following key partners off er carefully designed, demand-led, high-quality HE courses of the University of Chester.

208

Reaseheath College is one of the most successful land-based colleges in the

country and is located in a stunning rural setting in Nantwich in Cheshire.

The College is set among 357 hectares of farm, parklands and woodland with

its own lake and sports facilities, and has a fully licensed zoo that houses over

1,000 animals.

In partnership with the University of Chester, Reaseheath off ers the following

degree programmes:

BSc Single Honours

• Animal Behaviour and Welfare (delivered jointly with the University of Chester)

• Animal Management (one-year top-up from FdSc only)

• Wildlife Conservation and Ecology

• Zoo Management (one-year top-up from FdSc only)

Foundation Degrees

• Animal Management: Behaviour and Welfare

• Animal Management: Zoo Management

• Food Chain Technology

To learn more, visit www.reaseheath.ac.uk or www.chester.ac.uk

Located in North East Cheshire, Warrington Collegiate is home to

an excellent campus and delivers the following University of Chester

qualifi cations:

• Postgraduate Certifi cate in Education (PGCE)

• Certifi cate in Education (Cert Ed)

• Professional Certifi cate in Leadership and Management (WBIS)

• FdA Travel Operations Management

• FdA Hospitality Management

To learn more, visit www.warrington.ac.uk or www.chester.ac.uk

ASSOCIATEASSOCIATE COLLEGESCOLLEGES

209

Located in Douglas on the beautiful Isle of Man, The Isle of Man College

prides itself on the quality of support off ered to each and every student. The

College’s aim is to provide a local and exciting curriculum that will enable every

student to achieve their full learning and skills potential. In partnership with the

University of Chester, The Isle of Man College off ers the following courses:

• BA (Hons) History and Heritage Management with Manx Studies

• BSc (Hons) Computer Science

• BSc (Hons) Public Health

• BA (Hons) Business Studies*

• MBA

• Professional Graduate Certifi cate in Primary Education with Manx

Qualifi ed Status

• Work Based and Integrated Studies (WBIS) Higher Education Framework

* Subject to approval.

To learn more, visit www.iomcollege.ac.im or www.chester.ac.uk

Located in North West Cheshire, West Cheshire College is a leading-edge

vocational college with campuses located in Chester and Ellesmere Port. It

off ers the following University of Chester courses:

• Foundation Degree (Art) Early Years Practice

• Foundation Degree (Science) Fitness and Health (Year 1)

• Foundation Degree (Science) ICT

• Foundation Degree Managing Services for Children and Young People

• Foundation Degree (Art) Teaching Assistance

• Certifi cate in Education in Teaching in the Learning and Skills Sector

The College also off ers a range of HND and HNC programmes.

To learn more, visit www.west-cheshire.ac.uk or www.chester.ac.uk

“I’ve really enjoyed the whole

learning experience, the

opportunity to meet people and

being involved in academic life.”

Alison Hannah


210

See my video at:

www.chester.ac.uk/alisonh

“Coming to the University of

Chester to study Sport and Exercise

Sciences has been a fantastic

choice! The people are lovely, the

University is brilliant, and the course

is better than I ever imagined.”

Chester Ward


211

USEFULUSEFULINFORMATIONINFORMATION

See my video at:

www.chester.ac.uk/chesterw

Admissions PolicyThe processes and procedures implemented by the University’s Marketing, Recruitment and Admissions Service derive their authority from the University’s own principles and regulations, from guidelines set out by the Training and Development Agency and the Nursing and Midwifery Council, from the European Parliament directive in respect of distance contracts, and from conventions stipulated by UCAS, GTTR, SPA (Supporting Professionalism in Admissions), and

the Advertising Standards Authority.

The admission of all students onto courses at the University of Chester is contingent on the reasonable expectation that the student will be able to complete their course of study successfully. The off er of a place is based on the University’s stated entry criteria, and an interview or audition, where deemed applicable. The University’s recruitment strategy is informed by its strong commitment to advice and guidance, and refl ects the University’s mission statement and widening participation strategy. The University accepts General Studies and language qualifi cations, other than English, achieved by native speakers of that language, as part of our off er. Our full undergraduate admissions policy is available on our website at www.chester.ac.uk

Complaints ProcedureThe University of Chester is committed to providing the highest possible standard of service for all applicants. However, if something should go wrong, or you feel that you have some genuine cause for complaint, please tell us so that we can endeavour to put matters right.

Most complaints/queries can be resolved informally and will be dealt with as quickly as possible, and as close as possible to the point at which they arise. If you have a query or complaint regarding the admissions process or a selection decision, you should, in the fi rst instance, refer it to the relevant Admissions section.

If you remain dissatisfi ed, you should contact the Director of Marketing, Recruitment and Admissions. Thereafter, if the complainant is not satisfi ed with the response, the matter will be referred to the Dean(s) of Faculty and, if necessary, to the

Vice-Chancellor.

Data ProtectionIn accordance with the Data Protection Act (1998), some or all of the information that you supply to us may be held in paper-based or electronic fi ling systems, and may be used by us to further inform you about courses, services, facilities and events provided by the University of Chester. If you enrol as a student with us, this information may be shared with appropriate third parties in connection with the provision of our educational and other services. Subject to the payment of a £10 administration fee, you are entitled to ask for a copy of any information that we hold about you, whether it be paper-based or electronic, and have the right to request that

inaccurate information be changed or removed.

Disabilities StudentsApplications for undergraduate courses from students who satisfy the University’s entry criteria, and who declare a disability or specifi c learning/mental health diffi culty, shall be forwarded to the University’s Disability Support Team. In consultation with Disability Support staff , Admissions staff shall invite such applicants to visit the University to look at the environment and facilities, and to discuss their individual needs. Leafl ets and other documents produced by Marketing, Recruitment and Admissions are available in other formats upon request.

Please take a moment to read through some of the regulations and procedures that govern the admission of students onto courses at the University of Chester. If you have any questions or concerns about anything you read below, please contact us, and we will undertake to explain matters further.

Notes for

Applicants

212

Changes & Cancella

tions

Applicants w

ill be notifie

d of

substantive c

hanges to pr

ogrammes

of study, or

course canc

ellations,

as early as

possible in th

e

application c

ycle. In the

case of

course canc

ellations, the

University

of Chester will u

ndertake to

offer applic

ants

an alternati

ve

course.

£$

DisclaimerEvery eff ort is made to ensure that the information provided to applicants about programmes at the University of Chester is complete and correct at the time of publication. Since information is prepared so far in advance of delivery, it is not always possible to predict changes to courses, locations or entry criteria. In the event of such changes, we are committed to informing applicants without delay, and to off ering them advice,

guidance, and/or alternative programmes of study.

Diversity and EqualityThe University is committed to the active promotion of equality of opportunity, and aims to ensure that all applicants are treated solely on the basis of their aptitude, ability and potential to pursue all modes and forms of study, and to achieve their full potential. The University will seek to ensure that no one will be disadvantaged or discriminated against on the grounds of race, colour, nationality, ethnic or national origin, religion or belief, disability, gender, gender expression and identity, sexual orientation, civil partnership/marital or parental status, age, or socio-economic background. The University also seeks actively to increase levels of recruitment from groups currently under-represented in higher education and aims to off er educational opportunities to those members of

the community who are capable of benefi ting from them.

Enrolment ConditionsA place at the University of Chester is off ered subject to our terms and conditions of enrolment. These make explicit your and our rights, responsibilities and obligations and include your agreement to abide by our regulations, rules, bylaws and codes of conduct. When you accept the off er of a place, a contract will come into existence between you and the University on these terms and conditions and you are required to agree, and sign an undertaking, to comply with them. Breach of any of these conditions may give rise to disciplinary action being taken, under the disciplinary procedures of the University and/or termination of the agreement. The University’s terms and conditions of enrolment may be found in full on our

website.

Freedom of InformationAs a public organisation, the University of Chester is subject to the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act (2000). Subject to specifi ed exceptions, this confers a right to ask the University for information that it holds. Anyone making such a request has the right to be informed in writing whether that information is readily available, and to have the information communicated to them. Further details about this entitlement may be found

at www.legislation.gov.ukFor further information on any of the above,

email: [email protected]

213

NOTES FOR APPLICANTS

Quality AssuranceThe University affirms its commitment to the precepts derived from the Code of Practice for the Assurance of Academic Quality and Standards in Higher Education, with respect to the recruitment and admission of students (September, 2007).

Freedom of SpeechThe University of Chester is

committed to promoting the

rights and responsibilities that

come with freedom of inquiry

and expression, as required by

the law (section 43 of the

Education Act, 1986), and

which lie at the core of scholarship.

Alternative FormatsThis document is available in alternative formats upon request. If you require any parts of this prospectus in other formats (for example large print, on tape or in Braille) please contact our Enquiries Team by telephone on 01244 512471 or email [email protected]

-

Z

-

INDEX

214

The following information was correct at the time of writing (November 2011). The Coalition Government have announced some

amendments to the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act and the Criminal Records Regime which are contained in the Protection

of Freedoms Bill.

A number of programmes of study at the University of Chester involve undertaking a placement that includes contact with

children or vulnerable adults; examples include training to be a Nurse, Teacher or Social Worker, but there are others.

Contact with children or vulnerable adults is known as Regulated Activity. Registered students may undertake other opportunities,

such as a Work Based Learning placement or the volunteering scheme, which may involve Regulated Activity.

It is expected that following the enactment of the Protection of Freedoms Bill, the University of Chester, and other Higher

Education Institutions who off er programmes of study where students may come into contact with the vulnerable, are required to

ensure that these students have been vetted by the Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) and, in some cases, are provisionally registered

with the appropriate Regulatory Body.

Once accepted onto a place at the University, we will write to you with further instructions on how to apply for CRB Disclosure.

The CRB do make a charge for these services, which you will be expected to pay. Please note that the University does not currently

accept CRB checks from any other employer and therefore you will have to apply for a new check for your studies through the

University as a Registered Body. You will also be expected to self-declare any cautions, convictions or any other matter that may

have a bearing on your suitability to undertake Regulated Activity.

Any matters revealed either by you or the CRB will be considered by the Programme Leader and may aff ect the University’s off er of

a place. While most matters will not automatically preclude an applicant from commencing study, the University reserves the right

to withdraw the off er of a place to anyone who fails to provide a satisfactory CRB check. Moreover, failure to declare a conviction

etc. that is subsequently revealed on a CRB check may also aff ect your off er of a place.

Failure to be successfully registered on the Vetting and Barring Scheme (VBS) will lead to an automatic withdrawal of any off er of a

place on any programme that will involve Regulated Activity.

Prospective applicants are strongly advised to visit the University website to gain updated information. Visit

www.chester.ac.uk/crb

SAFEGUARDING VULNERABLE GROUPS – WORKING WITH CHILDREN AND/OR VULNERABLE ADULTS

215

INDEXINDEX

AAccommodation 18

Accounting and Finance 52

Admissions 44

Advertising 54

Animal Behaviour 56

Animal Behaviour and Welfare 58

Animal Management 60

Applicant Days 46

Applying for a Place 44

Archaeology 62

Art – see Fine Art

Associate Colleges 208

BBA Primary Teacher Education (QTS) 190

Biology 64

Biomedical Science 66

Business Management 68

Business Management and Entrepreneurship 70

Business Studies 72

See also: International Business 132

CCampuses and sites 14

Careers and Employability 24

Chaplaincy 39

Chester Campus 14

Chester – in and around the city 10

Clubs and societies 31

Commercial Music Production 74

Computer Science 76

See also: Games Development 114

Information Systems

Management 128

Contact numbers and addresses 222

Counselling Skills 78

Creative Writing 80

Criminology 82

DDance 84

Dates – key dates for your diary 5

Digital Photography 86

Directions to Chester Campus 218

Directions to Kingsway Buildings 218

Directions to Riverside Campus 218

Directions to Warrington Campus 220

Disabled Students 47

Drama and Theatre Studies 88

EEarly Childhood Studies 90

Education Studies 92

Employability 24

English 94

English Language 96

See also: Creative Writing 80

English Language and Literature 98

Entry requirements 45

Equal opportunities 46

Events Management (Chester) 100

Events Management (Warrington) 102

FFees 34

Film and Television 104

Film Studies 106

Finance 34

Fine Art 108

Forensic Biology 110

Foundation Degrees 206

French 112

See also: Modern Languages 154

Course titles are listed in bold

GGames Development 114

Gap Year – Taking a Gap Year 46

Geography 116

See also: International Development

Studies 134

Natural Hazard Management 156

German 118


Grants 34

Graphic Design 120

HHealth and Social Care 122

History 124

How to apply 44

How to Find Us 218

Human Nutrition 126

IInformation Systems Management 128

Interactive Digital Media 130

International Applicants 48

International Business 132

International Development Studies 134

Interview Days 46

Isle of Man College 209

JJob Shop 36

Journalism (Kingsway Buildings Chester) 136

Journalism (Warrington) 138

KKey Dates 5

Kingsway Buildings 15

LLaw (Combined) 140

Law (LLB) 142

Learning and Information Services 26

Libraries 26

Loans 34

MManagement

– see Business Management, Events

Management, Tourism

Maps 219, 221

Marketing 144

Marketing and Public Relations 146

Mathematics 148

Mature Students 46

Media Studies 150

Midwifery 152

Modern Languages 154

Money Matters 34

Music – see Popular Music Performance

NNatural Hazard Management 156

Notes for Applicants 212

Nursing 158

Nutrition and Dietetics 162

OOff ers – Understanding Your Off er 43

Open Days 46

Overseas applicants 48

PPart-time Study 207

Photography 164

See also: Digital Photography 86

Placements abroad 28

Politics 166

Popular Music Performance 168

Psychology 170

QQualifi cations 45

RRadio / Radio Production 172

Reaseheath College 208

216

INDEX

Recreation 30

Religious Studies 174

See also: Theology 194

Theology and Religious Studies 196

Riverside Campus 16

SSafeguarding: Working with Children

and/or Vulnerable Adults 214

Social Work 176

Sociology 178

Spanish 180


Specifi c needs 47

Sport and Exercise Sciences 182

Sport and Recreation 30

Sport Development 184

Sports Coaching 186

Sports Journalism 188

Student Loans 34

Student Support and Guidance 38

Students’ Union 31

Study Abroad 28

TTeacher Education: BA Primary

Teacher Education (QTS) 190

Television Production 192

Theology 194

See also: Religious Studies 174

Theology and Religious Studies 196

Tourism Management / Tourism 198

Tuition Fees 34

UUCAS applications 44

Understanding Your Off er 43

Useful Contacts 222

WWarrington Campus 17

Warrington Collegiate 208

Warrington – in and around the town 12

West Cheshire College 209

What Can I Study? 42

Wildlife Conservation and Ecology 200

Work Based Learning 27

Working with Children and/or

Vulnerable Adults 214

YYouth Work 202

217

INDEX

Chester Campus SAT NAV: CH1 4BJ

BY TRAINChester is well served by the railway network and has frequent, fast rail links to London and major cities in the UK. Journey times are: London 2 hours, Birmingham 1 hour 45 minutes, Manchester 1 hour. Chester Campus is 20 minutes’ walk from Chester Railway Station, and a taxi will cost approximately £3. A free bus service runs at regular intervals between the Railway Station and Chester City Centre. Our campus is only 10 minutes’ walk from the city centre.

BY AIRManchester International Airport is 30 miles from Chester and can be reached in 40 minutes by road or 1 hour 30 minutes by rail. Liverpool John Lennon Airport is 25 miles from Chester and can be reached in 35 minutes by road.

BY SEAHolyhead and Liverpool both have ferry ports, which are within easy reach of Chester by road and rail. Holyhead is 1 hour 30 minutes by rail, or 2 hours by road, and has ferries to Dublin. Liverpool is 45 minutes by rail and 40 minutes by road and has ferries to Belfast, Dublin and Douglas, Isle of Man.

BY COACHChester has regular National Express Coach services to and from most towns and cities in the UK.

BY CARChester is linked directly to the national motorway system via the M53, and London and all the major regions of the UK are easily accessible from the city. The Chester Campus is situated at the junction of Cheyney Road and Parkgate Road (A540), which is a continuation of Northgate Street leading out from the city centre. Access to the Chester Campus is by the Exton Park

entrance off Parkgate Road.

Kingsway Buildings SAT NAV: CH2 2LB

Faculty of Arts and Media

BY CARThe Kingsway Buildings are situated on the outskirts of Chester City Centre and are easily accessible from the M53, A55 and A41.

From the M53, exit at Junction 12 and at the roundabout take the third exit onto the A56 signposted Chester A56. At the next roundabout take the second exit signposted A56 Chester City Centre. After approximately ¾ mile, turn right onto Newton Lane. Continue over the bridge and then turn right onto Kingsway. The Kingsway Buildings are a short way ahead of you on your left.

From the A55, take the exit signposted A56 Chester/Helsby. At the roundabout take the fi rst exit signposted Chester A56. At the next roundabout take the second exit signposted A56 Chester City Centre. After approximately ¾ mile, turn right onto Newton Lane. Continue over the bridge and then turn right onto Kingsway. The Kingsway Buildings are a short way ahead of you on your left.

From the A41, exit onto the A56 signposted Chester City Centre. After approximately ¾ mile, turn right onto Newton Lane. Continue over the bridge and then turn right onto Kingsway. The Kingsway Buildings are a short way ahead of you on your left.

Riverside Campus SAT NAV: CH1 1SL

Faculty of Education and Children’s Services and Faculty of Health and Social Care

BY CARThe Riverside Campus is in Chester City Centre and is accessible via all of the main routes into Chester.

From the A5116/Liverpool Road, take the third exit at the Fountains Roundabout onto the A5268/St Martins Way (signposted North Wales, All through Traffi c). Continue forward down St Martins Way through several sets of traffi c lights and onto Nicholas Street until reaching another major roundabout (the Grosvenor Road Roundabout). At the roundabout, take the third exit onto the A483 (signposted North Wales, Lache, Saltney). Turn left onto Castle Drive (this turning can be found immediately following a set of traffi c lights with the Racecourse on your right). Once on Castle Drive you will see a long-stay pay and display car park on your right (the Little Roodee Car Park costs £3.00 for up to 3 hours and £4.90 for 3 to 6 hours). Exiting the car park on foot and continuing along Castle Drive (with the river on your right), Riverside is 200 yards on your left.

From the A56/Hoole Way, at the roundabout at the end of the A56 take the third exit signposted North Wales, All through Traffi c. At the next roundabout, take the second exit signposted North Wales, All through Traffi c, and then follow the instructions from St Martins Way in the A5116 directions above.

From the A51, turn left into Grosvenor Park Road and follow the A5268 round in the direction of the A483/North Wales/Wrexham. After approximately ½ mile on the A5268 (Vicar’s Lane/Pepper Street/Grosvenor Street), at the Grosvenor Road Roundabout take the second exit onto the A483 (signposted North Wales, Lache, Saltney). Take the fi rst left onto Castle Drive, and then follow the instructions from Castle Drive in the A5116 directions above.

From the A483, after going over the bridge over the River Dee, take the fi rst right onto Castle Drive, and then follow the instructions from Castle

Drive in the A5116 directions above.

HOW TO FIND US

218

CHESTER SITES

S

C

S

K

RS

R

C K R

219

CHESTER SITES

A5116

A56

A51

A5116

A5480A540

A540

A5268

A5268

A5268

A483

A548

Countess Way

Hoole Road

Kingsway

Brook Lane

Brook Lane

TotalFitness

NorthgateArena H

oole

Way

Cit

y R

oad

Station Rd

Chester Rail

Brook Str

Parkgate R

oad

Parkgate R

oadL

iverpo

ol R

oad

Live

rpo

ol R

oa

d

Victo

ria Ro

adCheyney Rd

St Oswalds Way

St M

artin

s W

ay

ChesterCathedral

ChesterCastle

ChesterRacecourse

Nicholas S

tr

Pepper Str

RIV

ER

DE

E

RIVER DEE

Vicar’s

Ln

Watergate Str

Foregate Str

Foregate Str

No

rthg

ate Street

City W

alls Road

Brid

ge S

trLow

er Bridge S

treet

Boughton

The Groves

Castle Drive

Nun’s R

d

New Crane Str

Bache

ChesterCity Centre

PP

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

From A41

(Birkenhead), From A5117

A550 and

A540

From A41, M6,

M53, M56, A55

and Frodsham

From A51

(Tarvin)

A483 from Wrexham

and North Wales

Kingsway

Buildings

Chester City Car Parks

Long stayShort stay

Reserved disabled

For further information visit www.cheshirewestandchester.gov.uk

PPP

RIVER DEE

Campus

Chester

Riverside

Campus

d

C

R

K

HOW TO FIND US

WA2 0DB

220

WARRINGTON CAMPUS

Warrington Campus SAT NAV: WA2 0DB

BY TRAINWarrington is well served by the railway network, with frequent, fast rail links between Warrington Bank Quay and London (2 hours), Birmingham (1½ hours), Glasgow (3 hours) and Preston (25 minutes). Manchester and Liverpool trains stop at Birchwood, Padgate and Warrington Central. Taxis are available from outside the station and cost less than £10.00 to the Warrington Campus. You can take a No. 25 bus from outside Birchwood Station; this will take you to the main entrance of the campus in 5-10 minutes.

Local TrainsThe nearest railway station to the Warrington Campus is Birchwood, approximately 20 minutes’ walking distance from the campus, or 5-10 minutes on the No. 25 bus. For further information, call the Passenger Transport Information Line on 0870 608 2608.

BY AIRManchester International Airport and Liverpool John Lennon Airport are both 25 minutes by road from the Warrington Campus. Taxis are usually available outside both airports.

BY BUS AND COACHLocal buses (numbers 25 and 49) from Warrington Bus Station run approximately every 20 minutes. Warrington is on the national coach network; National Express Coaches call at Warrington Bus Station.

BY CARFrom the M62, take junction 11 and join the A574, following signs for Warrington. After crossing the motorway, and at the fourth roundabout, take the third exit, signposted for Cinnamon Brow and Fearnhead, onto Crab Lane. Go straight across the mini roundabout and the main entrance to the Warrington Campus is approximately 100 metres on the left-hand side.

From the M6 (Northbound), take junction 21 to join the B5210, following signs for the University, Birchwood and subsequently Fearnhead, remaining on the B5210 until you reach the ‘College Place’ roundabout, which the A574 crosses. Take the second exit off the ‘College Place’ roundabout to join Crab Lane. Go straight across the mini roundabout and the main entrance to the Warrington Campus is approximately 100 metres on the left-hand side.

From the M6 (Southbound), take junction 21A off the M6 to join the M62 eastbound, following signs for Manchester. Take junction 11 off the M62. Then follow directions as given from the M62.

WS

W

W

221

WARRINGTON CAMPUS

M6

M62 10

21

10

21A

11

From M62 J11

M62

M6

M6

Warrington

Victoria Park

Woolston Park

BruchePark

A50

A56

A50

A50

A56

A57

A57

A574

A574

Latchford

Thelwall

Paddington

Orford Padgate

Fearnhead

hwood

Woolston

Man

ches

ter R

oad

Manchester Road

Birchwood Way

Marsh House Lane

Orford Green

Orford R

oad

Kingsw

ay N

Kingsw

ay S

Causeway

Church Street

Knutsford Road

Knutsford Road

B5157

A574

A574

A574

B5210

B5210

A574

WA2 0DBW

GENERAL ENQUIRIESTelephone: 01244 511000

Fax: 01244 511300

Website: www.chester.ac.uk

ADMISSIONS ENQUIRIESUndergraduate Admissions

Telephone: 01244 512175

Fax: 01244 511603


International Admissions

Telephone: +44 1244

512465/512472/512335

Fax: +44 1244 511260


ACCOMMODATIONAccommodation Offi ce

Telephone: 01244 513001/513002


FEESFinance Department

Telephone: 01244 512071

MATURE STUDENT ADVICE AND WIDENING PARTICIPATIONTelephone: 01244 512454

Fax: 01244 511603


PROSPECTUS REQUESTSTelephone: 01244 512471

Fax: 01244 511603


CAMPUS TOURSTelephone: 01244 512471

Fax: 01244 511603


OPEN DAY INFORMATIONTelephone: 01244 512471


REASEHEATH COLLEGECustomer Services

Reaseheath College

Nantwich, Cheshire

CW5 6DF

Telephone: 01270 625131


OUTREACHTelephone: 01244 512453


DISABILITY AND SPECIFIC NEEDSChester Campus

Telephone: 01244 511059


Warrington Campus

Telephone: 01925 534282


STUDENT LOANSStudent Support Funds Offi cer

Telephone: 01244 511550

STUDENT SUPPORT AND GUIDANCETelephone: 01244 511550


STUDENTS’ UNIONChester Students’ Union

Chester Campus

Parkgate Road

Chester CH1 4BJ

Tel: 01244 513399


Fax: 01244 392866

Website: www.chestersu.com

Chester Students’ Union

Warrington Campus

Crab Lane

Warrington WA2 0DB

Tel: 01925 534375


Fax: 01925 534269

Website: www.chestersu.com

UCASTel: 0871 468 0 468


Website: www.ucas.com

USEFUL USEFUL CONTACTSCONTACTS

222

OUR MISSIONThe University was established by the Church of England in 1839 and,

within an open and inclusive environment guided by Christian values,

we seek to provide our students and staff with the education,

training, skills and motivation to enable them to develop as

individuals and serve and improve the communities

within which they live and work. This

mission, which has helped shape our

development and diversifi cation,

continues to inform our

future planning and

strengthening as

a University

institution.

CREDITSEditorial Team: Richard Bengree, Mark Smith, Sarah Steele

Designed by: Marc Kneebone, University of Chester Design Studio

Photography: Annabelle Davies, Mark English, Marc Kneebone

Printed and fi nished by: Belmont Press, Northampton

© University of Chester, February 2012

“The support, facilities and

lecturers are second to

none – it makes Chester a

very comfortable and easy

place to learn.”

“A life-changing

introduction to the

world.”

“What I enjoy most about

the course is the guest

speakers we have in. We

have a lot of expertise in to

teach us so we are gaining

the best knowledge.”

“When I started at Chester I

went to Disability Support

and from there I’ve had all

the help that I need.”

“Insightful, fun, nurturing

environment coupled

with friendly peers and

encouraging staff .”

“The course leader is very

friendly and approachable

and everybody who

teaches us seems extremely

knowledgeable in all

aspects of the subject area.”

“I have found my course to

be so interesting that I really

don’t want to leave!”

Take a look at all of our

student profi les on our

website at:

www.chester.ac.uk/meet

“An exciting experience

which has helped me

achieve so much more

than I ever thought I

would.”

Documents

2013 Undergraduate Prospectus